{
    "query": "You are a super intelligent assistant. Please answer all my questions precisely and comprehensively.\n\nThrough our system KIOS you have a Knowledge Base named MAG SKODA +WB with all the informations that the user requests. In this knowledge base are following Documents 2024-07-25%20Wo%CC%88rterbuch_extern-update%20%281%29.docx, Anlage%202%20_%20Medienversorgung%20Skoda%20CZ-DE%281%29.docx, Anlage%202%20_%20Medienversorgung%20Skoda%20CZ-DE.docx, 22121726223700_lah___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_11%281%29.pdf, 22121726223700_lah___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_11.pdf, 12533161829500_tra___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_1%281%29.pdf, 12533161829500_tra___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_1.pdf, Standardanschreiben%281%29.pdf, Standardanschreiben.pdf, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5%281%29.pdf, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5.pdf, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE%281%29.pdf, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE.pdf, 240911_Skoda_Automation_GGH_Portal_direkt.pdf, 240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt%281%29.pdf, 240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt.pdf, Anfrage%20Mail.pdf, Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_DE%281%29.pdf, Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_DE.pdf, Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_CZ%281%29.pdf, Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_CZ.pdf, MGH%20Anlage%2014%281%29.pdf, MGH%20Anlage%2014.pdf, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE%281%29.pdf, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf, VW%2010130_CS%281%29.pdf, VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf, VW%2010130_EN.pdf, VW%2010130_CS.pdf, 240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt.pptx, 0qa_901_108-sspha_mg_ftz.pdf, VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf, 240911_Skoda_Automation_GGH_Portal_direkt.pptx, 0qa_901_108-sspha_mg_ftz%281%29.pdf, VW%2010130_DE.pdf\n\nThis is the initial message to start the chat. Based on the following summary/context you should formulate an initial message greeting the user with the following user name male lance+flt@digirift.com lance+flt@digirift.com tell them that you are the AI Chatbot Simon using the Large Language Model gemini-1.5-flash to answer all questions.\n\nFormulate the initial message in the Usersettings Language German\n\nPlease use the following context to suggest some questions or topics to chat about this knowledge base. List at least 3-10 possible topics or suggestions up and use emojis. The chat should be professional and in business terms.  At the end ask an open question what the user would like to check on the list \n\n Here is a summary of the provided context, including each file:\n\n**File: 0qa_901_108-sspha_mg_ftz%281%29.pdf**\n\nThis document is a technical manual for engines 026 and 028, specifically for testing and inspection purposes. It outlines general information, including operating requirements, a summary of the engine's features, technical specifications, and a list of materials needed for maintenance. The document emphasizes the use of Volkswagen-developed tests and original parts for optimal performance.\n\n**File: 240911_Skoda_Automation_GGH_Portal_direkt.pptx**\n\nThis presentation focuses on automation solutions for Skoda SSP Getriebegeh\u00e4use (GGH) production, provided by FFG. It highlights the key features of the automation system, including high precision, scalability, and user-friendly interface. The presentation outlines the benefits of implementing this automation, such as increased efficiency, reduced downtime, cost savings, and enhanced quality control. It also includes technical specifications, contact information, and a project timeline.\n\n**File: VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf**\n\nThis document is a comprehensive standard or guideline for evaluating machine capabilities within Volkswagen AG. It aims to ensure consistent and reliable results across the company's production processes. The document covers various aspects, including:\n\n- **Introduction:** Explains the importance of machine capability evaluation and the need for standardized procedures.\n- **Purpose and Scope:** Outlines the goal of machine capability investigations and their applicability.\n- **Theoretical Principles:** Discusses distribution models, including normal distribution, absolute value distributions (Type I and II), and the Weibull distribution.\n- **Determination of Capability:** Explains how to determine capability indexes for different types of characteristics and distribution models.\n- **Limit Values of Machine Capability:** Defines the acceptable limits for capability indexes based on sample size and tolerance zones.\n- **Statistical Tests:** Describes various statistical tests used to ensure data quality and identify anomalies.\n- **Carrying Out a Machine Capability Investigation:** Provides a structured flowchart outlining the steps involved in conducting a machine capability investigation.\n- **Documentation:** Specifies the required documentation for a machine capability investigation.\n- **Results Evaluation:** Outlines the process for evaluating results and determining machine capability.\n- **Machine Optimization:** Discusses measures for machine optimization when capability is not met.\n- **Handling Incapable Machines:** Provides guidelines for dealing with machines that cannot achieve capability through optimization.\n- **Examples:** Includes practical examples illustrating the application of statistical methods for evaluating machine capability.\n- **Referenced Standards:** Lists relevant standards used in the document.\n- **Referenced Literature:** Provides references to relevant books and publications.\n- **Keyword Index:** Offers a comprehensive index of key terms and their corresponding page numbers.\n\n**File: Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_CZ.pdf**\n\nThis document is a set of internal guidelines for standardizing components and procedures within \u0160koda Auto a.s. It focuses on the \"Projekt Obnova v\u00fdrobn\u00edch za\u0159\u00edzen\u00ed provozu PKG\" (Project for Renewal of Production Equipment in PKG). The document outlines:\n\n- **General Information:** Provides an overview of the project and its objectives.\n- **Standards and Components:** Lists the mandatory standards for production equipment and components, including approved and potential suppliers.\n- **Electrical Systems:** Details the specific standards and suppliers for electrical components and control systems.\n- **Documentation:** Specifies the required documentation for the project.\n\n**File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf**\n\nThis document is a technical manual for Siemens powertrain solutions for Volkswagen Group Components. It outlines:\n\n- **Introduction:** Provides an overview of Siemens' powertrain solutions for the automotive industry.\n- **Project-Specific Documentation:** Details the history and status of the document.\n- **Contact Information:** Lists key contact persons and support channels.\n- **Project Handbook:** Provides detailed guidelines for using Siemens components and software in Volkswagen projects, including:\n    - **SINUMERIK Software Versions and VW Startup Sets:** Specifies the required software versions and startup sets for SINUMERIK ONE and SINUMERIK 840D sl.\n    - **Licensing:** Outlines licensing requirements for Siemens software.\n    - **S7-1500 Runtime Licenses:** Lists the necessary runtime licenses for specific functionalities.\n    - **Registration of Siemens Components:** Explains the process for registering machines with Siemens.\n    - **Languages of User Interfaces:** Specifies the required languages for user interfaces.\n    - **Documentation:** Provides information on accessing Siemens documentation.\n    - **Networking:** Outlines networking requirements and configurations.\n    - **Authorization Level Concept:** Details the authorization levels for accessing and controlling machines.\n    - **Time Synchronization:** Explains the process for synchronizing time across different components.\n    - **SINAMICS S120:** Provides specific guidelines for using SINAMICS S120 drives.\n    - **Robot Integration:** Discusses the integration of robots into the system.\n    - **Energy Efficiency:** Outlines energy efficiency requirements and the use of EE@TRANSLINE.\n- **Overview:** Provides a summary of the document's content.\n- **Application Examples:** Includes examples of how Siemens components can be used in different applications.\n- **Software Guide:** Provides detailed instructions for programming and configuring Siemens software.\n- **Visualization, Operation, and Diagnosis:** Discusses the user interface and diagnostic tools.\n- **Data Backup:** Explains the process for backing up data.\n- **SINUMERIK 840D SI Safety Integrated:** Provides information on safety features and requirements.\n- **Parameterization of the Plant Network:** Outlines the process for configuring the plant network.\n- **Operational Data Acquisition:** Discusses data acquisition using TRANSLINE Collect and OPC UA.\n- **Appendix:** Includes an index of changes made to the document.\n\nThis summary provides a comprehensive overview of the content within each file. \n",
    "namespace": "9b7a0d3b-f149-4977-879c-cf22ea8d011f",
    "messages": [
        {
            "role": "assistant",
            "content": "\n\nget_initial_message_with_summary\n\n FOR ADDITIONAL CONTEXT:\n\nKnowledgebase name: MAG SKODA +WB\nKnowledgebase files:\n2024-07-25 Wo\u0308rterbuch_extern-update (1).docx\nAnlage 2 _ Medienversorgung Skoda CZ-DE(1).docx\nAnlage 2 _ Medienversorgung Skoda CZ-DE.docx\n22121726223700_lah___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_11(1).pdf\n22121726223700_lah___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_11.pdf\n12533161829500_tra___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_1(1).pdf\n12533161829500_tra___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_1.pdf\nStandardanschreiben(1).pdf\nStandardanschreiben.pdf\nTZ_Linka obrabeni motorove skrine elektropohonu SSP v5(1).pdf\nTZ_Linka obrabeni motorove skrine elektropohonu SSP v5.pdf\nTZ_Linka obrabeni motorove skrine elektropohonu SSP v5_DE(1).pdf\nTZ_Linka obrabeni motorove skrine elektropohonu SSP v5_DE.pdf\n240911_Skoda_Automation_GGH_Portal_direkt.pdf\n240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt(1).pdf\n240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt.pdf\nAnfrage Mail.pdf\nInterni smernice - komponenty SZ_DE(1).pdf\nInterni smernice - komponenty SZ_DE.pdf\nInterni smernice - komponenty SZ_CZ(1).pdf\nInterni smernice - komponenty SZ_CZ.pdf\nMGH Anlage 14(1).pdf\nMGH Anlage 14.pdf\nDifferenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE(1).pdf\nDifferenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf\nVW 10130_CS(1).pdf\nVW 10130_EN(1).pdf\nVW 10130_EN.pdf\nVW 10130_CS.pdf\n240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt.pptx\n0qa_901_108-sspha_mg_ftz.pdf\nVW 10130_DE(1).pdf\n240911_Skoda_Automation_GGH_Portal_direkt.pptx\n0qa_901_108-sspha_mg_ftz(1).pdf\nVW 10130_DE.pdf\nKnowledgebases crawlers:\n"
        }
    ],
    "stream": true,
    "language_level": "",
    "chat_channel": ":4259:1727700970472",
    "language": "German",
    "tone": "neutral",
    "writing_style": "standard",
    "model": "gemini-1.5-flash",
    "knowledgebase": "ki-dev-large",
    "seed": 1029,
    "client_id": 1727700970472,
    "all_context": false,
    "follow_up_for": null,
    "knowledgebase_files_count": 35,
    "override_command": null,
    "disable_clarity_check": false,
    "custom_primer": "",
    "logging": true,
    "query_route": ""
}


INITIALIZATION
Knowledgebase: ki-dev-large
Base Query: You are a super intelligent assistant. Please answer all my questions precisely and comprehensively.

Through our system KIOS you have a Knowledge Base named MAG SKODA +WB with all the informations that the user requests. In this knowledge base are following Documents 2024-07-25%20Wo%CC%88rterbuch_extern-update%20%281%29.docx, Anlage%202%20_%20Medienversorgung%20Skoda%20CZ-DE%281%29.docx, Anlage%202%20_%20Medienversorgung%20Skoda%20CZ-DE.docx, 22121726223700_lah___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_11%281%29.pdf, 22121726223700_lah___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_11.pdf, 12533161829500_tra___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_1%281%29.pdf, 12533161829500_tra___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_1.pdf, Standardanschreiben%281%29.pdf, Standardanschreiben.pdf, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5%281%29.pdf, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5.pdf, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE%281%29.pdf, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE.pdf, 240911_Skoda_Automation_GGH_Portal_direkt.pdf, 240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt%281%29.pdf, 240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt.pdf, Anfrage%20Mail.pdf, Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_DE%281%29.pdf, Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_DE.pdf, Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_CZ%281%29.pdf, Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_CZ.pdf, MGH%20Anlage%2014%281%29.pdf, MGH%20Anlage%2014.pdf, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE%281%29.pdf, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf, VW%2010130_CS%281%29.pdf, VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf, VW%2010130_EN.pdf, VW%2010130_CS.pdf, 240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt.pptx, 0qa_901_108-sspha_mg_ftz.pdf, VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf, 240911_Skoda_Automation_GGH_Portal_direkt.pptx, 0qa_901_108-sspha_mg_ftz%281%29.pdf, VW%2010130_DE.pdf

This is the initial message to start the chat. Based on the following summary/context you should formulate an initial message greeting the user with the following user name male lance+flt@digirift.com lance+flt@digirift.com tell them that you are the AI Chatbot Simon using the Large Language Model gemini-1.5-flash to answer all questions.

Formulate the initial message in the Usersettings Language German

Please use the following context to suggest some questions or topics to chat about this knowledge base. List at least 3-10 possible topics or suggestions up and use emojis. The chat should be professional and in business terms.  At the end ask an open question what the user would like to check on the list 

 Here is a summary of the provided context, including each file:

**File: 0qa_901_108-sspha_mg_ftz%281%29.pdf**

This document is a technical manual for engines 026 and 028, specifically for testing and inspection purposes. It outlines general information, including operating requirements, a summary of the engine's features, technical specifications, and a list of materials needed for maintenance. The document emphasizes the use of Volkswagen-developed tests and original parts for optimal performance.

**File: 240911_Skoda_Automation_GGH_Portal_direkt.pptx**

This presentation focuses on automation solutions for Skoda SSP Getriebegehäuse (GGH) production, provided by FFG. It highlights the key features of the automation system, including high precision, scalability, and user-friendly interface. The presentation outlines the benefits of implementing this automation, such as increased efficiency, reduced downtime, cost savings, and enhanced quality control. It also includes technical specifications, contact information, and a project timeline.

**File: VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf**

This document is a comprehensive standard or guideline for evaluating machine capabilities within Volkswagen AG. It aims to ensure consistent and reliable results across the company's production processes. The document covers various aspects, including:

- **Introduction:** Explains the importance of machine capability evaluation and the need for standardized procedures.
- **Purpose and Scope:** Outlines the goal of machine capability investigations and their applicability.
- **Theoretical Principles:** Discusses distribution models, including normal distribution, absolute value distributions (Type I and II), and the Weibull distribution.
- **Determination of Capability:** Explains how to determine capability indexes for different types of characteristics and distribution models.
- **Limit Values of Machine Capability:** Defines the acceptable limits for capability indexes based on sample size and tolerance zones.
- **Statistical Tests:** Describes various statistical tests used to ensure data quality and identify anomalies.
- **Carrying Out a Machine Capability Investigation:** Provides a structured flowchart outlining the steps involved in conducting a machine capability investigation.
- **Documentation:** Specifies the required documentation for a machine capability investigation.
- **Results Evaluation:** Outlines the process for evaluating results and determining machine capability.
- **Machine Optimization:** Discusses measures for machine optimization when capability is not met.
- **Handling Incapable Machines:** Provides guidelines for dealing with machines that cannot achieve capability through optimization.
- **Examples:** Includes practical examples illustrating the application of statistical methods for evaluating machine capability.
- **Referenced Standards:** Lists relevant standards used in the document.
- **Referenced Literature:** Provides references to relevant books and publications.
- **Keyword Index:** Offers a comprehensive index of key terms and their corresponding page numbers.

**File: Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_CZ.pdf**

This document is a set of internal guidelines for standardizing components and procedures within Škoda Auto a.s. It focuses on the "Projekt Obnova výrobních zařízení provozu PKG" (Project for Renewal of Production Equipment in PKG). The document outlines:

- **General Information:** Provides an overview of the project and its objectives.
- **Standards and Components:** Lists the mandatory standards for production equipment and components, including approved and potential suppliers.
- **Electrical Systems:** Details the specific standards and suppliers for electrical components and control systems.
- **Documentation:** Specifies the required documentation for the project.

**File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf**

This document is a technical manual for Siemens powertrain solutions for Volkswagen Group Components. It outlines:

- **Introduction:** Provides an overview of Siemens' powertrain solutions for the automotive industry.
- **Project-Specific Documentation:** Details the history and status of the document.
- **Contact Information:** Lists key contact persons and support channels.
- **Project Handbook:** Provides detailed guidelines for using Siemens components and software in Volkswagen projects, including:
    - **SINUMERIK Software Versions and VW Startup Sets:** Specifies the required software versions and startup sets for SINUMERIK ONE and SINUMERIK 840D sl.
    - **Licensing:** Outlines licensing requirements for Siemens software.
    - **S7-1500 Runtime Licenses:** Lists the necessary runtime licenses for specific functionalities.
    - **Registration of Siemens Components:** Explains the process for registering machines with Siemens.
    - **Languages of User Interfaces:** Specifies the required languages for user interfaces.
    - **Documentation:** Provides information on accessing Siemens documentation.
    - **Networking:** Outlines networking requirements and configurations.
    - **Authorization Level Concept:** Details the authorization levels for accessing and controlling machines.
    - **Time Synchronization:** Explains the process for synchronizing time across different components.
    - **SINAMICS S120:** Provides specific guidelines for using SINAMICS S120 drives.
    - **Robot Integration:** Discusses the integration of robots into the system.
    - **Energy Efficiency:** Outlines energy efficiency requirements and the use of EE@TRANSLINE.
- **Overview:** Provides a summary of the document's content.
- **Application Examples:** Includes examples of how Siemens components can be used in different applications.
- **Software Guide:** Provides detailed instructions for programming and configuring Siemens software.
- **Visualization, Operation, and Diagnosis:** Discusses the user interface and diagnostic tools.
- **Data Backup:** Explains the process for backing up data.
- **SINUMERIK 840D SI Safety Integrated:** Provides information on safety features and requirements.
- **Parameterization of the Plant Network:** Outlines the process for configuring the plant network.
- **Operational Data Acquisition:** Discusses data acquisition using TRANSLINE Collect and OPC UA.
- **Appendix:** Includes an index of changes made to the document.

This summary provides a comprehensive overview of the content within each file. 

Model: gemini-1.5-flash
**Elapsed Time: 0.00 seconds**
ROUTING
Query type: summary
**Elapsed Time: 1.77 seconds**
RAG PARAMETERS
Max Context To Include: 100
Lowest Score to Consider: 0.1
==================================================
**Elapsed Time: 0.14 seconds**
==================================================


VECTOR SEARCH ALGORITHM TO USE 
Use MMR search?: True
Use Similarity search?: False
==================================================
**Elapsed Time: 0.10 seconds**
==================================================


VECTOR SEARCH DONE 
==================================================
**Elapsed Time: 6.76 seconds**
==================================================


PRIMER 
Primer: 
            You are Simon, a highly intelligent personal assistant in a system called KIOS. You are a chatbot that
            can read knowledgebases through the "CONTEXT" that is included in the user's chat message.

        
            Your role is to act as an expert at summarization and analysis.

            In your responses to enterprise users, prioritize clarity, trustworthiness, and appropriate formality.

            Be honest by admitting when a topic falls outside your scope of knowledge, and suggest
            alternative avenues for obtaining information when necessary.

            Make effective use of chat history to avoid redundancy and enhance response relevance, continuously
            adapting to integrate all necessary details in your interactions.

            Use as much tokens as possible to provide a detailed response.
        
**Elapsed Time: 0.26 seconds**
GEMINI ERROR -- FALLBACK TO GPT
==================================================


FINAL QUERY 
Final Query: CONTEXT: ##########
File: TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE%281%29.pdf

Page: 2

Context: # 1. Vergabgegenstand
Bearbeitungslinie für Motorgehäuse für Elektronantrieb SSP.

## 2. Angaben über das zu bearbeitende Bauteil
**Bauteil:** Motorgehäuse SSP HA LK3,4  
**Zeichnungsnummer:** OQA.901.108  
**Gewicht des bearbeiteten Teils:** 14,975 kg (davon die Lagerbuchse 0,369 kg)  
**Rohteilgewicht:** ca 18 kg  
**Material:** Gehäuse OQA 901 108 EN AC - 46000 - AISi9Cu3 (Fe)  
**Lagerbuchse:** OQA 901 261 A DIN 30910-SINT D-11  
**Grundmaße:** siehe Zeichnung  

## 3. Geforderte Anlagenfunktionen
3.1 Bearbeitung des Gussteils gemäß der Zeichnung Oqa_901_108-sspha_mg_fz (siehe Anlage Nr. 8).  
3.2 Eingangstand des Teiles – Gusstechnik (Hochdruckguss) – siehe 3D Daten (Anlage Nr. 7). Die Zeichnung des Gussteils ist noch nicht verfügbar und wird später erstellt. Allgemein kann man mit den Toleranzen des Gussteils nach ISO 8062-3 - DCTG7 - GCTG3 rechnen.  
3.3 Ausgangstand des Teiles – bearbeitetes Teil – siehe Zeichnung (Anlage Nr. 8).  
3.4 Das Prozessablaufschema und der Lieferumfang siehe Anlage 5.  

## 4. Forderungen auf die Anlagenausführung
4.1 Modulare Linie der Bearbeitungszentren, verknüpft durch ein Portal. Die Bearbeitungszentren (Module) und das Portal werden schrittweise nach dem Zeitplan gebaut – siehe Punkt Nr. 7.  
4.2 Die Linie soll über SPC-Stellen verfügen, damit die Teile nach jeder Arbeitsfolge zur Messung entnommen und wieder in den Strom eingelegt werden können.  
4.3 Der Transport des Teils zum Überprüfungspunkt unter dem Portal erfolgt über ein Förderband mit Spannvorrichtungen. Positionierung des Teils auf der Transportvorrichtung gemäß den Empfehlungen des Lieferanten der Linie und den technischen Möglichkeiten des Verpackungslieferanten.  

### Die Schnittstelle zwischen der ML und der Verkettung vor und nach der Linie:
- **Ladevorrichtung** – im Lieferumfang des Lieferanten der ML
- **Förderer** – im Lieferumfang Škoda Auto a.s.  

![Diagramm](./path/to/diagram.png)

Image Analysis: 

### Comprehensive Examination of the Provided Visual Content

#### 1. Localization and Attribution
- **Image Description**: The image is a single-page document.
- **Content Type**: Textual document with sections, bullet points, and a diagram.

#### 2. Object Detection and Classification
**Image 1**:
- **Objects Detected**:
  - Text blocks
  - Bullet points
  - Color-highlighted text
  - Diagram with labeled sections

#### 4. Text Analysis
- **Main Text Content**:
  - The document appears to be a technical specification or requirements document related to the processing line for a motor housing for electric drives (Elektronatrieb SSP).
  - Various sections contain headings, descriptions, and detailed requirements.

- **Extracted Headings and Key Points**:
  - **1. Vergabegegenstand**: This section describes the purpose or subject of the document, focusing on the processing line for motor housings.
  
  - **2. Angaben über das zu bearbeitende Bauteil**: Details about the part to be processed including its ID, weight, material, and other specifications.

    - **Bauteil**: Motorgehäuse SSP HA LK3,4
    - **Zeichnungsnummer**: QOA.901.108
    - **Gewicht des bearbeiteten Teils**: 14.975 kg (davon die Lagerbuchse 0.369 kg)
    - **Rohteilgewicht**: ca 18 kg
    - **Material**: Gehäuse QOA 901 108, EN AC – 46000 – AlSi9Cu3 (Fe)
      - Lagerbuchse QOA 901 261 A, DIN 30910-SINT D-11
    - **Grundmaße**: siehe Zeichnung

  - **3. Geforderte Anlagenfunktionen**: Requested functionalities of the system, including processing requirements and data references.

  - **4. Forderungen auf die Anlagenausführung**: Requirements for system execution, describing modular line construction, transport details, and references to additional documents (e.g., point number 7 for detailed timelines).

  - **Highlighted Sections**:
    - Various parts of the text are highlighted in yellow, suggesting significant points or actions required.

- **Diagram**:
  - Represents a modular processing line with different connected stations.
  - **Color Codes**:
    - Green: "Ladevorrichtung – im Lieferumfang des Lieferanten der ML"
    - Blue: "Förderer – im Lieferumfang Skoda Auto a.s."

#### 6. Product Analysis
- **Main Products Depicted**:
  - Motorgehäuse (Motor housing)
  - Materials used: Aluminum alloy (EN AC – 46000 – AlSi9Cu3 Fe), Steel bushings (DIN 30910-SINT D-11).

- **Description**: The motor housing's specifications such as weight, material, and dimensions are detailed, with a focus on the functional processes necessary for production.

#### 10. Contextual Significance
- **Document Purpose**: Provides technical guidelines and requirements for the construction and operation of a modular processing line for motor housing production.
- **Contribution to Overall Message**: This image contributes detailed technical specifications and procedural requirements essential for professionals involved in the setup and regulation of an automotive component processing line.

#### 12. Graph and Trend Analysis
- **Diagram Analysis**:
  - The bottom part of the image presents a diagram depicting a series of operational stations termed as "BAZ" with different labeled areas.
  - **Trends**: Suggests a linear, modular approach to processing with interlinked modules (Ladevorrichtung and Förderer).

#### 14. Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows)
- **Process Descriptions**:
  - The text describes a step-by-step modular process flow for processing motor housings, including the use of a portal for the sequencing of steps.

### Conclusion
The image presents a technical document that delineates detailed specifications and procedural guidelines for setting up a processing line for electric motor housings, with clear instructions and a diagram to illustrate the modular nature of the system. The text and diagram work together to guide the reader on construction, execution, and delivery requirements.
####################
File: TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE%281%29.pdf

Page: 3

Context: # Bearbeitungsrichtlinie für Motorengüsse für Elektromotoren SSP

## 4.4. Die Bearbeitung (der ganze Prozess) wird mittels Kühlflüssigkeit (Emulsion) bevorzugt und empfohlen  
- **Spezifikation der Emulsion nach Škoda**  

### 4.4.1 Preisgestaltung der Schnittstelle mit der Emulsionszentrale (Lieferung der Emulsionszentrale seitens Škoda Auto a.s.)  
- **Spezifikation der erforderlichen Emulsionsmenge (l/min)**  

|       |       |       |       |       |       |
|-------|-------|-------|-------|-------|-------|
| KSS   | BAZ   | BAZ   | BAZ   | BAZ   |       |
|       | im Lieferumfang des Lieferanten | im Lieferumfang Škoda Auto a.s. |       |       |       |
|       |       |       |       |       |       |
|       |       |       |       |       |       |
|       |       |       |       |       |       |

### 4.4.2 OPTION zu jeder Maschine die Filteranlage und Temperieremulsion + Spänentransport mittels Förderer anbieten (Höhe des Späneträgers 1.500 mm)  
|       |       |       |       |       |       |
|-------|-------|-------|-------|-------|-------|
| KSS   | BAZ   | BAZ   | BAZ   | BAZ   |       |
|       | im Lieferumfang des Lieferanten | im Lieferumfang Škoda Auto a.s. |       |       |       |

## 4.5 OPTION die Variante der Kombination MMS und KSS anbieten  

### 4.5.1 Operation Vorbearbeitung:  
- Es wird die Minimalmischtechnik (MMS/MQL) eingesetzt  
- Spänentransport mittels Förderer (Höhe des Späneträgers 1.500 mm)  

### 4.5.2 Operation Feinbearbeitung  
- unter Kühlflüssigkeit (für jedes Zentrum eine Anlage zum Filtern und Temperieren der Emulsion anbieten)  
- Spänentransport mittels Förderer (Höhe des Späneträgers 1.500 mm)  

Image Analysis: 

### Comprehensive Examination

#### 1. Localization and Attribution:
- **Image 1:**
  - Located at the top of the document, illustrating section 4.4.1.
- **Image 2:**
  - Located near the middle of the document, illustrating section 4.4.2.
- **Image 3:**
  - Located near the bottom of the document, illustrating section 4.5.2.

#### 2. Object Detection and Classification:
- **Image 1:**
  - **Objects Detected:**
    - Emulsions Central System model: Blue rectangles labeled "BAZ" and "KSS."
    - Textboxes indicating the supply chain ("im Lieferumfang des Lieferanten" and "im Lieferumfang Škoda Auto a.s.")
  - **Classification:**
     - Industrial/Engineering Diagram
- **Image 2:**
  - **Objects Detected:**
    - Emulsion Decentralized Setup: Blue rectangles labeled "BAZ" and another label "Dezentral Emulsion Anlagen."
    - Textboxes for supply chain references.
  - **Classification:**
     - Industrial/Engineering Diagram
- **Image 3:**
  - **Objects Detected:**
    - Combination setup of MMS and KSS: Blue rectangles labeled "BAZ," "MMS," and "KSS."
    - Textboxes indicating the supply chain.
  - **Classification:**
     - Industrial/Engineering Diagram

#### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis:
- **Image 1:**
  - **Scene:** Diagram displaying the distribution of an emulsion central system showing different units (KSS).
  - **Activities:** Denoting the inclusion of units in supplier and Škoda Auto's supply scope.
- **Image 2:**
  - **Scene:** Diagram for decentralized emulsion applications.
  - **Activities:** Displaying the emulsion's filtration and transportation process across machine units.
- **Image 3:**
  - **Scene:** Diagram showing an integrated system with MMS (Minimum Lubrication) first-cut and KSS for fine processing.
  - **Activities:** Displaying both pre-processing (MMS) and post-processing (KSS) units and their supply details.

#### 4. Text Analysis:
- **Section Titles:**
  - **4.4:** Process through emulsion cooling recommended by Škoda.
  - **4.4.1:** Price layout for the Schnittstelle (interface) with Škoda's emulsion central station.
  - **4.4.2:** Option for each machine's filtration and temperature emulsion setup with conveyor.
  - **4.5:** Combination option for MMS and KSS.
  - **4.5.1:** Operation preparation information.
  - **4.5.2:** Operation fine processing information.
  - The text primarily provides specifications, options, and processing instructions relevant to industrial setups for emulsions and lubrication.
  
#### 7. Anomaly Detection:
- **General Observation:**
  - No apparent anomalies in the diagrams or process illustrations. All elements are consistent with standard engineering documentation.

#### 8. Color Analysis:
- **Dominant Colors:**
  - Blue: Used for rectangles indicating units like BAZ, KSS, and MMS.
  - Yellow highlights: Indicate important points or sections.
  - Gray/Black for text and lines: Standard coloring for document readability.

#### 9. Perspective and Composition:
- **Diagram Perspective:**
  - Top-down view diagram of process systems.
  - **Composition:**
    - Rectangles represent different units or section parts connected by lines, organized systematically to denote flow or supply chain structure. Each diagram includes legends/textboxes indicating supply scope.

#### 11. Metadata Analysis:
- The metadata is not provided in the provided visual content for analysis.

#### Additional Aspects:

#### Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows):
- Each diagramming section explains the process flow of emulsion and lubrication systems within an industrial setup. Detailed supply chains indicate which parts fall under supplier and Škoda Auto's responsibility.

#### Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):
- Detailed descriptions within highlighted sections (yellow) and illustrations specifying each unit's functionality, integration, and supply allocation.

#### Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations):
- Emulsion Central System (KSS), Minimum Lubrication Technology (MMS), and their respective associated units.

### Conclusion:
The document provides an illustrative and textual overview of industrial setups for emulsion cooling processes and lubrication systems. Diagrams convey process flows and supply chain elements, yellow highlights emphasize significant details, and all diagrams maintain a consistent and clear industrial documentation format.
####################
File: TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE%281%29.pdf

Page: 4

Context: # LHI-Gesamtstand
Beauftragte für Montagehilfe für Elektronikmodule SSP  
SIPK-E. Kainz, volles Personenzeichen  
Mitarbeiter: Böller  
HRA: 202480  
Datum: 23.03.2024  

---

## 4.6 
Die Maschinen sollen für den Anschluss von der oberen Seite an die Absaug- und Filtrationsanlage vorbereitet sein. Die Absaug- und Filtrationsanlage gehört nicht zur Lieferung und wird von ŠKODA AUTO AG geliefert. Festlegung erforderlicher Leistung / Menge der Abluft (m³/h)

## 4.7 
**OPTION:** die Absaugung und Filtration inkl. Rohrleitung anbieten.

## 4.8 
Abnahme nach TGS 02.09 und VwV 101 30 – siehe Anlagen Nr. 10 und 11.

## 4.9 
Erforderliches Spannschema siehe Anlage Nr. 14.

## 4.10 
Steuerung Siemens – Anforderungen für Steuerung siehe Anlage Nr. 6.

## 4.11 
Am Anfang der ML müssen sich 2 stationäre Kameras zur Lesung von DMC-Codes von Teilen befinden, ein manuelles DMC-Lesegerät an jedem SPC Standard.

---

## 5. Weitere Anforderungen

### 5.1 
Bestimmen Sie den kürzestmöglichen Liefertermin von 50 bearbeiteten und gemessenen Mustern, die der technischen Dokumentation entsprechen, ab dem Zeitpunkt der Bestellung des Auftragsgegenstandes. Verarbeitung des Terminplans für die Zusendung von Mustern und diese in einem separaten Posten preisgestalten.

### 5.2 
**OPTION:** Werkzeug für 1 Maschine/OP nach ITS 3.10.

### 5.3 
**OPTION:** Unterstützung nach Übergabe der Inbetriebnahme im Umfang von 1 Arbeiter/1 Woche anbieten.

### 5.4 
**OPTION:** Schulung anbieten.

### 5.5 
Abschätzung der Standzeit von Werkzeugen und Kosten pro Stück für die Lagerbuchse-Bearbeitungswerkzeuge.

---

## 6. Anforderungen auf die Anlageneistung

| Parameter                | Wert                 |
|-------------------------|----------------------|
| Kapazität               | 232 000 Stck./Jahr   |
| Taktzeit der ML         | 75 s                  |
| Tägliche Arbeitszeit     | 22,5 Std.            |
| Arbeitstage pro Jahr    | 250 Tage             |
| Technische Verwendbarkeit| 86%                  |
| Ausschussquote          | 0%                   |
| Prozessstabilität       | bewertete siehe ITS ŠKODA Auto Standards |
| **OPTION**              | 2. ML mit gleicher Kapazität, siehe Layout in der Anlage Nr. 3 |

---

## 7. Terminplan

| Activity                                   | 2024      | 2025      | 2026      |
|--------------------------------------------|-----------|-----------|-----------|
| Bestellungen                               | 01/25     |           |           |
| Lieferung, Inbetriebnahme und Übergabe    | 1xABZ OP + komplette Automatisierung | A 14/26 |           |
| TBT-PVS                                   |           | A 18/26   |           |
| PVS                                        |           | A 27/26   |           |
| Nullisierung                               |           |           | 05/27     |
| Lieferung, Inbetriebnahme und Übergabe     |           | 07/27     |           |
| restliche BAZ für erforderliche Kapazität | 2 Tage PoD |           | 11/27     |
| SOP                                        |           |           |           |


Image Analysis: 

### Image Localization and Attribution:

1. **Image Numbering and Identification:**
    - Image 1: The entire page consists of textual information, a table, and a colored bar chart.

### Object Detection and Classification:

1. **Textual Content:**
    - Extensive text in German.
    - Table containing technical data and requirements.
    - Colored bar chart representing a schedule or timeline.

2. **Table:**
    - Located in section 6 titled "Forderungen auf die Anlagenleistung."
    - Contains specifications of machine performance metrics.

3. **Bar Chart:**
    - Located in section 7 titled "Terminplan."
    - Showcases different activities over the years from 2024 to 2027.

### Scene and Activity Analysis:

1. **Entire Scene:**
    - The document appears to be a technical specification or project planning sheet for equipment or machinery.
    - Structured into sections with headings in bold, indicating different phases and requirements of a project.

2. **Main Activities:**
    - Describes various options, requirements, and suggestions for equipment (e.g., filtration, camera usage).
    - Indicates delivery times, workforce planning, and evaluation of equipment life span and cost.

### Text Analysis:

1. **Section Headings:**
    - "Weitere Anforderungen" (Further Requirements)
    - "Forderungen auf die Anlagenleistung" (Demands on Plant Performance)
    - "Terminplan" (Schedule)

2. **Significant Text Content:**
    - "Optionen" (Options) for various requirements and suggestions.
    - Technical parameters for machinery such as capacity, operating time, and efficiency.
    - Timetable with tasks and milestones over the years 2024 to 2027.

### Diagram and Chart Analysis:

1. **Bar Chart in Section 7:**
    - Activities are listed on the Y-axis.
    - The timeline extends over the years 2024 to 2027 on the X-axis.
    - Gantt-style bars represent the duration of each activity.

### Product Analysis:

1. **Not applicable**

### Anomaly Detection:

1. **Not applicable**

### Color Analysis:

1. **Text Color:**
    - Predominantly black text with some headings and important sections highlighted in yellow for emphasis.

2. **Chart Colors:**
    - Bars in different colors (green, red) indicating different activities or stages.

### Perspective and Composition:

1. **Perspective:**
    - The visual content is organized in a standard document layout.

2. **Composition:**
    - The document is composed of numbered sections and subsections for clarity.
    - A combination of text, table, and chart to present information.

### Contextual Significance:

1. **Document Purpose:**
    - The document is likely a project plan or technical requirement sheet for the installation and operation of industrial machinery.

2. **Contribution to Overall Theme:**
    - Provides detailed specifications, schedules, and requirements, crucial for planning and implementation phases.

### Graph and Trend Analysis:

1. **Gantt Chart Analysis:**
    - Illustrates the timeline for various activities such as initial setup, ongoing support, tooling, training, and cost estimations.
    - Shows dependencies and timelines for these activities from 2024 to 2027.

2. **Significance:**
    - Helps in visualizing project timelines, planning resources, and understanding the sequence of tasks.

### Graph Numbers:

1. **Data Points in the Gantt Chart:**
    - Activities: Bestellung, Lieferung, Unterstützung, Schulung, Tooling.
    - Timeline: Specific months and years highlighted (e.g., 01/25, 05/27).

### Summary:

The document is a detailed project plan consisting of machine specifications, additional requirements, and a timeline for implementation activities. It includes a table specifying machine capabilities and a Gantt chart outlining the schedule from 2024 to 2027. This comprehensive structure aids in planning and executing the installation, support, training, and cost assessment of the machinery.
####################
File: TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE%281%29.pdf

Page: 5

Context: # 8. Sonstiges

- Sämtliche betriebs technischen Parameter müssen die Betriebsmittelvorschriften ITS Škoda Auto sowie die Sicherheitsnormen CSn erfüllen.

- Der Lieferant hat alle Konstruktionen und technischen Lösungen noch vor dem Beginn der Herstellung mit den Fachbereichen ŠKODA AUTO AG zu konsultieren und genehmigen lassen.

- Garantie mindestens 24 Monate im 3-Schicht-Betrieb.

- Mit dem Angebot ist ein 2D-LAYOUT in den Formaten PDF und DWG vorzulegen.

- Bauffandament, Medienanschlüsse bis zum Hauptsperrventil an der Grenze des Arbeitsplat zes stellt Škoda bereit. Die restlichen Vertailungen besorgt der Auftragnehmer.

- Komplette Projektdokumentation wird der Liefertant 1 Monat nach Vertragsabschluss liefern.

- Die erste Betriebsstofffüllung zum Schmieren der Anlage gehört zum Lieferumfang.

- Das Werkzeug wird anhand der Unterlagen des Maschinenherstellers und der gegenseitigen Abstimmung mit Škoda sichergestellt.

- Dokumentation in tschechischer Sprache gemäß ITS ŠKODA (2 Ausdrucke + 1 digitale Form + Erklärung über den ordnungsgemäßen Erwerb von Softwarelizenzen).

- Um einen Vertrag zu erhalten, ist eine Vertraulichkeitsvereinbarung (NDA-Vertrag mit ŠKODA AUTO AG) und eine entsprechende TISAX-Zertifizierung erforderlich.

- Lieferbedingungen DDUDAP (einschließlich Zusammenlegung, Vermessung und Anbringung vor Ort)

# 9. Anlagen

1. **ITS/Betriebs mittelvorschriften ŠKODA AUTO a.s.:**  
   [Link zur Quelle](https://its.volkswagen.de/one-kbp/content/es/kbp_private/information_1/divisions/procurement/terms_and_conditions_of_purchasin g/new_koda_auto_a_s_4/koda_auto_a_s.jsp)

2. **Energi Ğ Škoda** - separate Datei

3. **Stiierung in der Halle**

4. **Visualisierung der Teile, Grundmaße**

5. **Schema des technologischen Prozesses**

6. **Unterlage Solutions für Powertrain Volkswagen Group Components Global Differenzbeschreibung** - per separate Datei

7. **3D Daten von Gussstück und des bearbeiteten Teils** - werden per Ebox zugesandt

8. **Zeichnungen des bearbeiteten Teils** - per separate Datei

9. **Interne Richtlinie der Komponenten** - per separate Datei

10. **Norm TQS 02.09** - separate Datei

11. **Norm VW 101 30**

12. **Norm WSK 016_862_G (Anforderungen zu Dichtungsflächen)**

13. **Kapazitätsanforderungen in Jahren**

14. **Erforderliches Schema der Spannung** - separate Datei

Image Analysis: 

### Analysis of the Attached Visual Content

#### 1. Localization and Attribution:
- **Page 1: A single-page document**

#### 2. Object Detection and Classification:
- **Detected objects:** Text, a hyperlink, bullet points, headings, PDF annotation elements (e.g., highlights and checkmarks).

#### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis:
- **Scene Description:**
  The scene depicts a document page, primarily text-oriented, with organized headings, bullets, and highlighted sections. No physical activities are depicted, as it is a print document.
- **Main Actors and Actions:** 
  Not applicable in this context as the document is text-based with no depiction of human activities.

#### Text Analysis:
- **Detected Text:**
  - **Main Headings:**
    - 8. Sonstiges (Miscellaneous)
    - 9. Anlagen (Attachments)
  - **Subsections and Bullets:**
    - Various detailed instructions and conditions relevant to Skoda Auto manufacturing, and PDF links to external resources.
  - **Highlight and Annotations:**
    - Highlights on specific important text portions in yellow and some text with green highlights.
    - PDF annotation checkmarks and certain lines underlined for emphasis.

- **Text Significance:**
  - **Construction and Safety:** Key points cover the technical parameters, safety requirements, documentation language requirements, and contractual obligations.
  - **Main Points in Detailed Bullets:**
    - Guarantee for operation.
    - Delivery conditions including documentation in Czech.
    - Requirements for media and interfaces.
    - Conditions for lubrication and project documentation.
    - Various other procedural requirements.
  - **Highlighted Sections:**
    - Points emphasizing key requirements for tools usage and documentation specifics in Czech for Skoda.

#### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis:
- **Diagrams and Charts:** There are no diagrams or charts included in the visible section of the document.

#### 6. Product Analysis:
- **Products Depicted:** No specific products are illustrated in the document.

#### 7. Anomaly Detection:
There are no noticeable anomalies or unusual elements within the provided text section.

#### 8. Color Analysis:
- **Color Composition:**
  - Dominant use of black text.
  - Yellow highlights indicating importance.
  - Green highlighted text emphasizing special sections.
  - The overall effect directs attention to the highlighted important notes.

#### 9. Perspective and Composition:
- **Perspective and Layout:**
  - The page is presented from a straightforward, upright perspective typical of a scanned or digital document.
  - **Composition:**
    - Text is well-organized with clear heading hierarchy, bulleted lists, and highlights to draw attention to essential details.

#### 14. Process Descriptions:
- **Brief Description:**
  Various processes are described, including the lubrication of equipment, project documentation timelines, and roles of delivery parties.

#### 16. Tabellen (Tables):
- Individual tables are not present, but bulleted lists organize the document’s contents.

#### Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations):
- Specific type designations for norms and standards are mentioned, like "Norm TQS 02.09" and "Norm VW 101 30."

#### Conclusion:
The document is a detailed procedural and requirement-oriented text about Skoda Auto’s manufacturing and operational guidelines, notable for its clear organization and specific itemized tasks. The use of highlights enhances the focus on critical points, ensuring essential elements stand out. This organization reflects the importance of accuracy and adherence to protocols in manufacturing processes.
####################
File: TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE%281%29.pdf

Page: 7

Context: # Anlage Nr. 3 – Stilllegung in der Halle

## Projekt

- **SHP:** SSP  
- **Kunden-Nr.:** 118051 Bratislava  
- **Client-Id:** HRSB2BK/04  
- **Datum:** 

## Kontakt

- **Projektleiter:** Konzern Taneček  
- **Telefon:** +420 736 863 237  
- **Telefon:** +421 2 5828 1472  

## Standortskizze

Die Bearbeitungslinie ist blau markiert.  
Voraussichtliche Maße der Bearbeitungslinie betragen ca. 15 m x 40 m.

```
~40 m
```

```
~15 m
```

Image Analysis: 

**Image Analysis:**

1. **Localization and Attribution:**
   - **Image 1** is the sole image on the page and occupies the entire space available.

2. **Scene and Activity Analysis:**
   - The scene depicts a layout of an industrial hall for manufacturing electric motors (Elektromotorik SSP). Various sections of the hall are marked with different colors indicating distinct processing areas.
   - **Main Sections:**
     - **Blue Sections:**
       - AF50 Mechanische Bearbeitung (Mechanical Processing)
     - **Green Section:**
       - AF55 Waschen (Washing)
     - **Red Section:**
       - AF85 Endkontrolle (Final Control)
     - **Green/Blue Section:**
       - AF80 Lecktesten Stopfen Dissemontage (Leak Testing, Plugging, Dismounting)
     - **Yellow Sections:**
       - Automatische Depalettierung (Automatic Depalletizing)
       - Automatische PalettierungVerpacken und Umreißen (Automatic Palletizing, Packaging and Strapping)
   - The layout includes machinery and equipment depicted within the zones for respective activities.

3. **Text Analysis:**
   - **Title:**
     - "Anlage Nr. 3 – Situierung in der Halle" (System No. 3 - Positioning in the Hall)
   - **Additional Information:**
     - **Marked Area:**
       - "Die Bearbeitungslinie ist blau markiert. Voraussichtliche Maße der Bearbeitungslinie betragen ca. 15 m x 40 m." (The processing line is marked in blue. The approximate dimensions of the processing line are about 15 m x 40 m.)
     - **Project Information:**
       - Project Name: "Bearbeitungslinie für Motorgehäuse für Elektromotorik SSP"
       - Various contact details and project identifiers are listed at the top.

4. **Diagram and Chart Analysis:**
   - The diagram is a floor plan that shows the spatial arrangement of different processing zones in an industrial hall. Each section is clearly labeled and color-coded for ease of understanding.
   - The dimensions provided (15 m x 40 m) help in understanding the scale of the processing line.

5. **Process Flows and Descriptions (Ablaufprozesse/Prozessbeschreibungen):**
   - The layout indicates a clear process flow starting from automatic depalletizing, going through mechanical processing, washing, leak testing, final control, and ending with automatic palletizing, packaging, and strapping.

6. **Type Designations (Typen Bezeichnung):**
   - Different types of activities are designated with specific task names and identified areas, such as AF50 for Mechanical Processing and AF55 for Washing.

7. **Color Analysis:**
   - **Dominant Colors:**
     - Blue: Indicates mechanical processing areas.
     - Green: Indicates the washing area.
     - Red: Indicates the final control area.
     - Yellow: Indicates both automatic depalletizing and palletizing/packaging/strapping areas.
   - The usage of different colors helps in quick identification and differentiating between various processing steps.

8. **Perspective and Composition:**
   - The image is presented from a top-down (bird’s eye view) perspective, showing the entire layout of the hall.
   - The composition is systematic and organized, with clear boundaries and labels for each section, which helps in understanding the flow and spatial distribution of the machinery and processes.

9. **Contextual Significance:**
   - The image is significant for understanding the layout and workflow in a production hall for manufacturing electric motor components.
   - It provides critical information for planning, installation, and operation of the manufacturing line, ensuring an efficient and organized placement of equipment.

This detailed analysis covers various aspects of the provided visual content, focusing on the structure, processes, and organization within the industrial layout.
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 1

Context: # Solutions for Powertrain

**Volkswagen Group Components Global**  
**Differenzbeschreibung**

---

**Ausgabe**: 01/2024  
**Link**: [siemens.com/TRANSLINE](https://siemens.com/TRANSLINE)

---

## Technische Unterlage

### Overview

This document provides comprehensive details on solutions for powertrains offered by Siemens for Volkswagen Group Components. It includes technological advancements, integration options, and support services available.

### Key Features

- Advanced powertrain solutions
- Tailored integration with Volkswagen components
- Comprehensive support and consultancy services

### Specifications

| Component        | Description                             |
|------------------|-----------------------------------------|
| Electric Drive    | High efficiency and performance         |
| Battery Management| Optimized charging and discharging      |
| Control Systems   | Integrated for optimal performance      |

### Benefits

1. **Increased Efficiency**
   - Reduced energy consumption
2. **Enhanced Performance**
   - Improved power delivery
3. **Sustainability**
   - Environmentally friendly solutions

### Conclusion

The collaboration between Siemens and Volkswagen Group Components ensures leading-edge powertrain solutions that meet current and future mobility demands. 

---

For further details, please contact us through the provided link.

Image Analysis: 

### Analysis of Attached Visual Content:

#### 1. Localization and Attribution:
- **Image 1** is the only image on the page.

#### 2. Object Detection and Classification:
- **Objects Identified:**
  - **Car Outline:** A wireframe model of a car, which is a schematic representation showing the powertrain components.
  - **Powertrain Components:**
    - **Electric Motor and Transmission:** Visible components within the schematic of the car.
    - **Battery Pack:** Indicated below the car's chassis.
- **Category:** Automotive engineering schematics.

#### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis:
- **Scene Description:** The image presents a technical illustration of a car's powertrain system, focusing on electric vehicle components.
- **Activities:** No activities involving human actors are depicted. The image serves a technical and explanatory purpose to showcase the powertrain solution.

#### 4. Text Analysis:
- **Text Detected:**
  - "SIEMENS"
  - “TECHNISCHE UNTERLAGE”
  - “Solutions for Powertrain”
  - “Volkswagen Group Components Global”
  - “Differenzbeschreibung”
  - “Ausgabe 01/2024”
  - “siemens.com/TRANSLINE”
- **Text Content Analysis:**
  - **"SIEMENS"** indicates the company responsible for the content.
  - **"TECHNISCHE UNTERLAGE"** translates to "Technical Documentation."
  - **"Solutions for Powertrain"** indicates the focus on powertrain technology solutions.
  - **"Volkswagen Group Components Global”** suggests collaboration or targeting of Volkswagen Group’s components.
  - **“Differenzbeschreibung”** translates to “Description of Differences,” likely detailing differences in powertrain components or solutions.
  - **“Ausgabe 01/2024”** indicates the issue date (January 2024).
  - **“siemens.com/TRANSLINE”** provides a URL for more information.

#### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis:
- No charts or diagrams requiring analysis apart from the powertrain schematic within the car outline.

#### 6. Product Analysis:
- **Products Depicted:**
  - **Powertrain System:** Includes electric motor, battery pack, and transmission components.
  - **Main Features:** Highlighted with a neon-effect wireframe to emphasize the components' placement within the vehicle.

#### 7. Anomaly Detection:
- No anomalies or unusual elements detected in the image.

#### 8. Color Analysis:
- **Color Composition:** Dominant colors are blue and cyan used in the car's wireframe model and powertrain components. The background is a gradient of dark blue to black, enhancing the focus on the neon schematic.
- **Impact:** The use of bright, neon colors against a dark background creates a high-contrast, futuristic, and technical aesthetic.

#### 9. Perspective and Composition:
- **Perspective:** The image is taken from an overhead/side angle, offering a clear view of the entire car and the embedded components.
- **Composition:** Centralized composition of the car ensures focus on the powertrain system, with supporting text aligned to maintain visual balance.

#### 10. Contextual Significance:
- **Overall Document Context:** Likely part of a technical manual or brochure for automotive engineering solutions by Siemens for Volkswagen Group.
- **Contribution to Overall Message:** Emphasizes Siemens' advanced technical solutions for automotive powertrain components, particularly for electric vehicles.

#### 13. Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows):
- The image implies a flow of process in powertrain integration within an electric vehicle, hinting at Siemens' involvement at various stages of component production and implementation.

#### 14. Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):
- While detailed descriptions are not provided in the image, the title "Differenzbeschreibung" suggests the document contains detailed descriptions of differences or specific features in powertrain solutions.

### Summary:
The single image analyzed presents a detailed schematic of a car's powertrain, specifically designed for electric vehicles, produced by Siemens in collaboration with Volkswagen Group Components Global. The technical illustration, along with the accompanying text, indicates this is a part of a technical document aimed at showcasing Siemens' advanced solutions for automotive powertrain systems, highlighted by futuristic design and clear, informative text.
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 3

Context: # Weitere Informationen

Weitere Informationen finden Sie im Internet unter: [Siemens](http://www.siemens.com/information).

Die Erstellung dieser Unterlage erfolgte mit Microsoft Word für Microsoft 365 MSO.

## Wichtige Hinweise

Weder das Verfügbarmachen dieser Unterlage, Verwendung und Mitteilung ihres Inhalts ist gestattet, soweit nicht ausdrücklich zugestanden. Darüber hinausgehende Verpflichtungen zu Schadenersatz, Alle Rechte vorbehalten, insbesondere für den Fall der Patentierung oder GM-Eintragung.

© Siemens AG 2024. All Rights Reserved.

**Technische Änderungen vorbehalten.**

Printed in the Federal Republic of Germany.  
Siemens Aktiengesellschaft.  

Es können weitere, in dieser Dokumentation nicht beschriebenen Funktionen in der Steuerung auffinden sein. Es besteht jedoch kein Anspruch auf diese Funktionen bei Neufertigung bzw. im Serieneinsatz.

Wir haben den Inhalt der Druckschrift auf Übereinstimmung mit der beschriebenen Hard- und Software geprüft. Dennoch können Abweichungen nicht ausgeschlossen werden. Die Angaben in dieser Druckschrift werden regelmäßig überprüft, und notwendige Korrekturen sind in den nachfolgenden Auflagen enthalten. Für Verbesserungsvorschläge sind wir dankbar.
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 5

Context: # Inhalt

Inhalt  
0.5  

## 1 Allgemeines  
1-1  

## 2 Ansprechpartner  
2-1  

### 2.1 Zentrale Ansprechpartnerin Volkswagen Group Components  
2-1  

### 2.2 Weitere Ansprechpartner  
2-1  

### 2.3 Hotline und Customer Support  
2-1  

### 2.4 Siemens-Volkswagen Powertrain Extranet  
2-2  

## 3 Projekthandbuch  
3-1  

### 3.1 SINUMERIK Softwareversionen und VW Startup Sets  
3-1  
#### 3.1.1 SINUMERIK ONE  
3-1  
#### 3.1.2 SINUMERIK 840D sl  
3-2  

### 3.2 Lizenzierung  
3-2  

### 3.3 S7-1500 Runtimeeinzenzen  
3-3  

### 3.4 Registrierungen der Siemens Komponenten  
3-4  

### 3.5 Sprachen der Bedienoberflächen  
3-4  

### 3.6 Dokumentation  
3-5  

#### 3.6.1 Maschinen auf Basis SINUMERIK ONE (TIA Portal Engineering)  
3-5  

#### 3.6.2 Maschinen auf Basis SINUMERIK 840D sl (Classic Engineering)  
3-6  

#### 3.6.3 Maschinen auf Basis SIMATIC S7-1500 (TIA Portal Engineering)  
3-6  

### 3.7 Vernetzung  
3-7  

## 3.8 Berechtigungsstufenkonzept  
3-8  

### 3.8.1 Vorbemerkungen  
3-8  

### 3.8.2 Berechtigungsstufen  
3-9  

### 3.8.3 Maschinenenden bei SINUMERIK-basierten Maschinen  
3-9  

## 3.9 Uhrzeitsynchronisation  
3-10  

### 3.9.4 Maschinen auf Basis SINUMERIK ONE oder SINUMERIK 840D sl  
3-10  

#### 3.9.4.1 Maschinen mit SINUMERIK Operate auf IPC427...  
3-11  

#### 3.9.4.2 Maschinen mit SINUMERIK Operate auf NCU...  
3-11  

#### 3.9.5 Maschinen auf Basis SIMATIC S7-1500  
3-11  

#### 3.9.5.1 HMI Lite...  
3-11
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 6

Context: # Inhalt 01/2023

## 3.10 Festlegungen zu SINAMICS S120 ............................................................... 3-14  
## 3.11 Roboteranbindung ..................................................................................... 3-15  
## 3.12 Energieeffizienz .......................................................................................... 3-15  

## 4 Überblick .......................................................................................................... 4-1  

## 5 Betriebsmittel-Freigabeseite ............................................................................ 5-1  

## 6 Applikationsbeispiele ....................................................................................... 6-1  

### 6.1 Mechanische Fertigung (SINUMERIK ONE) .................................................. 6-1  
#### 6.1.1 Flexible Bearbeitungslinie ...................................................................... 6-2  
#### 6.1.2 Maschine oder Lader/Portal auf CNC-Basis (ohne IPC) ........................ 6-3  
#### 6.1.3 Maschine oder Lader/Portal auf CNC-Basis (mit IPC) ......................... 6-4  
#### 6.1.4 Maschine oder Lader/Portal auf PLC-Basis ........................................... 6-5  

### 6.2 Mechanische Fertigung (SINUMERIK 840D sl) ............................................. 6-6  
#### 6.2.1 Flexible Bearbeitungslinie ...................................................................... 6-6  
#### 6.2.2 Maschine oder Lader/Portal auf CNC-Basis (ohne IPC) ....................... 6-7  
#### 6.2.3 Maschine oder Lader/Portal auf CNC-Basis (mit IPC) ......................... 6-8  
#### 6.2.4 Maschine oder Lader/Portal auf PLC-Basis .......................................... 6-9  

### 6.3 Montage ....................................................................................................... 6-11  
#### 6.3.1 Montagelinie .......................................................................................... 6-11  
#### 6.3.2 Zentralsteuerung .................................................................................. 6-12  
#### 6.3.3 Automatisierungsstation ....................................................................... 6-13  
#### 6.3.4 Handarbeitsplatz ................................................................................... 6-14  

## 7 Software Guide ................................................................................................ 7-1  
### 7.1 Maschinen auf Basis SINUMERIK ONE (TIA Portal Engineering) ............ 7-1  
#### 7.1.1 Software Guide SINUMERIK ONE .......................................................... 7-1  
#### 7.1.2 Programmierregeln SINUMERIK ONE .................................................. 7-2  
#### 7.1.3 Projektierung von Baugruppenamen und PROFInet-Gerätenamen ..... 7-5  
#### 7.1.4 Aufbau von HMI-PRO-Meldungen .......................................................... 7-6  

### 7.2 Maschinen auf Basis 840D sl (Classic Engineering) ............................... 7-7  
#### 7.2.1 Software Guide 840D sl ......................................................................... 7-7  
#### 7.2.2 Programmierregeln 840D sl ................................................................... 7-8  
#### 7.2.3 Aufbau von HMI-PRO-Meldungen .......................................................... 7-8  

### 7.3 Maschinen auf Basis S7-1500 (TIA Portal Engineering) .......................... 7-9  
#### 7.3.1 Programmierregeln S7-1500 .................................................................. 7-9  
#### 7.3.2 Software Guide S7-1500 ....................................................................... 7-12  
#### 7.3.3 GRAPH Schnittstelle S7-1500 ................................................................ 7-12  
#### 7.3.4 ProDiag Diagnosesystem S7-1500 ........................................................ 7-14  
#### 7.3.5 Safety-Vorgaben S7-1500 ....................................................................... 7-15  
#### 7.3.6 Projektierung von Baugruppenamen und PROFInet-Gerätenamen ...... 7-19  

## 8 Visualisierung Bedienung Diagnose ............................................................... 8-1  
### 8.1 Bedienung Allgemein .................................................................................... 8-1  
#### 8.1.1 Bedienfeld-Software ............................................................................... 8-1  
#### 8.1.2 Bedienendgerät ...................................................................................... 8-3  

### 8.2 Bedienung SINUMERIK ONE ..................................................................... 8-4
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 7

Context: # Inhalt

## 8.1 Maschinensteuertafeln  
8.1.1 Maschinensteuertafel MCP 190 ................................. 8-4  
8.1.2 Maschinensteuertafel MCP 190 (VW Wolfsburg) .... 8-7  
8.1.3 Push Button Panel MPP 464 .................................... 8-10  
8.1.4 Erweiterungsblende .................................................... 8-13  

## 8.3 Bedienung SINUMERIK 840D  
8.3.1 Maschinensteuertafel MCP 483 ................................. 8-15  
8.3.2 Maschinensteuertafel MCP 483 (VW Wolfsburg) .... 8-18  
8.3.3 Push Button Panel MPP 483 Volkswagen-Varianten .. 8-21  
8.3.4 Erweiterungsblende .................................................... 8-25  

## 8.4 Belegung von Bedienplätzen  
8.4.1 Bedienplätze ohne Maschinensteuertafel oder Push Button Panel .......................................... 8-26  
8.4.2 Bedienplätze mit Maschinensteuertafel oder Push Button Panel .......................................... 8-27  
8.4.3 Belegung von Bedienplätzen (VW Wolfsburg) .......... 8-28  
- 8.4.3.1 Bedienplätze ohne Maschinensteuertafeln ............ 8-28  
- 8.4.3.2 Bedienplätze mit Maschinensteuertafeln ............ 8-28  
8.4.4 Belegung von Bedienplätzen (VW Kassel) ................. 8-29  

## 8.5 Visualisierung HMI Pro (SINUMERIK Panels) ............ 8-30  
## 8.6 Visualisierung HMI Lite (SIMATIC Panels) ................. 8-30  

## 9 Datensicherung ..................................................................... 9-1  

## 10 SINUMERIK 840D SI Safety Integrated  
10.1 Hardwareaufbau Safety Integrated Stufe II (PROFIsafe) ............ 10-1  
10.2 Kennzeichnung von Maschinen mit Safety Integrated ............... 10-5  
10.3 Allgemeine Vorgaben für die Verwendung ........................... 10-5  
10.4 Vorgaben für die Safety Integrated Abnahme ........................ 10-6  
10.5 Abgleichmatrix ..................................................................... 10-7  
10.6 Sichere programmierbare Logik ........................................ 10-7  
10.7 Benutzerdefinierte Fehlermeldungen .................................. 10-8  

## 11 Parametrierung Anlagennetz ............................................. 11-1  

## 12 Betriebsdaten­erfassung  
12.1 TRANSLINE Collect .......................................................... 12-1  
12.1.1 Allgemeines .................................................................. 12-1  
12.1.2 Lizenzen ..................................................................... 12-3  
12.1.3 HMI PRO Bedienfeldschnittstelle ................................. 12-3  
12.1.4 PLC Schnittstelle ......................................................... 12-4  
12.1.5 Adapter .................................................................... 12-4  
12.1.6 Server ....................................................................... 12-4  
12.2 OPC UA Informationsmodell .......................................... 12-4
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 8

Context: # Inhaltsverzeichnis

## A Anhang
- **Änderungsindex**......................................................................................... A-1
  - A.1.1 Änderungen von Ausgabe 06/2011 auf Ausgabe 03/2012................................. A-1
  - A.1.2 Änderungen von Ausgabe 03/2012 auf Ausgabe 01/2013................................. A-1
  - A.1.3 Änderungen von Ausgabe 01/2013 auf Ausgabe 05/2013................................. A-1
  - A.1.4 Änderungen von Ausgabe 05/2013 auf Ausgabe 01/2015................................. A-1
  - A.1.5 Änderungen von Ausgabe 01/2015 auf Ausgabe 01/2018................................. A-1
  - A.1.6 Änderungen von Ausgabe 01/2018 auf Ausgabe 07/2018................................. A-2
  - A.1.7 Änderungen von Ausgabe 07/2018 auf Ausgabe 01/2020................................. A-2
  - A.1.8 Änderungen von Ausgabe 01/2020 auf Ausgabe 01/2021................................. A-3
  - A.1.9 Änderungen von Ausgabe 01/2021 auf Ausgabe 01/2022................................. A-3
  - A.1.10 Änderungen von Ausgabe 01/2022 auf Ausgabe 01/2023............................... A-4

---

Solutions for Powertrain / TRANSLINE  
© Siemens AG 2023 Alle Rechte vorbehalten  
Differenzbeschreibung Volkswagen Group Components Global
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 9

Context: # 1 Allgemeines

## Einleitung

Siemens stellt mit diesem Handbuch ein abgerundetes Konzept, ausgerichtet auf die Automatisierung der mechanischen Fertigung und Montage von Motoren, Achsen und Getrieben in der Automobilindustrie, dar. Grundlage hierfür sind die bewährten Produktfamilien SIMATIC, SINUMERIK, SINAMICS und SIMOTICS. Das Handbuch ist verpflichtend für alle involvierten OEMs während der Angebots- als auch Implementierungsphase.

Applikationsbeispiele und eine Komponenten-Liste unterstützen die OEMs bei der Lieferung einer einheitlichen, standardisierten Lösung. Sie stellen die optimale Installation und Betrieb des Siemens Equipments sicher. In diesem Sinne dient das Handbuch auch als Rahmen für das Direktgeschäft zwischen Siemens und den OEMs bezüglich des Siemens Equipments im Projekt.

Darauf aufsetzend entwickeln unsere Mitarbeiter zugeschnitten auf den jeweiligen Fertigungsbereich und auf die spezifischen Projektanforderungen die gewünschten Automatisierungslösungen einschließlich Kommunikation (PROFINET), Safety Integrated, Software, Engineering, Schulung, Ersatzteile und Service. Soweit der Endkunde im Projekt technische After-Sales Unterstützung zum Betrieb des Siemens Equipments benötigt, ist Siemens bereit marktgerechte Unterstützung in Form von Training, Ersatzteilen und Service zu leisten. 

Die Details zur Unterstützung während der Projektphase, normalerweise in der zweiten Inbetriebnahme und Anlaufphase, werden in der Projektimplementierungsphase zwischen Siemens und dem Endkunden definiert. 

Um eine schnelle Erbringung der Leistungen zu gewährleisten, wird die Unterstützung direkt von Siemens an den Endkunden erbracht. Ein Projektteam unterstützt Sie bei der Abwicklung sowie bei der technischen Ausarbeitung Ihrer Projekte.
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 10

Context: # 1 Allgemeines  
01/2024  

## Grundlage  

> **Wichtig**  
> Grundsätzlich gilt die TRANSLINE Standardhandbuchsammlung, Ausgabe 2024.  
> Sie finden diese Standardhandbuchsammlung im Solutions for Powertrain Extranet unter:  
> - **Startseite**: [https://www.siemens.com/sp-extranet](https://www.siemens.com/sp-extranet)  
> - **Pfad**: Transline Standard → Standardhandbücher → Ausgabe 2024  

Abweichungen und Ergänzungen sind in dem vorliegenden volkswagenspezifischen Dokument beschrieben.  

## Marken  

In diesem Dokument wird der Begriff „Volkswagen“ übergreifend für die einzelnen Konzernmarken des Volkswagen-Konzerns verwendet (z. B. VW, Audi, Seat, Skoda).  

## Volkswagen Group Components Konzernstandard  

Das folgende Bild zeigt einen Überblick über die Elemente des Volkswagen Group Components Konzernstandards:  

![Volkswagen Group Components Konzernstandard](path/to/image)  

## Gültigkeit  

Die in dieser Differenzbeschreibung enthaltenen Abweichungen und Ergänzungen beschreiben alle volkswagenspezifischen Festlegungen zu der oben genannten zugrunde liegenden TRANSLINE Standardhandbuchsammlung.  

---

*Solutions for Powertrain / TRANSLINE*  
*© Siemens AG 2023 Alle Rechte vorbehalten*  
*Differenzbeschreibung Volkswagen Group Components Global*  

Image Analysis: 

### Analysis of Attached Visual Content

#### Localization and Attribution
- The image is the sole visual content on the page.
- Designated as **Image 1**.

#### Text Analysis
- **Detected Text & Content:**
    - **Main Title:** "1 Allgemeines 01/2024"
    - **Section Header:** "Grundlage"
    - **Content:**
        - "Wichtig" (Important)
        - "Grundsätzlich gilt die TRANSLINE Standardhandbuchsammlung, Ausgabe 2024. [...]
        - Hier ist das Dokument in dem volkswagen-spezifischen Dokument beschrieben."
    - **Section Header:** "Konzernmarken"
    - **Content:**
        - "In diesem Dokument wird der Begriff „Volkswagen“ übergreifend für die einzelnen Konzernmarken des Volkswagen-Konzerns verwendet (z.B. VW, Audi, Seat, Skoda)."
    - **Section Header:** "Volkswagen Group Components Konzernstandard"
    - **Content:**
        - "Das folgende Bild zeigt einen Überblick über die Elemente des Volkswagen Group Components Konzernstandards: [...]
        - Weltweite Projektkoordination durch Siemens, Siemens-Volkswagen Powertrain Extranet als Informationsplattform."
    - **Section Header:** "Gültigkeit"
    - **Content:**
        - "Die in dieser Differenzbeschreibung enthaltenen Abweichungen und Ergänzungen beschreiben [...] unter der oben genannte zugrundleingenden TRANSLINE Standardhandbuchsammlung."

#### Diagram and Chart Analysis
- **Image 1: Diagram Overview**
    - **Title:** Volkswagen Group Components Konzernstandard
    - **Sections within the Diagram:**
        - **Freigabelisten:** TRANSLINE Niederspannungsschalttechnik
        - **HMI-Standards:** HMI PRO (VW Standard) (CNC-Maschinen), HMI Lite (VW Standard) (SPS-Maschinen)
        - **Projekthandbuch:** Volkswagen Group Components Global
        - **VW Master DVDs and Startup Sets:** Software Standard for CNC-Steuerte Komponenten
    - **Footer Note:** "Weltweite Projektkoordination durch Siemens, Siemens-Volkswagen Powertrain Extranet als Informationsplattform"

#### Scene and Activity Analysis
- **Scene Description:**
    - The scene presents a structured document page with multiple information sections, including a detailed diagram in the middle of the page.
- **Main Activity:**
    - The text and diagram articulate the standards, guidelines, and organizational details regarding Volkswagen Group components and their coordination managed through Siemens platforms.

#### Color Analysis
- Dominant Colors: 
    - Shades of white, gray, and blue
- Impact on Perception:
    - Creates a professional and formal appearance, suitable for corporate documentation.

#### Perspective and Composition
- **Perspective:**
    - The page has a standard front-facing view, typical for reading documents.
- **Composition:**
    - Information is hierarchically structured with headings, subheadings, and a centered diagram for visual effectiveness.

### Summary of Visual Content Analysis
This page serves as an introduction section for a document concerning Volkswagen Group Components Konzernstandard with information about relevant standards and documentation managed primarily through Siemens. The diagram in the middle visually outlines the specific elements of the Konzern standard, simplifying complex standards into categorized sections. This layout aids in clear and structured communication of significant corporate guidelines.
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 11

Context: # 01/2023 1 Allgemeines

> **Wichtig**  
> Es ist für CNC-basierte Maschinen das System SINUMERIK ONE oder SINUMERIK 840D SL und für PLC-basierte Maschinen  
> das System SIEMENS S7-1500 gemäß Freigabeliste einzusetzen.  
> Als Antriebssysteme sind SIMANICS-Antriebe gemäß Freigabeliste einzusetzen.  
> Für die anlagenspezifische Auswahl der Steuerung und Software-Versionen ist zwingend eine Abstimmung mit der zuständigen Elektrofachabteilung notwendig.  
>   
> Bei Umbau oder Ergänzung der vorhandenen Fertigungs- oder Montageeinrichtungen ist zwingend eine Rücksprache mit der zuständigen Elektrofachabteilung notwendig. Das Ergebnis über die einzusetzenden Stände für Soft- und Hardware ist schriftlich festzuhalten.  
>   
> Die in diesem Dokument enthaltenen Abschnitte gelten nur, wenn die beschriebenen Komponenten in der für das jeweilige Projekt gültigen Betriebsmittel-Freigabeliste freigegeben sind.

## Aktualisierungen und ergänzende Informationen zum Projekthandbuch

> **Wichtig**  
>Evtl. Aktualisierungen und ergänzende Informationen zum vorliegenden Projekthandbuch finden Sie im Siemens-Volkswagen  
>Powertrain Extranet (vergl. Kap. 2).  

© Siemens AG 2023 Alle Rechte vorbehalten  
Differenzbeschreibung Volkswagen Group Components Global  
Solutions for Powertrain / TRANSLINE  
1 - 3
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 16

Context: # 3 Projekthandbuch 
01/2024

## 3.1.2 SINUMERIK 840D sl

**Wichtig:**  
Für die SINUMERIK 840D sl ist die Exportversion der SINUMERIK Systemssoftware Version 4.95 (oder neuer) einzusetzen.

Als Software für das Bedienen & Beobachten für Maschinen auf Basis SINUMERIK 840D sl sind je nach Software-Version die folgenden VW Startup Sets zu verwenden:
- IPC47xE_W10_4.9_V1.0.1
  - auf Basis Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC

**Wichtig:**  
Wenn Sie dieses Startup Set mit einem IPC427E mit einer Lizenz für Windows 10 Enterprise 2016 LTSB oder älter verwenden, benötigen Sie ein IPC Operating System Package, Artikelnummer 6ES7648-6WC21-1YA0.  
Weitere Informationen zu diesem Thema finden Sie in der folgenden Produkttmitteilung:  
[https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/de/de/view/109780443](https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/de/de/view/109780443)

## 3.2 Lizenzierung

**Wichtig:**  
Ist die Software oder ein Teil der Software urheberrechtlich geschützt, müssen die Lizenzverträge mit dem Nachweis des übertragenen Nutzungsrechts und evtl. Copyright-Vermerken bei der Übergabe der Anlage vorhanden sein und mit übergeben werden.

**Hinweis:**  
Beim Einsatz der Startup Sets müssen die jeweiligen Softwarelizenzen je Bedienfeld zusätzlich separat bestellt und mit übergeben werden.

### Lizenznachweis

Das Certificate of License (CoL) bzw. das elektronische Certificate of License (eCoL) ist für den Lizenznehmer der Nachweis, dass die Nutzung der Software von Siemens lizenziert ist.  
Jede Nutzung ist ein CoL zuzuordnen, das sorgfältig aufzubewahren bzw. zu archivieren ist.

---

*Solutions for Powertrain / TRANSILINE*  
© Siemens AG 2023 Alle Rechte vorbehalten  
*Differenzbeschreibung Volkswagen Group Components Global*  
3-2
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 18

Context: ```markdown
# 3 Projekthandbuch
## 01/2024

| Software                                                                                | Lizenz               |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|---------------------|
| SIMATIC OPC UA S7-1500 Medium, Single Runtime License Download enthält Lizenzzertifikat für OPC UA Server und OPC UA Client Klasse A, Ablaffähig auf allen ET 200SP CPU, S7-1500 BIS CPU-1516, CPU 1507S, inklusive F und D Derivaten ab Firmware V2.0, OPC UA Server Method Call, Custom Address Space ab Firmware 2.5 ****** Warenempfänger E-Mail Adresse zur Auslieferung erforderlich | 6ES7823-0BE00-1CA0  |
| SIMATIC OPC UA S7-1500 Large, Single Runtime License Download enthält Lizenzzertifikat für OPC UA Server und OPC UA Client Klasse A, Ablaffähig auf allen ET 200SP CPU, allen S7-1500 CPU, CPU 1508S, CPU 1507D, inklusive F und D Derivaten ab Firmware V2.0, OPC UA Server Method Call, Custom Address Space ab Firmware 2.5 ****** Warenempfänger E-Mail Adresse zur Auslieferung erforderlich | 6ES7823-0BE00-1DA0 |

## 3.3 Registrierung der Siemens Komponenten

Für die Planung des weltweiten Service und Supports für Maschinen und Anlagen mit Siemens-Komponenten ist es zwingend erforderlich, dass der Maschinenhersteller seine Maschinen inklusive Stückliste in elektronischer Form bei Siemens unter folgendem Link registriert:

[Siemens Registration](https://myregistration.siemens.com/startup)

> **Wichtig**  
> Bei der Maschinenabnahme ist die erfolgte Registrierung durch die Übergabe eines Zertifikats nachzuweisen.

Bei Rückfragen zur Registrierung ist Ihnen gerne Ihr lokaler Siemens-Ansprechpartner behilflich.

## 3.4 Sprachen der Bedienoberflächen

Die Bedienoberfläche ist in folgenden Sprachen auszuführen:
- Landessprache des jeweiligen Aufstellortes
- plus Plansprache des Lastenhefts

Eine englische Bedienoberfläche kann bei Bedarf zusätzlich mitgeteilt werden.
```
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 23

Context: # 3.8.2 Berechtigungstufen

Neben den Standardeinstellungen gelten folgende Festlegungen:

| Standard Siemens Berechtigungstufen | Berechtigung                     | Variante 1 Passwort bzw. BKS E7 (nur bei SINUMERIK-basierten Maschinen) | Variante 2 Euchner EKS             |
|--------------------------------------|----------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------|
| Berechtigungsstufe 1 (Maschinenhersteller) | Hersteller, Service, Instanthalter | SUNRISE                                                                  | Berechtigungsstufe 1 roter Key blauer Key (OEM) |
| Berechtigungsstufe 2 (Inbetriebnehmer, Service) | Nicht verwendet                   | Nicht verwendet                                                         | Nicht verwendet                     |
| Berechtigungsstufe 3 (Endanwender)  | Nicht verwendet                   | Nicht verwendet                                                         | Nicht verwendet                     |
| Berechtigungsstufe 4 (Programmierer, Einrichter) | Einrichter, Programmierer        | Schlüsselschalter BKS E7                                               | Berechtigungsstufe 4 grüner Key     |
| Berechtigungsstufe 5 (qualifizierter Bediener) | Nicht verwendet                   | Nicht verwendet                                                         | Nicht verwendet                     |
| Berechtigungsstufe 6 (Ausgebildeter Bediener) | Bediener                         | Nicht verwendet                                                         | Berechtigungsstufe 6 schwarzer Key   |
| Berechtigungsstufe 7 (angelernter Bediener) | Keine besondere Berechtigung     | Kein Schlüssel                                                          | Kein Key                            |

# 3.8.3 Maschinendaten bei SINUMERIK-basierten Maschinen

Folgende Änderungen der allgemeinen Maschinendaten sind in den Volkswagen-Projekten erforderlich:

| Maschinendatum | Bezeichnung                                      | Schutzstufe |
|----------------|--------------------------------------------------|-------------|
| MD 11160       | Schutzstufe Ausführungsrecht / N_CST_DIR         | 4           |
| MD 11161       | Schutzstufe Ausführungsrecht / N_CUS_DIR         | 4           |
| MD 51044       | Schutzstufe SBL2 anzeigen                         | 7           |

Image Analysis: 

***Comprehensive Examination of Attached Visual Content:***

### 1. Localization and Attribution
- The visual content consists of two main sections.
  - **Section 1:** Table detailing "Berechtigungsstufen"
  - **Section 2:** Table detailing "Maschinendaten bei SINUMERIK-basierten Maschinen"

### 2. Object Detection and Classification
- **Image 1:** 
  - **Objects Detected:**
    1. Table 
    2. Icons (Euchner EKS, Key, Lock)
- **Image 2:** 
  - **Objects Detected:**
    1. Table
    2. Text

### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis
- **Image 1:** The scene includes a table categorizing various authorization levels (Berechtigungsstufen) in a structured manner.
- **Image 2:** The scene includes a table specifying the required changes in general machine data for SINUMERIK-based machines in Volkswagen projects.

### 4. Text Analysis
- **Image 1:**
  - **Header:** 3.8.2 Berechtigungsstufen (Authorization Levels)
  - **Content:**
    - Standard Siemens Authorization Levels
    - Different authorization levels with descriptions and variants
  - **Significance:** This section specifies authorization levels and their respective categories necessary for different roles and responsibilities.
- **Image 2:**
  - **Header:** 3.8.3 Maschinendaten bei SINUMERIK-basierten Maschinen
  - **Content:**
    - Changes required in general machine data specific to Volkswagen projects
    - Detailed entries for machine data items and their respective security levels (Schutzstufe)
  - **Significance:** This section outlines necessary modifications to machine data to fit specific project requirements.

### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis
- There are no explicit diagrams or charts in the visual content.

### 6. Product Analysis
- There are no specific products depicted in the visual content.

### 7. Anomaly Detection
- **Image 1:** No anomalies detected.
- **Image 2:** No anomalies detected.

### 8. Color Analysis
- **Image 1:**
  - Dominant colors: Light grey background with black text and colored icons.
  - Impact: The light grey background and black text create a clear contrast, making the information easily readable. Colored icons help to differentiate between variants.
- **Image 2:**
  - Dominant colors: Light grey background with black text.
  - Impact: The consistent color scheme maintains readability and emphasizes the textual content.

### 9. Perspective and Composition
- **Perspective:**
  - Top-down view for both images.
- **Composition:**
  - **Image 1:** 
    - Structured table layout with distinct sections for authorization levels, variants, and their respective categories.
  - **Image 2:**
    - Well-organized table listing machine data changes and their security levels.

### 10. Contextual Significance
- **Image 1:**
  - Provides essential information about authorization levels within the context of Siemens-based projects, likely part of a larger project handbook.

- **Image 2:**
  - Details specific machine data adjustments necessary for SINUMERIK-based machines, indicating compliance and configuration requirements for Volkswagen projects.

### 12. Graph and Trend Analysis
- There are no graphical data or trends explicitly visualized in the images.

### 13. Graph Numbers (Tables)
- **Image 1:**
  - **Table Cells:**
    1. Authorization Level 1: "Hersteller, Service, Instandhalter", "SUNRISE", "Berechtigungsstufe 1 roter Key blauer Key (OEM)"
    2. Authorization Level 4: "Einrichter, Programmierer", "Schlüsselschalter BKS E7", "Berechtigungsstufe 4 grüner Key"
    3. Authorization Level 6: "Bediener", "Nicht verwendet", "Berechtigungsstufe 6 schwarzer Key"
    4. Authorization Level 7: "Keine besondere Berechtigung", "Kein Schlüssel", "Kein Key"
- **Image 2:**
  - **Table Cells:**
    1. MD 11160: "Schutzstufe Ausführungsrecht / _N_CST_DIR", "4"
    2. MD 11161: "Schutzstufe Ausführungsrecht / _N_CUS_DIR", "4"
    3. MD 51044: "Schutzstufe SBL2 anzeigen", "7"

### Additional Aspects
- **Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows) and Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):** Not explicitly depicted in the images.
- **Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations):** Indicated in the table categories, such as authorization levels and machine data names.
- **Trend and Interpretation:** No discernible trends, as data is more categorical.
- **Tables:** Both sections feature tables organizing important role-based authorizations and machine data.

### Conclusion
The visual content comprises two key parts: authorization levels for Siemens-based systems and necessary machine data changes for SINUMERIK-based machines in Volkswagen projects, presented in clear tables with detailed descriptions. The information is highly relevant for project management and system configurations.
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 24

Context: # 3 Projekthandbuch
## 01/2024

| Maschinen- datum | Bezeichnung                                 | Schutz- Stufe |
|-------------------|---------------------------------------------|----------------|
| MD 51045          | Schutzstufe TEACH IN                        | 4              |
| MD 51046          | Schutzstufe R-Parameter löschen             | 4              |
| MD 51047          | Schutzstufe Anwendervariable lesen          | 7              |
| MD 51048          | Schutzstufe Anwendervariable schreiben      | 4              |
| MD 51049          | Schutzstufe Programmbeeinflussung schreiben | 4              |
| MD 51050          | Schutzstufe Teilprogramme schreiben          | 4              |
| MD 51051          | Schutzstufe R-Parameter schreiben           | 4              |
| MD 51052          | Schutzstufe Settingdaten schreiben           | 4              |
| MD 51060          | Schutzstufe einstellbar NV (G54-G599) schreiben | 1           |
| MD 51200          | Schutzstufe WZW Geometriedaten schreiben    | 6              |
| MD 51201          | Schutzstufe WZW Verschieb Daten schreiben    | 6              |
| MD 51208          | Schutzstufe WZW Adapterdaten schreiben      | 6              |
| MD 51211          | Schutzstufe WZW Daten lesen                 | 7              |

Es ist sicherzustellen, dass der Passwortschutz nach Abschluss der Bedienung nach 15 Min. automatisch zurückgesetzt wird.

In HMI PRO ist für das Verfahren von NC-Achsen über Einrichtbild die Schutzstufe 6 einzuziehen.

Der Maschinenlieferant hat sicherzustellen, dass der vereinbarte Zugriffs-schutz bei Verlassen der Anlage aktiv ist. Die Vereinbarungen sind schriftlich festzuhalten.

## 3.9 Uhrzeitsynchronisation

**Wichtig:**  
Es gelten die Vorgaben der einzelnen Standorte.

Deshalb ist für die Ausführung der Uhrzeitsynchronisation zwingend eine Rücksprache mit der zuständigen Elektroabteilung notwendig.

## 3.9.4 Maschinen auf Basis SINUMERIK ONE oder SINUMERIK 840D sl

**Wichtig:**  
Die Synchronisation der Uhrzeit findet immer vom Bedienfeld zur NC/PLC statt!

Image Analysis: 

### Comprehensive Examination

#### 1. Localization and Attribution
- **Page Layout**:
  - **Top Section**: Header information and a table.
  - **Middle Section**: Paragraphs of text with highlighted instructions.
  - **Bottom Section**: Image with a graphical user interface followed by more text.

#### 2. Object Detection and Classification
- **Image 1 Information**:
  - **Table**: Contains machine data, descriptions, and protection levels.
  - **Controllers**: Blue GUI elements representing control buttons.

#### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis
- **Image 1 Scene**:
  - **Table**: Lists machine data and corresponding protection levels.
  - **Graphical Interface**: Shows a control panel layout for configuring NC-Axes.

#### 4. Text Analysis
- **Top Table**:
  - **Column Headers**: Machine Data, Description, Protection Level.
  - **Rows**: Lists various MD numbers with their protection levels and descriptions (e.g., MD 51045 - Schutzstufe TEACH IN - 4).
  
- **Body Text**:
  - **Paragraph**: Explains the auto-reset feature for passwords after 15 minutes.
  - **Procedural Text**: Instructions for HMI PRO regarding NC-Axes and the protection level.
  
- **Highlighted Text "Wichtig"**:
  - **Text Content**: Important notes about regulations for time synchronization and machine synchronization procedures.

#### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis
- **Graphical Interface**:
  - **Content**: Controls related to machine configuration, labeled with instructions like 'Minus', 'X Achse', 'ENDW'.
  
#### 6. Product Analysis
- **Graphical User Interface**:
  - **Features**: Interactive buttons predominantly in blue.
  - **Labels**: Instructions for machine configuration.

#### 7. Anomaly Detection
- No specific anomalies are detected.

#### 8. Color Analysis
- **Dominant Colors**: Blue (buttons), black and white (text and background).
- **Impact**: The colors help in distinguishing interactive elements from the textual instructions.

#### 9. Perspective and Composition
- **Perspective**: Straight-on, user interface perspective.
- **Composition**: Structured, with clear demarcation between text blocks, table, and graphical interface.

#### 12. Graph and Trend Analysis
- **Trend**: Shows a consistent focus on security features across different MD numbers with varying protection levels.

#### 13. Graph Numbers
- **Table Data Points**:
  - **MD 51045**: Schutzstufe TEACH IN - 4
  - **MD 51046**: Schutzstufe R-Parameter löschen - 4
  - **MD 51047**: Schutzstufe Anwendervariable lesen - 7
  - **MD 51048**: Schutzstufe Anwendervariable schreiben - 4
  - **MD 51049**: Schutzstufe Programbeeinflussung schreiben - 4
  - **MD 51050**: Schutzstufe Teilprogramme schreiben - 4
  - **MD 51051**: Schutzstufe R-Parameter schreiben - 4
  - **MD 51052**: Schutzstufe Settingdaten schreiben - 4
  - **MD 51060**: Schutzstufe einstellbare NW schreiben - 1
  - **MD 51200**: Schutzstufe WZV Geometriedaten schreiben - 6
  - **MD 51201**: Schutzstufe WZV Verschleißdaten schreiben - 6
  - **MD 51208**: Schutzstufe WZV Adapterdaten schreiben - 6
  - **MD 51211**: Schutzstufe WZV Daten lesen - 7

#### 14. Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows)
- **Detail**: Process for protecting traceability and configuration of NC-Axes in HMI PRO.

#### 16. Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations)
- **Controlled Processes**: List of different types of protective measures (e.g., Anwendervariable lesen/schreiben).

#### Contextual Significance
- **Overall Document**: Likely part of procedural documentation for machine configuration, emphasizing security and regulatory compliance.

### Summary
The attached visual content provides detailed instructions on machine data protection levels, includes procedural guidelines for synchronization and security, and features a graphical interface for configuring NC-Axes. Tables and highlighted sections underscore important instructions, clearly demarcating user actions required for machine maintenance and configuration. The use of blue in the interface aids in highlighting control features, ensuring clarity in usage instructions.
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 26

Context: # 3 Projekthandbuch

## 01/2024

An dem Bedienpanel ist die Zeitzone in den „Date/Time Properties“ im Control Panel auszuwählen. Die Anwahl der Sommer- oder Winterzeit erfolgt ab der HMI Lite Version 8.1 durch das WinCC VB-Skript „_LTL_setSummerTime“.

Dieses VB-Skript wird ein Mal pro Minute durch den Aufgabenplaner aufgerufen. Wenn keine Sommer-/Winterzeitumschaltung gewünscht ist, muss dieser Aufruf im Aufgabenplaner entfernt werden.

![SIMATIC HMI](link-to-image)

**Hinweis:** Bitte sicherstellen, dass die korrekten Links und Daten in die Abbildung eingefügt werden. 

**Quellen:**
- Solutions for Powertrain / TRANSILINE
- © Siemens AG 2023 Alle Rechte vorbehalten
- Differenzbeschreibung Volkswagen Group Components Global

**Seite 3-12**

Image Analysis: 

### Comprehensive Examination of the Visual Content

#### 1. Localization and Attribution
- **Image 1:** Located at the top of the page.
- **Image 2:** Located below Image 1.

#### 2. Object Detection and Classification
- **Image 1:** 
  - **Objects:**
    - Computer screen displaying a software interface.
    - Multiple panels within the software interface.
  - **Key Features:**
    - A highlighted section showing "Date/Time Properties."
    - Various options and settings related to time configuration.

- **Image 2:** 
  - **Objects:**
    - A computer screen displaying the "SIMATIC HMI" software.
    - A popup dialog window.
    - A red arrow pointing towards the "Date/Time Properties."
  - **Key Features:**
    - The software interface contains multiple icons and options at the top.
    - The popup window displays date and time settings.

#### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis
- **Image 1:**
  - **Scene:**
    - A software interface on a computer screen is depicted, focusing on time configuration properties.
  - **Activities:**
    - A user configuring the date and time settings on an HMI (Human-Machine Interface) panel using the "Date/Time Properties" dialog.

- **Image 2:**
  - **Scene:**
    - Another software interface screen with a popup window open.
  - **Activities:**
    - A user adjusting date and time settings within the "SIMATIC HMI" software, indicated by a red arrow pointing to the relevant section.

#### 4. Text Analysis
- **Image 1:**
  - No text detected within the image.

- **Image 2:**
  - No text detected within the image.

- **Text Description below the Images:**
  - **Seen Text:**
    - "An dem Bedienpanel ist die Zeitzone in den „Date/Time Properties“ im Control Panel anzuwählen. Die Anwahl der Sommer- oder Winterzeit erfolgt ab der HMI Lite Version 8.1 durch das WinCC VB-Skript „ITL_setSummerTime“."
    - "Dieses VB-Skript wird ein Mal pro Minute durch den Aufgabenplaner aufgerufen. Wenn keine Sommer-/Winterzeitumschaltung gewünscht ist, muss dieser Aufruf im Aufgabenplaner entfernt werden."
  - **Analysis:**
    - The description instructs users to select the time zone in the "Date/Time Properties" of the Control Panel on the HMI. It mentions using a VB script "ITL_setSummerTime" to configurate daylight saving time settings starting from HMI Lite Version 8.1. Furthermore, the script is called once per minute by the task scheduler, and if daylight saving time switching is not desired, it needs to be removed from the task scheduler.

#### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis
- No diagrams or charts found within the images.

#### 6. Product Analysis
- **Image 2:**
  - **Products Depicted:**
    - "SIMATIC HMI" software.
  - **Main Features:**
    - User interface with multiple configurable options.
    - Popup window for date and time settings.
  - **Materials and Colors:**
    - Predominantly grey interface with icons and a designated blue sidebar section.

#### 7. Anomaly Detection
- No noticeable anomalies detected in the images.

#### 8. Color Analysis
- **Image 1:**
  - **Composition:**
    - Predominantly grey and white interface with blue highlights.
    - Neutral color scheme for software settings.

- **Image 2:**
  - **Composition:**
    - Predominantly grey and white interface with a noticeable red arrow.
    - Neutral color scheme with an additional green bar and blue sidebar for "SIMATIC HMI."

#### 9. Perspective and Composition
- **Image 1:**
  - **Perspective:**
    - Standard front-facing view.
  - **Composition:**
    - The image focuses centrally on the software window, maintaining a balanced composition.

- **Image 2:**
  - **Perspective:**
    - Standard front-facing view.
  - **Composition:**
    - The red arrow and popup window draw attention to specific settings within the software.

#### 10. Contextual Significance
- The images provide visual instructions on configuring time settings in an HMI system, supporting the textual guidance and facilitating user understanding of the time configuration process.

#### 11. Metadata Analysis
- No metadata available for analysis.

#### 12. Graph and Trend Analysis
- No graphs present in the images.

#### 13. Graph Numbers
- Not applicable as there are no graphs in the images.

### Additional Aspects

#### Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows)
- The process for setting the time zone and configuring daylight saving time using the "Date/Time Properties" and VB scripting is depicted.

#### Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions)
- Detailed descriptions of selecting the time zone and managing daylight saving settings in "Date/Time Properties" through the control panel and scripting.

#### Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations)
- Type designations such as "HMI Lite Version 8.1" and "WinCC VB-Skript" are identified.

#### Trend and Interpretation
- A trend towards automated time setting and daylight saving configuration using scripts in control panel software.

#### Tables
- No tables included in the images.

### Conclusion
- The provided images and corresponding text offer a comprehensive guide on time and date configuration within an HMI system. The visual elements complement the instructional text, making the process clear and straightforward for users.
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 30

Context: # 3 Projekthandbuch  
01/2024

## Für Notizen

---

Solutions for Powertrain / TRANSLINE  
© Siemens AG 2023 Alle Rechte vorbehalten  
Differenzbeschreibung Volkswagen Group Components Global  
3-16
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 37

Context: ```
# 6.1.2 Maschine oder Lader/Portal auf CNC-Basis (ohne IPC)

## Fertigungsnetz

### Anlagennetz (PROFINET)

```
PN/PN Koppler
ITC 1900
MCP 1900 bzw. MPP 464
EKS
HT 10
ET 200pro
ET 200SP
1FT7 / 1KF7 / 1PH8
```

## Bedienen & Beobachten

- **Bedienfeld:** ITC 1900
- **Software:** HMI PRO VW Standard
- **CNC:** SINUMERIK ONE NCU mit integrierter S7-1500F CPU (TIA Portal Engineering)

## Kommunikation

### PROFINET

- **Zur Peripherie:**
  - PNIX150-Schnittstelle der SINUMERIK ONE
  - PNIX150-Schnittstelle der SINUMERIK ONE, mit zusätzlichem PN/PN-Koppler

### Ethernet

- **Zum Bedienfeld:**
  - X120-Schnittstelle der SINUMERIK ONE. Hier sind ggf. auch weitere Bedienelemente anzuschließen, z. B. Anschluss-Boxen für das HT 10 oder ein EKS-Laser.

- **Zum Fertigungsnetz:**
  - X130-Schnittstelle der SINUMERIK ONE
- **Service-Schnittstelle:**
  - X127-Schnittstelle der SINUMERIK ONE

### Dezentrale Peripherie

- **Antrieb:** SINAMICS S120
- **Motoren:** 1FT7, 1KF7, 1PH8

© Siemens AG 2023 Alle Rechte vorbehalten  
Differenzbeschreibung Volkswagen Group Components Global  
```

Image Analysis: 

### Analysis of Visual Content

#### 1. Localization and Attribution
- **Image Position:** There is one image located centrally on the page beneath the heading and diagram.
- **Numbering:**
  - **Image 1:** The main diagram presented on the page.

#### 2. Object Detection and Classification
- **Image 1:**
  - **Objects Detected:**
    - ITC 1900 (Monitor)
    - MCP 1900
    - EKS
    - HT 10
    - SCALANCE Switch
    - SINUMERIK ONE/iFT7/iFK7/1PH8
    - ET 200pro
    - ET 200SP
  - **Classification:**
    - Monitors/Displays: ITC 1900, MCP 1900
    - Control Unit: EKS, HT 10
    - Network Switches: two SCALANCE Switches
    - Modules: ET 200pro, ET 200SP
    - Other Devices: SINUMERIK ONE, SINAMICS S120
 
#### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis
- **Scene Description:**
  - The diagram illustrates a system configuration for a CNC-based machine or loader/portal setup without an IPC (Industrial PC). It displays interconnected components forming part of a manufacturing network.
- **Activities:**
  - The diagram suggests activities related to machine integration, network communication frameworks, and control system setups.

#### 4. Text Analysis
- **Text Detected:**
  - Various identification labels for devices and components.
  - A descriptive table listing components and their classifications, software, and connection interfaces.
- **Content Significance:**
  - The text annotations provide identification of each component and their role within the system, including communication interfaces and specifications, essential for understanding the system layout.

#### 7. Anomaly Detection
- **No Anomalies Detected:**
  - All elements appear standard and consistent, with logical connections typical of network diagrams in industrial settings.

#### 8. Color Analysis
- **Dominant Colors:**
  - Gray: Used predominantly for device representations.
  - Green: Utilized for labeling network connections (PROFINET).
  - Blue: Indicating various device types and control unit wires.
- **Impact on Perception:**
  - The color scheme helps differentiate between types of connections and components, enhancing clarity and ease of understanding.

#### 9. Perspective and Composition
- **Perspective:**
  - The diagram features a front-on, 2D topological view, suitable for displaying connectivity.
- **Composition:**
  - Elements are organized logically, with labels and devices clearly demarcated to reflect their network relationship and interactions.

#### 10. Contextual Significance
- **Overall Context:**
  - This image contributes to a technical understanding for users setting up or studying CNC-based machine configurations. It gives insights into the arrangement and interface of various components and the communication pathways between them.
  
#### 13. Graph Numbers
- **Table Data Points:** (Translated for the ease of understanding)
  - **Operation & Observation:**
    - Operating Panel: ITC 1900
    - Software: HMI PRO VW Standard
    - CNC: SINUMERIK ONE NCU with integrated S7-1500F CPU (TIA Portal Engineering)
  - **Communication:**
    - **PROFINET:**
      - Peripheral: PN/X150 interface of SINUMERIK ONE
      - Manufacturing Network: PN/X150 interface of SINUMERIK ONE with additional PN/PN coupler
    - **Ethernet:**
      - For operation panel: X120 interface of SINUMERIK ONE.
      - Additional connection options for HT 10 or EKS reader.
      - For manufacturing network: X130 SINUMERIK ONE interface
      - Service Interface: X127 SINUMERIK ONE interface
  - **Decentralized Peripheries:**
    - ET 200pro, ET 200SP
  - **Drive:**
    - SINAMICS S120
  - **Motors:**
    - 1FT7, 1FK7, 1PH8
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 39

Context: ```markdown
# 6 Applikationsbeispiele

### 6.1.4 Maschine oder Lader/Portal auf PLC-Basis

#### Fertigungsnetz

**Anlagennetz (PROFINET)**

```
                              +-----------------------+
                              |       SIMATIC         |
                              |        S7-1500        |
                              +-----------------------+
                                    | x1
                                    |
                 +------------------+------------------+
                 |                                     |
         +-------+-------+                      +------+-------+
         |    SCALANCE    |                      |   PN-PN      |
         |     Switch      |                      |   Koppler    |
         +------------------+                      +--------------+
                 | x2
                 |
          +------v-------+
          |       MTP1200 Comfort      |
          |       TP1200 Comfort Panel   |
          +-----------------------------+
                            |
          +-----------------+--------------------+
          |                                      |
   +------v-------+                        +-----+-------+
   |   ET 200pro  |                        |   ET 200SP  |
   |               |                        |             |
   +--------------+                        +-------------+
           | RF 18C                               |
           +--------------------------------------+
```

### Bedienen & Beobachten

- **Bedienfeld**
  - TP1200 Comfort Panel mit HMI Live Vt Standard
  - MTP1200 Unified Comfort Panel mit Create MyHMI / Automotive

### PLC

- **SIMATIC S7-1500F**

### Kommunikation

- **Zur Peripherie**
  - Integrierte X1-Schnittstelle der CPU
  - Hier ist ggf. auch der EKS-Leser anzuschließen und in das S7-1500-Programm einzubinden.
  - Integrierte X1-Schnittstelle der CPU

- **Zum Bedienfeld**
  - Integrierte X1-Schnittstelle der CPU

© Siemens AG 2023 Alle Rechte vorbehalten  
Differenzbeschreibung Volkswagen Group Components Global  
```


Image Analysis: 

**Image Analysis**

### 1. Localization and Attribution
- **Image Positioning**: The image is positioned in the top central portion of the page.
- **Image Number**: Image 1

### 2. Object Detection and Classification
- **Objects Identified**: 
  - Multiple electronic components and network elements as well as text boxes and flow lines including:
    - ET 200pro, ET 200SP modules
    - SINAMICS S120 modules
    - SIMATIC S7-1500 controller
    - SCALANCE Switch
    - RF180C
    - PN/PN Coupler
    - HMI panels (MTP1200 Comfort, TP1200 Comfort)
  - Key text boxes such as the component list at the top and operational instructions at the bottom.

### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis
- **Scene Description**: This is a technical diagram of a manufacturing network setup showing various interconnected components used in a Profinet system.
- **Main Actors and Actions**:
  - **Main Actors**: Electronic components like controllers, switches, and HMI panels.
  - **Actions**: Data flow and communication connections between devices are illustrated.

### 4. Text Analysis
- **Text Extracted**:
  - Table at the top specifying:
    - "Serviceschnittstelle: X127-Schnittstelle der SINUMERIK ONE"
    - "Dezentrale Peripherie: ET 200pro, ET 200SP"
    - "Antrieb: SINAMICS S120"
    - "Motoren: 1FT7, 1FK7, 1PH8"
  - Below the diagram:
    - Title: "6.1.4 Maschine oder Lader/Portal auf PLC-Basis"
    - Bedienen & Beobachten: TP1200 Comfort Panel mit HMI Lite VW Standard, MTP1200 Unified Comfort Panel mit Create MyHMI/Automotive
    - PLC: SIMATIC S7-1500F
    - Kommunikation: Details of integrated X1 interfaces and connection guidelines

### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis
- **Diagram Analysis**:
  - The diagram represents a network layout of industrial automation components linked by Profinet.
  - **Axes and Scales**: Not applicable as this is not a typical chart.
  - **Legend**: No explicit legend, but devices are labeled for identification.

### 6. Product Analysis
- **Products Depicted**: 
  - Various Siemens automation products including PLCs, HMI panels, and SINAMICS drives.
  - Key Features: Control and automation functionality for manufacturing processes, various interfaces for communication.
  - Materials and Colors: Typically industrial-grade materials, standard Siemens device colors (gray and blue shades).
 
### 7. Anomaly Detection
- **Anomalies Identified**: No apparent anomalies are visible in the diagram.

### 8. Color Analysis
- **Dominant Colors**:
  - Green for Profinet connections.
  - Light blue and gray for electronic components.
  - These colors guide the viewer in distinguishing between different types of connections and hardware elements.

### 9. Perspective and Composition
- **Perspective**: The diagram is a frontal view of interconnected components.
- **Composition**: It is structured to show the hierarchical connection between devices from the network infrastructure top to the user interfaces.

### 10. Contextual Significance
- **Overall Document/Website Contribution**:
  - This image serves as a technical illustration in a manual or guide related to setting up industrial automation networks using Siemens products.
  - It clarifies the placement and connection of different components in a manufacturing environment.

### 11. Metadata Analysis
- **Available Metadata**:
  - Document Date: 01/2024
  - Page Number: 6-5
  - Copyright: Siemens AG 2023
  - Non-availability of image capture details since this is a schematic drawing.

### 12. Graph and Trend Analysis
- **Analysis**: Not applicable as this section is depicting a network diagram rather than traditional graph data.

### Additional Technical Content

- **Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows)**:
  - The process depicted involves the communication flow from a central controller (SIMATIC S7-1500) to various peripherals including HMI panels and drive modules.

- **Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions)**:
  - Description of inter-device communication via a Profinet network, detailing devices like TP1200 and MTP1200 HMI panels interfacing with PLC and drive modules.

This detailed analysis covers the visual, textual, and technical elements presented in the image, focusing on a clear depiction of industrial communication network setups.
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 46

Context: # 6.3.2 Zentralsteuerung

## Fertigungsnetz

**Anlagennetz (PROFINET)**

```
TP1500 Comfort MTP1500 Comfort
    |
    ├── PN-PN Koppler
    |       |
    |       | x2
    |       |
    |       └── SIMATIC S7-1500
    |
    ├── SCALANCE Switch
    |
    ├── ET 200pro
    |
    ├── ET 200SP
    |
    ├── RF 18c
    |
    └── RF300
```

## Zentralsteuerung

### Bedienen & Beobachten
- **Bedienfeld**: 
    - TP1500 Comfort Panel mit HMI Lite WT Standard
    - MTP1500 Unified Comfort Panel Mit Create MyHMI / Automotive
- **Software**: 
    - TP1500 Comfort Panel mit HMI Lite WT Standard

### PLC
- **Schnittstelle**: SIMATIC S7-1517F

### Kommunikation
- **Zur Peripherie**: 
    - Integrierte X1-Schnittstelle der CPU
    - Hier ist ggf. auch der EKS-Leser anzuschließen und in das S7-1500-Programm einzubinden.
- **Zum Bedienfeld**
- **Zum Anlagennetz**
- **Zum Fertigungsnetz**: 
    - Integrierte X1-Schnittstelle der CPU, mit zusätzlichem PN-PN-Koppler
    - Integrierte X2-Schnittstelle der CPU

### Dezentrale Peripherie
- ET 200pro, ET 200SP

### Identitätssystem
- RF 18c, RF300

Solutions for Powertrain / TRANSLINE  
© Siemens AG 2023 Alle Rechte vorbehalten  
Differenzbeschreibung Volkswagen Group Components Global  

Image Analysis: 

### Comprehensive Examination of the Attached Visual Content:

#### 1. Localization and Attribution:
- **Image 1** is the sole image available in the document.

#### 2. Object Detection and Classification:
- **Image 1**: Detected objects and their categories include:
  - TP1500 Comfort/MTP1500 Comfort Panel (User Interface Panel)
  - PN/PN-Koppler (Communication Device)
  - SIMATIC S7-1500 (Central Processing Unit)
  - SCALANCE Switch (Network Switch)
  - ET 200pro and ET 200SP (Peripheral Modules)
  - RF 18xC and RF300 (RFID Systems)

#### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis:
- **Image 1**: The image illustrates a centralized control system (Zentralsteuerung) for a manufacturing network (Fertigungsnetz). The primary activities involve the interconnection and communication of various hardware components including user interfaces, communication devices, central processing units, and RFID systems.

#### 4. Text Analysis:
- **Image 1** contains the following texts:
  - Headings: "6.3.2 Zentralsteuerung"
  - Subsection descriptions: Detailed explanation of various components and their roles within the centralized control system.
  - Specific device names and software components:
    - Bedienen & Beobachten: TP1500 Comfort Panel, MTP1500 Unified Comfort Panel mit Create MyHMI/Automotive.
    - PLC: SIMATIC S7-1517F.
    - Kommunikationsnetz and Dezentrale Peripherie: Includes ET 200pro, ET 200SP, RF 18xC, and RF300.
- The text explains the integration and functionalities of the components within the manufacturing network.

#### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis:
- **Image 1** presents a block diagram of the centralized control system. Key insights include:
  - Hierarchical structure: From the Anlagenetz (PROFINET) to user interfaces, communication devices, and processing units.
  - Network connections depicted by green lines represent PROFINET communication links.

#### 8. Color Analysis:
- **Image 1** primarily uses grey, blue, and green colors:
  - Grey: Background
  - Blue: Components and nodes in the control system
  - Green: Network connections (PROFINET links)
- The colors provide a clear and organized depiction, enhancing readability and understanding of the system connections.

#### 9. Perspective and Composition:
- **Image 1** is a schematic block diagram presented from a top-down perspective. The components are arranged logically to demonstrate hierarchical relationships and connectivity within the manufacturing network.

#### 10. Contextual Significance:
- **Image 1** serves as an explanatory visual aid in the section "6.3.2 Zentralsteuerung" of a technical documentation document. It provides a detailed representation of the centralized control system involved in a manufacturing setup, contributing significantly to the understanding of system integration and communication.

#### Additional Aspects:

- **Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows)**:
  - The process flow depicted includes:
    - User interaction through TP1500/MTP1500 Panels.
    - Central processing by SIMATIC S7-1500.
    - Peripheral communication involving SCALANCE Switch, ET 200pro/SP modules, and RFID Systems (RF 18xC/RF300).

By breaking down the provided visual content through the specified aspects, we obtain a comprehensive understanding of the centralized control system pivotal for the manufacturing network detailed within the document.
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 47

Context: # 6.3.3 Automatikstation

## Anforderung: PROFINET

### Automatikstation
```
![Automatikstation Diagram](path_to_image)

```
### Bedienen & Beobachten
- **Bedienfeld**: 
  - TP1200 Comfort Panel 
  - mit HMI Lite V1 Standard
- **Software**: 
  - MTP1500 Unified Comfort Panel 
  - mit Create MyHMI / Automotive  
  - Zusätzlich bei Bedarf Mobile Panel.

### PLC 
- **SIMATIC S7-1515F/1516F/1517F**

### Kommunikation
- **Zur Peripherie**: 
  - Integrierte X1-Schnittstelle der CPU 
  - Hier ist ggf. auch der EKS-Laser anzuschließen und in das S7-1500-Programm einzubinden.
- **Zum Bedienen**: 
  - Integrierte X1-Schnittstelle der CPU
- **Zum Anlagennetz**: 
  - Integrierte X1-Schnittstelle der CPU,
  - mit zusätzlichem PN/IP-Koppler
- **Zum Funktionsnetz**: 
  - Integrierte X2-Schnittstelle der CPU

### Dezentrale Peripherie
- ET 200P
- ET 200SP

### Identitätssystem
- RF1B/C, RF300

### Antrieb
- SINAMICS S120 mit CU320

### Motoren
- 1FT7, 1FK7

Image Analysis: 

### Comprehensive Examination of Visual Content

#### 1. **Localization and Attribution:**
- **Image Description:** The page features an industrial automation diagram and a table of components related to the automation station setup.
- **Image Number Assignment:**
  - **Image 1**: Industrial automation diagram.
  - **Image 2**: Table listing hardware and software components.
  
#### 2. **Object Detection and Classification:**
- **Image 1**:
  - **Objects**: TP1200 Comfort Panel, MTP1200 Comfort Panel, PN/PN Coupler, SCALANCE Switch, SIMATIC S7-1500, ET200pro, ET200SP, SINAMICS S120 with CU320, 1FT7/1FK7 motors, RF18xC, RF300, Robot System, Infeed force, Camera System (if necessary).
  - **Key Features**:
    - **TP1200 Comfort Panel and MTP1200 Comfort Panel**: User interface panels for human-machine interaction.
    - **PN/PN Coupler**: Network coupler module.
    - **SCALANCE Switch**: Network switch for industrial applications.
    - **SIMATIC S7-1500**: Programmable logic controller.
    - **ET200pro and ET200SP**: Distributed I/O systems.
    - **SINAMICS S120 with CU320**: Drives for motion control.
    - **1FT7/1FK7**: Denote motor types.
    - **RF18xC, RF300**: RFID systems for identification.
    - **Robot System**: indicates robotic automation.
    - **Infeed force**: component of the automation system.
    - **Camera System**: potentially used for visual inspection when necessary.
  
#### 3. **Scene and Activity Analysis:**
- **Image 1**:
  - **Scene Description**: A schematic representation of an automated production line setup incorporating various industrial hardware devices interconnected via a PROFINET network.
  - **Main Actors**: The various hardware components representing the different functional units in the automated system.
  - **Activities**: The diagram indicates data and control flow between the devices for synchronized operation in an industrial setting.

#### 4. **Text Analysis:**
- **Image 2**: 
  - **Detected Text and Content Analysis**:
    - "**Bedienen & Beobachten**":
      - Bedienfeld: TP1200 Comfort Panel, Software: MTP1500 Unified Comfort Panel, optionally added Mobile Panel.
    - **PLC**: SIMATIC S7-1515F/1516F/1517F.
    - **Kommunikation**:
      - **Zur Peripherie**: Integrated X1 interface of the CPU, also usage of the EKS reader.
      - **Zum Bedienfeld**: Integrated X1 interface of the CPU.
      - **Zum Anlagennetz**: Integrated X1 interface of the CPU with additional PN/PN coupler.
      - **Zum Fertigungsnetz**: Integrated X2 interface of the CPU.
    - **Dezentrale Peripherie**: ET 200pro, ET 200SP.
    - **Identsystem**: RF18xC, RF300.
    - **Antrieb**: SINAMICS S120 with CU320.
    - **Motoren**: 1FT7, 1FK7.

#### 5. **Diagram and Chart Analysis:**
- **Image 1**:
  - The diagram visually represents the connections and network between different components in an automation system utilizing a PROFINET setup.
  - The flow of data and control is suggested by the connection lines between the components, with the central SIMATIC S7-1500 controller playing a crucial role.

#### 6. **Product Analysis:**
- **Image 2**:
  - **Products and Features**:
    - Various control panels, CPU systems, and motor drives.
    - **Materials and Colors**: While specifics are not mentioned in the image, industrial-grade materials (likely metals and high-durability plastics) and standard gray/black color schemes are typical for these components.
  - **Comparison**: Components are listed with clear distinctions of type (e.g., Comfort Panel, CPUs, Drives), each serving different functions within the automation system.

#### 8. **Color Analysis:**
- **Image 1**:
  - **Dominant Colors**: Light blue for component illustrations, green lines denote connections/data paths.
  - **Impact**: The color scheme helps segregate different elements for better visual understanding and focus on the data paths within the PROFINET network.

#### 9. **Perspective and Composition:**
- Both images are designed from a front-on perspective, with the automation diagram as a top-view schematic and the table as a standard tabular representation.
  
#### 10. **Contextual Significance:**
- **Overall Message**: The page appears to be from a technical document or manual, likely meant to guide the setup and understanding of an automation station using Siemens components.
- **Contribution to Theme**: The diagram and table contribute to a comprehensive overview of setting up and interfacing various industrial automation components.

#### **Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows):**
- **Image 1**: Shows the process flow of data and control signals within an automated station.

#### **Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):**
- **Image 2**: Offers descriptions of the hardware and software elements, highlighting their connectivity and interaction within the automation system.
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 54

Context: # 7 Software Guide  
**01/2024**

## Regeln für PLC-Variablennamen/Variablenbenamen/Konstanten/Bausteinnamen (Symbolik)

- Es sind maximal 50 Zeichen zulässig.
- Als Trennzeichen müssen Unterstriche zwischen Präfix und Name und zwischen den einzelnen Wörtern verwendet werden; die Anwendung der camelCase-Systematik ist nicht zulässig.  
  Projektspezifisch kann die CamelCase Schreibweise wie im Siemens Styleguide beschrieben verwendet werden, dazu ist zwingend eine Rücksprache mit der zuständigen Elektrofachabteilung sowie schriftliche Genehmigung notwendig.
- Es sind keine Umlaute zulässig.

## Präfixe für Variablen und Bausteine

| Präfix | Beschreibung              |
|--------|---------------------------|
| e      | Eingang                   |
| eb     | Eingangsbyte              |
| ew     | Eingangswort              |
| a      | Ausgang                   |
| ab     | Ausgangsbyte              |
| aw     | Ausgangswort              |
| m      | Merker                   |
| mb     | Merkerbyte                |
| mw     | Merkerwort                |
| t      | Timer                     |
| z      | Zähler                    |
| temp   | Temporäre Variable        |
| konst  | Konstante                 |
| typ    | PLC-Datentyp             |
| stat   | Statische Variable        |
| in     | Eingangsparameter         |
| out    | Ausgangsparameter         |
| inOut  | Ein-/Ausgangsparameter    |
| FC     | Function-Call             |
| FB     | Funktionsbaustein        |
| DB     | Datenbaustein            |
| DI     | Instanzenbaustein        |
| OB     | Organisationsbaustein     |
| VT     | PLC-Beachtungsstabeln     |

**Solutions for Powertrain / TRANSLINE**  
© Siemens AG 2023 Alle Rechte vorbehalten  
Differenzbeschreibung Volkswagen Group Components Global  
7-4
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 70

Context: # 7 Software Guide  
**01/2024**

## Für Notizen

---

### Solutions for Powertrain / TRANSLINE  
© Siemens AG 2023 Alle Rechte vorbehalten  
Differenzbeschreibung Volkswagen Group Components Global
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 75

Context: # Belegung der Tasten

Das folgende Bild zeigt die Funktionen der frei belegbaren Funktionstasten. Die Tastenabdeckungen sind mit Laser frei beschriftbar. Sie finden weitere Informationen hierzu unter folgendem Link: [Siemens Support](https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/de/de/view/109802036).

## Wichtig

Bitte beachten Sie, dass die vorgeschriebene Tastenbeschriftung von den im Folgenden angegebenen Texten abweichen kann. Die Übersicht für die MCP 1900 Beschriftung in verschiedenen Sprachen finden Sie im Siemens-Volkswagen Powertrain Extranet (vergl. Kap. 2).

|       |       |       |
|-------|-------|-------|
| Störung quitieren  | Grunds. anfahren | WZN-Pos. anf. |
| Medien Ein         | WST spannen     |       |
| Medien Aus         | WST lösen       |       |
| Hält bei Taktende  | Tür entr./ verriegeln |    |

Die Belegung der Funktionstasten ist in einem Bild auf der Benutzeroberfläche zu dokumentieren.

Image Analysis: 

### Comprehensive Examination of the Attached Visual Content

#### Image Identification and Localization
- **Image Number**: 1
- **Location**: The entire page contains a single image consisting of graphical elements and text.

#### Object Detection and Classification
- **Objects Detected**:
  - Text blocks
  - A series of rectangles representing buttons

#### Scene and Activity Analysis
- **Scene Description**: The image depicts a layout of function keys/buttons. Each button is either labeled with text or left blank. The scene is likely related to some form of technical or industrial control system.
- **Activities**: The buttons are likely used to control or operate machinery or a system based on their labels.

#### Text Analysis
- **Extracted Text**:
  - "Belegung der Tasten"
  - "Das folgende Bild zeigt die Funktionen der frei belegbaren Funktionstasten. Die Tastenabdeckungen sind mit Laser frei beschriftbar. Sie finden weitere Informationen hierzu unter folgendem Link: https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/de/de/view/109802036"
  - "Wichtig"
  - "Bitte beachten Sie, dass die vorgeschriebene Tastenbeschriftung von den im Folgenden angegebenen Texten abweichen kann..."
  - Labels on the buttons include, but are not limited to:
    - "Störung quittieren"
    - "Grundst. anfahren"
    - "WZW-Pos. anf."
    - "Medien Ein"
    - "WST spannen"
    - "Medien Aus"
    - "WST lösen"
    - "Halt bei Taktende"
    - "Tür ent/v verriegeln"
- **Significance**: The text provides an explanation of the functions of the customizable function keys and directs users to more information via a link. The "Wichtig" (Important) section advises users that the labeling can vary and indicates where to find the MCP 1900 caption in different languages.

#### Color Analysis
- **Primary Colors**: Predominantly black and white. The text is black on a white background which suggests a formal and straightforward presentation style intended for ease of reading and clarity.

#### Perspective and Composition
- **Perspective**: The image is presented in a flat, bird’s-eye view, ensuring all buttons and text are visible and readable.
- **Composition**: The layout is clean and organized, with text at the top, the important notice in the middle, and button images at the bottom. This hierarchical structure guides the viewer’s attention from informational content to the graphical representation systematically.

#### Contextual Significance
- **Document Context**: This image appears to be part of a technical manual or guide, possibly related to a Siemens operational system for vehicle components or powertrain systems.
- **Contribution**: The image serves to illustrate the function and customization of control buttons, aiding users in understanding their operation and significance.

### Conclusion
The image provides a detailed explanation and visual representation of customizable function buttons. It is part of a technical document intended to guide users in configuring and understanding control keys for industrial or automotive systems, with clear directions to additional resources and notices regarding language variations.
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 76

Context: # 8 Visualisierung Bedienung Diagnose 01/2024

Die folgende Tabelle zeigt, für welche Funktionen einige Standardtasten des MCP 1900 NC-Tastenblocks verwendet werden sollen:

| Taste       | Funktion    |
|-------------|-------------|
| Hand        |             |
| Automatik   |             |
| Start Ein   |             |
| Start Aus   |             |

**Hinweis:**  
Auf der Maschinensteuertafel sind alle Funktionen, die durch Taster am Bedieneinheit ausgelöst werden, zu entfernen.

## Schlüsselschalter auf der Maschinensteuertafel

Bei Schlüsselschalterstellung "0" sind nur die Werkzeuglängenkorrekturen freigegeben. Die Änderungsmöglichkeiten in den anderen Schalterstellungen sind gemäß Schutzstufenkonzept des jeweiligen Volkswagen-Werks (siehe Volkswagen-Pflichtenheft für Produktionsanlagen) während der Inbetriebnahme mit dem Betreiber und der zuständigen Elektrofachabteilung abzustimmen.

---

*Solutions for Powertrain / TRANSLINE*  
© Siemens AG 2023 Alle Rechte vorbehalten  
*Differenzbeschreibung Volkswagen Group Components Global*  
8-6

Image Analysis: 

### Text Analysis
The provided page contains text in German that describes the functions of some standard buttons on the MCP 1900 NC keypad and related procedures.

- **Table Content:**

  The table shows the functions of various buttons:

  | **Taste** (Button)       | **Funktion** (Function) |
  |--------------------------|-------------------------|
  | Hand (Manual)            | Manual Operation        |
  | Automatik (Automatic)    | Automatic Operation     |
  | Start Ein (Start On)     | Starting the machine    |
  | Start Aus (Start Off)    | Stopping the machine    |

  A note below the table mentions that all these functions must be activated from the control panel.

- **Shützelschalter auf der Maschinensteuertafel:**

  This section describes the key switch on the machine control panel. It states that in the "0" position, only length corrections for tools are allowed. Changes in other switch positions must comply with the safety concept of Volkswagen Works during the commissioning phase with the machine operator and the responsible electrical department.

### Table Analysis
- **Axes, Scale, and Legends:**
  - The table has no axes since it's a straightforward list of buttons and their functions.
  - The scale and legends are not applicable in this context.

- **Key Insights:**
  - Different buttons are used for various operation modes (manual, automatic, start, and stop) on the MCP 1900 NC keypad.
  - The key switch position "0" allows limited operations (tool length corrections), indicating a safety measure.

### Contextual Significance
- **Document Purpose:**
  This document appears to be part of a user manual or operational guide for a specific machine, related to the operation and control of machinery in an industrial setting.

- **Image Contribution:**
  The table and text contribute significantly to understanding the functionalities of the MCP 1900 NC keypad and safely operating the machine control panel. This information is crucial for operators to ensure proper usage and adherence to safety guidelines.

### Process Descriptions
- **Key Switch Operation:**
  The description details how the key switch position affects machine capabilities and emphasizes the importance of complying with specific safety concepts during initial operations.

Overall, the text provides necessary operational instructions and safety information, ensuring that users correctly understand the functions of the keypad buttons and key switch operations.
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 84

Context: # 8 Visualisierung Bedienung Diagnose 01/2024

## Erweiterungsmodul EM 464

**Artikelnummer:** 6FC5303-1AF68-0AA0

Dieses Erweiterungsmodul enthält folgende Positionen:

- 13 Einbauplätze für 22mm-Bedienelemente

## Erweiterungsmodul EM 464 /501

**Artikelnummer:** 6FC5303-1AF68-0AB0

Dieses Erweiterungsmodul enthält folgende Positionen:

- 7 Einbauplätze für 22mm-Bedienelemente
- 2 Einbauplatz für einen Euchner EKS-Leser (werksseitig mit Blindabdeckung ausgestattet)
- Zusätzliche flexible Bestückungsmöglichkeiten

> **Wichtig:** Der Euchner EKS-Leser ist im rechten Einbauschacht zu verbauen.

Image Analysis: 

### Analysis of the Attached Visual Content

#### 1. Localization and Attribution
- **Image 1**: Positioned at the top of the page, labeled "Erweiterungsmodul EM 464."
- **Image 2**: Positioned below Image 1, labeled "Erweiterungsmodul EM 464 /S01."

#### 2. Object Detection and Classification
- **Image 1:**
  - **Objects Detected**: Multiple button-like elements arranged in a single line within a module.
  - **Classification**: The objects appear to be button spaces or placeholders for 22mm control elements in an expansion module (Erweiterungsmodul).

- **Image 2:**
  - **Objects Detected**: Button spaces, one specifically marked for an Euchner EKS-Leser.
  - **Classification**: Similar to Image 1, these are likely spaces for control elements, additionally highlighting spaces for specific readers.

#### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis
- **Image 1**: This image shows a schematic of an expansion module with 13 slots for 22mm control elements. The scene is likely technical illustration meant for installation or setup instructions.
- **Activity**: Ensuring placement of control elements within the illustrated module.

- **Image 2**: This image depicts another expansion module with 7 slots for 22mm control elements and 2 specific slots for Euchner EKS-Leser, with the right slot highlighted.
- **Activity**: Similar placement of control elements, but with additional focus on the installation of the Euchner EKS-Leser.

#### 4. Text Analysis
- **Image 1**:
  - **Text**: "Erweiterungsmodul EM 464, Artikelnummer: 6FC5303-1AF68-0AA0, Dieses Erweiterungsmodul enthält folgende Positionen: 13 Einbauplätze für 22mm-Bedienelemente."
  - **Significance**: Provides specific details about the module's part number and the number of slots available.

- **Image 2**:
  - **Text**: "Erweiterungsmodul EM 464 /S01, Artikelnummer: 6FC5303-1AF68-0AB0, Dieses Erweiterungsmodul enthält folgende Positionen: 7 Einbauplätze für 22mm-Bedienelemente, 2 Einbauplatz für einen Euchner EKS-Leser (werkseitig mit Blindabdeckung ausgerüstet), Zusätzliche flexible Bestückungsmöglichkeiten."
  - **Significance**: Specifies part number, the number of slots available, and special slots for Euchner EKS-Leser.
  - **Additional Note**: "Wichtig: Der Euchner EKS-Leser ist im rechten Einbauschacht zu verbauen." (Important: The Euchner EKS-Leser is to be installed in the right slot.)

#### 12. Graph and Trend Analysis
- **Data and Trends**:
  - **Image 1**: No data points or trends applicable.
  - **Image 2**: Similar non-applicable data points or trends.

#### 13. Graph Numbers
- **Image 1**: Non-applicable.
- **Image 2**: Non-applicable.

#### Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows)
- **Image 1**: The text and illustration together indicate a process of installing 22mm control elements into specific slots.
- **Image 2**: Includes a similar process, with added steps to accommodate specific readers.

#### Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions)
- **Image 1**: Install up to 13 control elements into provided slots in the module.
- **Image 2**: Install 7 control elements, with additional flexibility to accommodate Euchner EKS readers in designated slots, specifically noting the right slot.

#### Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations)
- **Image 1**: EM 464.
- **Image 2**: EM 464 /S01, differentiating it from the standard EM 464 by its specific slots for EKS readers.

#### Trend and Interpretation
- **Interpretation**: These documents are likely installation guidelines for different versions of expansion modules, highlighting the flexibility and additional features of newer models.

### Summary
The document provides clear and detailed installation instructions for two variants of control element expansion modules. Image 1 focuses on a basic module (EM 464) with a uniform slot arrangement for control elements, while Image 2 describes an advanced version (EM 464 /S01) with additional specific slots designed for Euchner EKS readers, emphasizing the importance of placing these readers in the rightmost slots.
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 91

Context: # 8.3.3 Push Button Panel MPP 483 Volkswagen-Varianten

**Wichtig**

Der Einsatz des MPP 483 ist für VW Wolfsburg, Bereich Fahrwerk, nicht zugelassen.

Volkswagen-spezifische MPP 483IEH Varianten:

- **Volkswagen-Variante A, ohne Override-Schalter:**  
  Artikelnummer: `6FC5303-1AF12-88M0`

- **Volkswagen-Variante B, mit Vorschub-Override:**  
  Artikelnummer: `6FC5303-1AF12-88N0`

- **Volkswagen-Variante C, mit Vorschub- und Spindel-Override:**  
  Artikelnummer: `6FC5303-1AF12-88P0`

**Hinweis**

Image Analysis: 

### Localization and Attribution
1. **Image 1:** Located at the beginning of the image below the introductory text.
2. **Image 2:** Located in the middle section of the image.
3. **Image 3:** Located towards the bottom of the image.

### Object Detection and Classification
- **Image 1:**
  - **Objects:** Push Button Panel with various buttons and switches.
  - **Key Features:** 
    - A large red "Not-Halt" (emergency stop) button.
    - A green button labeled "Start".
    - A number of smaller white buttons with various labels and a numerical keypad.
    - Indicators and status lights.
    - Connectors and symbols indicating connector points.
 
- **Image 2:**
  - **Objects:** Another Push Button Panel similar to Image 1, with additional switches.
  - **Key Features:**
    - Same as Image 1, with the addition of an override switch labeled "Vorschub-Override".

- **Image 3:**
  - **Objects:** Push Button Panel with more complex features including more override switches.
  - **Key Features:**
    - Same as Image 2, with an additional override switch labeled "Spindel-Override".

### Scene and Activity Analysis
- **Image 1:** Depicts a control panel for operating complex machinery without additional override switches.
- **Image 2:** Shows a similar control panel with a feed override switch, indicating an advanced function for adjusting feed rates.
- **Image 3:** Demonstrates a further advanced control panel with both feed and spindle override switches, indicating even greater control over machine functions.

### Text Analysis
- **Text in Image:**
  - **"Wichtig":** Denotes that the use of MPP 483 is not allowed for the VW Wolfsburg area, chassis field.
  - **Product Descriptions:**
    - **Volkswagen-Variante A:** No override switches, Article Number: 6FC5303-1AF12-8BM0.
    - **Volkswagen-Variante B:** With feed override, Article Number: 6FC5303-1AF12-8BN0.
    - **Volkswagen-Variante C:** With both feed and spindle override, Article Number: 6FC5303-1AF12-8BP0.

### Color Analysis
- **Image 1, 2, 3:**
  - **Dominant Colors:**
    - Red: Emergency stop button.
    - Green: Start button.
    - Yellow: Other indicator lights.
    - Grey/Black: Panel background and connectors.
- **Impact on Perception:**
  - The bright colors of the buttons stand out clearly against the darker panel background, ensuring visibility and easy identification of critical controls.

### Perspective and Composition
- **Perspective:**
  - Taken from a straightforward, head-on view to ensure clarity and readability of all buttons and labels.
- **Composition:**
  - The images are composed with the control panels centrally located, and text descriptions are aligned to the left to provide a clear, organized layout for quick understanding.

### Contextual Significance
- **Overall Message:**
  - The diagrams provide detailed visual information about different configurations of push button panels, with specific mentions of the variants and their functionalities, targeted at users involved in the operation or maintenance of Volkswagen machinery.

By organizing the images and their descriptions as above, the document effectively conveys critical information about the push button panels to the reader while ensuring clarity and ease of interpretation.
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 98

Context: # 8 Visualisierung Bedienung Diagnose 01/2024

## 8.4.3 Belegung von Bedienpulten (VW Wolfsburg)

### 8.4.3.1 Bedienpulte ohne Maschinensteuertafel

| Farbe    | Maschine Ein | Medien Ein | Start Ein | Halt bei Toleranz | Laufzeiten | Zustand | Reserve  | Bedienung (menschliche Sicherheit) | Bedienung (persönliche Sicherheit) | Maschinen- steuerbuch |
|----------|--------------|------------|-----------|-------------------|------------|---------|----------|------------------------------------|-------------------------------------|----------------------|
|          |              |            |           |                   |            |         |          |                                    |                                     |                      |
| 🔴       | Nicht-Halt   | Reserve     | Maschinen Aus | Start Aus      | Halt       | Automatik | Reserve  | Bedienung (menschliche Sicherheit) | Bedienung (persönliche Sicherheit)  |                      |

### 8.4.3.2 Bedienpulte mit Maschinensteuertafel

Die folgenden Bedienelemente bzw. Funktionen sind unterhalb der Maschinensteuertafel einzubauen (siehe Kap. 8.2 und Kap. 8.3).

| Farbe    | Maschine Ein | Medien Ein | Reserve   | Grundlagen gewährleisten | Bedienung (machinelle Sicherheit)  | Bedienung (personelle Sicherheit) | Maschinensteuerbuch | Zustand | Lösung Ausgang |
|----------|--------------|------------|-----------|------------------------|------------------------------------|-------------------------------------|---------------------|---------|----------------|
|          |              |            |           |                        |                                    |                                     |                     |         |                |
| 🔴       | Nicht-Halt   | Reserve     | Reserve   | Grundlage gewährleisten | Bedienung (machinelle Sicherheit)  | Bedienung (personelle Sicherheit)   |                     |         |                |

- **Taster**
- **Leuchtstarter**
- **Lampe**
- **Knebelstarter**
- **Schlüsselschalter**

Solutions for Powertrain / TRANSLINE  
© Siemens AG 2023 Alle Rechte vorbehalten  
Differenzbeschreibung Volkswagen Group Components Global  
8-28

Image Analysis: 

### Image Analysis

#### 1. **Localization and Attribution:**
- **Image Numbering:**
  - Image 1: Diagram at the top of the page, titled "8.4.3.1 Bedienpulte ohne Maschinensteuertafel".
  - Image 2: Diagram at the bottom of the page, titled "8.4.3.2 Bedienpulte mit Maschinensteuertafel".

#### 2. **Object Detection and Classification:**
- **Image 1:**
  - Objects include various types of buttons and indicators commonly found on control panels. These include:
    - Stop buttons (e.g., "Not-Halt")
    - Toggle switches (e.g., "Umschaltung mechanische Sicherheit")
    - Light indicators (e.g., red, orange, green lights)
    - Symbolic representations of control states (e.g., machine status indicators).
  - Key Features: The objects are color-coded (red, green, orange) and accompanied by text.

- **Image 2:**
  - Similar types of objects as in Image 1, but with some differences in the symbols and labels.
  - Key Features: Inclusion of additional icons and labels specific to systems with a control panel.

#### 3. **Scene and Activity Analysis:**
- **Image 1:**
  - Scene: A technical diagram illustrating the layout of control elements on a machine.
  - Activity: Representation of control panel functionalities without a machine control panel.

- **Image 2:**
  - Scene: A technical diagram showing control elements with a machine control panel.
  - Activity: Illustration of the additional functionalities available when a machine control panel is included.

#### 4. **Text Analysis:**
- **Image 1:**
  - "8.4.3.1 Bedienpulte ohne Maschinensteuertafel"
  - Various labels explaining control elements such as "Not-Halt", "Reserve", "Maschine Ein", "Maschine Aus", etc.
  - Extracted Text: Provides descriptive functionalities of buttons, e.g., "farblos" (colorless), "rot" (red), "grün" (green).

- **Image 2:**
  - "8.4.3.2 Bedienpulte mit Maschinensteuertafel"
  - Similar type of text as in Image 1 but specifies features related to machine control panels.

#### 6. **Product Analysis:**
- **Image 1:**
  - Products: Various types of control panel buttons, switches, and indicators.
  - Features: Emphasis on emergency stop buttons (red), operational buttons (green, colorless), and warning lights.

- **Image 2:**
  - Products: Expanded set of control buttons and indicators, including those specific to machiner control systems.
  - Features: Similar structure to Image 1 but with additional machine-specific functionalities.

#### 7. **Anomaly Detection:**
- **Image 1 & 2:**
  - No anomalies detected. All elements are typical components of industrial control panels.

#### 8. **Color Analysis:**
- **Image 1:**
  - Dominant Colors: Red, green, orange, and black.
  - Impact: Usage of standard safety colors to quickly convey different states and actions (stop, go, warning).

- **Image 2:**
  - Dominant Colors: Same as Image 1 with added black and colorless buttons indicating different functionalities.
  - Impact: Similar visual impact with clarity on different operational states.

#### 9. **Perspective and Composition:**
- **Image 1 & 2:**
  - Perspective: Direct front view, typical for technical diagrams.
  - Composition: Structured layout with clear divisions for different groups of control elements. Functionalities are grouped based on their role in the panel operation.

#### 10. **Contextual Significance:**
- **Image 1:**
  - Contributes to understanding basic and emergency functionalities on an industrial control panel.

- **Image 2:**
  - Expands on Image 1 by showing how additional functionalities are incorporated with a machine control panel.

### Additional Aspects:

#### **Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows):**
- Not explicitly depicted in these images but implied through the structured grouping and labeling.

#### **Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):**
- Descriptions based on control panel functionalities for machine operation, safety, and monitoring.

#### **Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations):**
- Types of buttons and indicators are designated by color and shape, e.g., "Not-Halt" (emergency stop button), "Grün" (green for go).

#### **Trend and Interpretation:**
- Trends indicate clear visual differentiation between emergency, operational, and monitoring controls using standard color coding.

#### **Tables:**
- Not applicable; no specific data tables are included in these diagrams.
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 102

Context: # 9 Datensicherung

## 01/2023

### Für Notizen

---

**Solutions for Powertrain / TRANSILINE**  
© Siemens AG 2023 Alle Rechte vorbehalten  
Differenzbeschreibung Volkswagen Group Components Global
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 106

Context: # 10 SINUMERIK 840D sl Safety Integrated  
**01/2024**

## Einstellungen für die 2-kanaligen Eingangssignale:

- **Kurzschlussstat aktivieren oder deaktivieren**
  - **Frequenz des Kanals**
- **Passieren der gesamten Baugruppe**
- **Der Geberschnittstelle** 
- **Äquivalent oder alternativ**

---

## Definition der F-Parameter bei einer Ausgangsbaugruppe:

### Eigenschaften - 4 F-D0 DC24V/2A - (R-/S4)

| Parameter              | Wert          |
|------------------------|---------------|
| F-Parameter             | —             |
| F_Slave_Adresse       | 2002: PLC 317-2D |
| F_Profil_Adresse      | 199           |
| F_Schaltstellung       | 1              |
| F_UeberwachungsHH     | 150           |

### Baugruppenadresse

#### Details:

- **Diese Adresse wird in der NC dem MD 1038 zugeordnet**  
  **MD 1035 = 500762 Hex:**
- **MD 1067 = 560000 Hex:**  
  **Die verwendete Ausgänge werden in MD 1036 definiert.**
  - MD 1036(H) bedeutet es werden die Ausgänge(OUT) B1 - B4 verwendet. 

### Freigabe des Kanals

| Parameter                | Wert         |
|--------------------------|--------------|
| Aktiviert                | —            |
| Diagnose: Drahtbruch     | —            |

- **Rücklesen sollte erfolgen, wenn verdrängte kapazitive Lasten zu erwarten sind.**  
- **Aktivierung Drahtbruch**

Image Analysis: 

### Comprehensive Examination of the Attached Visual Content

#### 1. **Localization and Attribution:**
- **Image Identification and Positioning:**
    - **Image 1**: Top screenshot under the heading "Einstellungen für die 2-kanaligen Eingangssignale:"
    - **Image 2**: Middle screenshot under the heading "Definition der F-Parameter bei einer Ausgangsbaugruppe:"
    - **Image 3**: Bottom screenshot labeled "Eigenschaften - 4 F-DD DC24V/2A (R-/S4)"

#### 2. **Object Detection and Classification:**
- **Image 1:**
    - **Detected Objects**:
        - Parameter list with hierarchical tree structure.
        - Editable value fields.
        - Description tags with red pointers.
- **Image 2:**
    - **Detected Objects**:
        - Parameter list.
        - Color-coded address and description fields with red and green pointers.
        - Numerical values in different fields.
- **Image 3:**
    - **Detected Objects**:
        - Parameter list.
        - Editable fields for channel assignment and diagnostics.
        - Description tags with red pointers.

#### 3. **Scene and Activity Analysis:**
- **Image 1**: 
    - **Scene**: A digital interface showing configuration settings for two-channel input signals.
    - **Activities**: The user is likely setting or reviewing parameters such as signal evaluation, error count, and signal behavior.
- **Image 2**: 
    - **Scene**: Configuration settings for an output module.
    - **Activities**: Setting parameters like PLC address, switching time, and monitoring configuration.
- **Image 3**: 
    - **Scene**: Another interface for setting up an output module.
    - **Activities**: Configuring settings for channel release, error response, activation, and diagnostics.

#### 4. **Text Analysis:**
- **Image 1**:
    - **Detected Text**:
        - "Parameter", "Wert (Value)"
        - Various settings such as "Freigabe des Kanals", "Verhalten nach Kanalfehlern"
    - **Significance**: Specifies the configuration options for two-channel input signals, outlining critical parameters and their current states or values.
- **Image 2**:
    - **Detected Text**:
        - "Parameter", "Wert (Value)"
        - Settings like "F_PLC_Adresse", "F_UeberwachungH", "F_Schaltzeit"
    - **Significance**: This text denotes specific address parameters and timing functions for PLC and output modules.
- **Image 3**:
    - **Detected Text**:
        - "Parameter", "Wert (Value)"
        - Parameters for channel release, group activation, and diagnostics.
    - **Significance**: Details settings related to the output channels, crucial for the behavior of the output module.

#### 5. **Diagram and Chart Analysis:**
- **Images 1, 2, and 3**:
    - **Analysis**: The diagrams consist of lists and value tables, reflecting software settings in hierarchical structures with nested parameters.
    - **Insights**: They provide a visual representation of different configuration settings and indicate the grouped and individual parameters' statuses.

#### 8. **Color Analysis:**
- **Image 1**:
    - **Palette**: Various shades of gray for the interface with highlighted text in black.
    - **Impact**: The dominant neutral colors indicate a professional, technical environment.
- **Images 2 and 3**:
    - **Palette**: Similar shades of gray with highlights in red, green, and blue for specific fields.
    - **Impact**: Color highlights are used to draw attention to critical fields and parameters.

#### 9. **Perspective and Composition:**
- **All Images**:
    - **Perspective**: Screenshot views of a computer interface.
    - **Composition**: Organized hierarchically to reflect the structured layout of configuration settings, making it easy to navigate and understand.

#### 10. **Contextual Significance:**
- **All Images**:
    - **Context**: These screenshots are from a technical manual or digital interface for configuring safety-integrated systems, likely within a software for programming or configuring PLCs and other industrial automation components.
    - **Contribution**: These images play a critical role in guiding the user through complex configuration processes by providing visual cues and step-by-step parameter descriptions.

#### 11. **Metadata Analysis:**
- **All Images**:
    - **Detected Metadata Fields**: Not available or not relevant to the content presented.

#### 14. **Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows):**
- **Description**: Implied process flows within the parameter settings guide the user in configuring settings specific to safety-integrated functionalities of industrial devices.

#### 15. **Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):**
- **Details**: Explicit configuration steps and parameter descriptions help in understanding how each setting influences the device’s operation.

#### 16. **Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations):**
- **Identification**: Designations such as “F-DD DC24V/2A” and specific parameter types like “F_PLC_Adresse” provide specificity to types of settings and modules being described.

#### 17. **Trend and Interpretation:**
- **Trends**: The structured appearance of these settings suggests a standardized method of configuring safety parameters, hinting at an overarching trend towards meticulous safety and operational configurations in industrial systems.

#### 18. **Tables:**
- **Content**:
    - Parameter tables detailing configurations with specific values and hierarchical structures.
- **Analysis**:
    - These tables provide easy access and straightforward navigation through multiple settings, each critical for the proper functioning of the system.

### Summary:
These images collectively guide the user through the intricacies of configuring input and output signal parameters in a safety-integrated system. Accurate configuration of these parameters is essential for the effective and safe operation of industrial automation systems.
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 107

Context: # 10.2 Kennzeichnung von Maschinen mit Safety Integrated

Alle Maschinen mit Safety Integrated müssen mit folgendem Aufkleber am Bedieneinheit versehen sein (SINUMERIK Safety Integrated BG-Prüfzertifikat):

# 10.3 Allgemeine Vorgaben für die Verwendung

- Für hängende und exzentrische Achsen ist ein zweites redundantes Haltesystem bzw. das Safety-Bremsemanagement vorzusehen.
- Für Achsen mit Zahnrädern (oder Ähnliches), z.B. Ladeportale, ist ein zweites redundantes Haltesystem vorzusehen.
- Basis für diese Festlegungen ist das Informationsblatt „Schwenkrafttabelle Achsen“ der DGUV.
- Servicefunktionen an Safety-Achsen sind vorzusehen, damit diese im Reparaturfall bei einem Safety-Alarm noch bedient werden können.

Hierbei handelt es sich um Servicefunktionen für Achsen mit zwei Geber-Systemen, d.h. wenn das direkte Messsystem (Glasmasstab) defekt ist und die Achse bewegt werden muss, um das Messsystem austauschen zu können. Sonst kann die Achse nur innerhalb der Toleranz MD36942 bewegt werden. Wird das Toleranzfenster verletzt, dann wird ein STOP F und als Folge ein STOP B/A (Power ON) ausgelöst.

Beispiele:
- Verfahren der Achsen im JOG bei anstehender Fehlermeldung 27001/Code 3, um in diesem Fall das direkte Meßsystem austauschen zu können.
- Gantry-Synchronisation bei Achsen mit zwei Geber-Systemen.
- Anwahl der Service-Funktion (z.B. Schlüsselschalter), daraus folgt SBH/SG-Abwahl für die Achse.
- Bei projektieren sicheren Endlagen und sicheren Nocken muss vom Bediener die Anwendereinwilligung für die jeweilige Achse weggenommen werden, dann kann die Achse trotz anstehendem Safety Fehler (27001) im JOG verwendet werden.
- Der Automatik- und MDA-Betrieb sowie Eignung muss mit Anwahl der Servicefunktion blockiert werden.

- Bei Safety Stufe I (PROFIsafe) ist zur Dokumentation ein kommentierter Ausdruck des SAFE.SF zu übergeben.
- Ist an Spindeln ein manueller Werkzeugwechsel bzw. Handfunktion (manuales Dreh der Spindel) bei offenem Schutztüren vorgesehen, dann ist die Spindel mit einer STOP A abzuschalten und mit der Rückmeldung “STOP A aktiv” eine andere sichere Funktion anzuwählen (z.B. SG oder SBH/SG).

Die Spindel kann dann mit der Hand gedreht werden, ohne dass Maschine in den sicheren Zustand geht.

Image Analysis: 

### Comprehensive Examination of the Visual Content

### Image Localization and Attribution
- **Image 1**: Located at the top-center of the page.

### Object Detection and Classification
- **Image 1:** Contains a sticker with text and graphics.
  - **Objects Detected:** Sticker, text, and a logo with a gear symbol.

### Text Analysis
- **Text from Image:**
  - "10.2 Kennzeichnung von Maschinen mit Safety Integrated"
  - "Alle Maschinen mit Safety Integrated müssen mit folgendem Aufkleber am Bedienpult versehen sein (SINUMERIK Safety Integrated BG-Prüfzertifikat):"
  - "10.3 Allgemeine Vorgaben für die Verwendung"
  - "Für hängende und exzentrische Achsen ist ein zweites redundantes Haltesystem bzw. das Safety-Bremsenmanagement vorzusehen.
Für Achsen mit Zahnriemen (oder Ähnliches), z.B. Ladeportale, ist ein zweites redundantes Haltesystem vorzusehen
Basis für diese Festlegungen ist das Informationsblatt „Schwerkraftbelastete Achsen“ der DGUV.
• Servicefunktionen an Safety-Achsen sind vorzusehen, damit diese im Reparaturfall bei einem Safety-Alarm noch bedient werden können.
Hierbei handelt es sich um Servicefunktionen für Achsen mit zwei Gebersystemen, d. h. wenn das direkte Messsystem (Glasmaßstab) defekt ist und die Achse bewegt werden muss, um das Messsystem ausbauen zu können. Sonst kann die Achse nur innerhalb der Toleranz MD36942 bewegt werden. Wird das Toleranzfenster verletzt, dann wird ein STOP F und als Folge ein STOP B/A (Power ON) ausgelöst.
Beispiele:
- Verfahren der Achsen im JOG bei anstehender Fehlermeldung 27001/Code 3, um in diesem Fall das direkte Meßsystem austauschen zu können.
-Gantry-Synchronisation bei Achsen mit zwei Gebersystemen.
- Anwahl der Service-Funktion (z.B. Schlüsselschalter), daraus folgt SBH/SG-Abwahl für die Achse.
- Bei projektierten sicheren Endlagen und sicheren Nocken muss vom Bediener die Anwenderzustimmung für die jeweilige Achse weggenommen werden, dann kann die Achse trotz anstehendem Safety Fehler (27001) im JOG verfahren werden.
- Der Automatik- und MDA-Betrieb sowie Eilgang muss mit Anwahl der Servicefunktion blockiert werden.
• Bei Safety Stufe II (PROFIsafe) ist zur Dokumentation ein kommentierter Ausdruck des SAFE.SPF zu übergeben.
• Ist an Spindeln ein manueller Werkzeugwechsel bzw. Handfunktionen (manuelles Drehen der Spindel) bei offenen Schutzeinrichtungen vorgesehen, dann ist die Spindel mit einem STOP A abzuschalten und mit der Rückmeldung “STOP A aktiv” eine andere sichere Funktion auszuwählen (z.B. SG oder SBH/SG).
Die Spindel kann dann mit der Hand gedreht werden, ohne dass Maschine in den sicheren Zustand geht."

#### Significance of Text:
- **Section 10.2**: The text emphasizes that all machines with integrated safety must be labeled with a specific sticker for certification.
- **Section 10.3**: It details general requirements for the use of machines with safety functions. This includes safety mechanisms for different types of axes and steps for when faults or safety alarms occur.

### Diagram and Chart Analysis
- No diagrams or charts are present in the visual content.

### Product Analysis
- No product analysis is necessary as the content does not contain distinct products requiring detailed examination.

### Anomaly Detection
- No apparent anomalies or unusual elements are detected.

### Color Analysis
- **Image 1**: Yellow and blue are the dominant colors in the sticker, which present a bright and noticeable contrast. This color scheme aids in quickly identifying the safety certification.

### Perspective and Composition
- **Perspective**: Straight-on view.
- **Composition**: The sticker is prominently placed, and the structured text sections are organized under clear headers.

### Contextual Significance
- The image and text contribute to the overall safety guidelines for machines, emphasizing the need for proper labeling and adherence to safety procedures.

### Process Flows
- **Process Flows**: 
  - Detailed in Section 10.3, steps for handling safety alarms and mechanical issues are outlined, ensuring both operational safety and maintenance protocols are adhered to.

### Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions)
- **Process Descriptions**: The document includes detailed descriptions of the necessary procedures for managing safety functions in machine operations and maintenance.

### Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations)
- **Type Designations**: Safety standards for various types of machine components like axes with different mechanisms and spindles are specified.

### Trend and Interpretation
- **Trend**: A strong emphasis is placed on redundant safety systems and clear procedural steps to maintain machine function while ensuring safety.
- **Interpretation**: The document aims to ensure that all safety-integrated machines adhere to stringent safety protocols, both for machine lifespan and operator safety.

I have covered the requested aspects that are relevant based on the content provided.
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 108

Context: # 10 SINUMERIK 840D sl Safety Integrated 01/2024

- Es ist das Maschinendatum 10094 bei Auslieferung der Maschine mit 12 oder 13 zu beschreiben (Alarmpriorisierung).
- Mit dieser Einstellung werden Folgerahmen unterdrückt. Weitere Informationen hierzu finden Sie in der Funktionsbeschreibung Safety Integrated.

## 10.4 Vorgaben für die Safety Integrated Abnahme

- Es ist das von Siemens vorbereitete Abnahmeprotokoll für Safety Integrated zu verwenden (Halbautomatisches Abnahmeprotokoll erstellt mit Sinumcon NC, Version 6.3.10 oder höher).
- Eine Hochristdatei ist zum Zeitpunkt der Abnahme zu erstellen (Maschinendaten beachten: MD11210=0H MD1230=2H).
  Der Dateiname ist mit dem Abnahmedatum zu versehen.
- Alle Funktionstests sind mit einem dokumentierten Servocabelid zu belegen (wird vom halbautomatischen Abnahmeprotokoll automatisch erstellt).
- Das Protokoll mit den Unterschriften und den Servocabelidern ist als Gesamt-PDF-Datei sowie als Ausdruck zu liefern.
- Es ist ein dokumentierter Ausdruck des Safeprogramms zu liefern.
- Es ist bei der Abnahme eine Excel-Liste zu übergeben (als Datei und als Ausdruck), in welcher der Zusammenhang der Ein-/Ausgänge mit den NC-Variablen (INSE, OUTSE, etc.) enthalten ist.

Diese Liste soll z. B. folgende Informationen enthalten:

### SPL $A_INSE:

| Safety MD     | Erläuterung     | NCK_HW_EING  | NCK Variable  | Symbolisch | Wert        |
|---------------|-----------------|--------------|---------------|------------|-------------|
| 103901.(Byte) | A_INSE          | E1 (1.Baugr.)| SA_INSE[1]    | Tuer1      | 01 mm xx nn H |
| ...           |                 |              |               |            |             |
|               | PLC_HW_Eing     | PLC Variable  | Absolut       | Symbolisch  |
| E.x           | INSE[1]         | DB18 DBX38.0 | Tuer1        |            |             |

### SPL $A_OUTSE:

| MADA          | Erläuterung     | NCK_HW_Ausg. | NCK Variable   | Symbolisch   | Wert        |
|---------------|-----------------|---------------|----------------|--------------|-------------|
| 103921.(Byte) | A_OUTSE1        | A1 (1.Baugr.) | SA_OUTSE[1]    | A_OUTSE1     | 01 mm xx nn H |
| ...           |                 |               |                |              |             |
|               | PLC_HW_Ausg.    | PLC Variable   | Absolut       | Symbolisch   |
| A.x           | OUTSE[1]        | DB18 DBX46.0 | A_OUTSE      |              |             |

---

Solutions for Powertrain / TRANSLINE  
© Siemens AG 2023 Alle Rechte vorbehalten  
Differenzbeschreibung Volkswagen Group Components Global
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 109

Context: # 10.5 Abschaltmatrix

Die Abschaltmatrix dient zur Dokumentation, welches Safety-Signal (Not-Halt, Schutzurt, E2-Schließung, Zutrittssteuerung, usw.) auf welche Safety-Ausgänge wirkt.

Eine Vorlagendatei für die Abschaltmatrix erhalten Sie bei Ihrer zuständigen Elektroabteilung.

# 10.6 Sichere programmierbare Logik

In der sicheren programmierbaren Logik wird die Sensorik (Schutztürschalter, Zustimmtaster) zweikanalig durch sichere Baugruppen erfasst und innerhalb der PLC verknüpft. Die Aktorik wird über sichere Baugruppen angesteuert.

| PLC-Variable | NC-Variable | Beschreibung                           |
|--------------|-------------|----------------------------------------|
| INSEP [1..64] | INSE [1..64] | Eingänge                               |
| OUTSEP [1..64] | OUTSE [1..64] | Ausgänge                               |
| INSIP [1..64] | INSI [1..64] | Rückmeldung sicherer Funktionen         |
| OUTSIP [1..64] | OUTSI [1..64] | Ansteuerung sicherer Funktionen         |
| DB18.DBX.38.0 - 45.7 |   |   |
| DB18.DBX.46.0 - 53.7 |   |   |
| DB18.DBX.54.0 - 61.7 |   |   |
| DB18.DBX.62.0 - 69.7 |   |   |

Die Verknüpfung der Signale erfolgt in der PLC in KOP, in der NC mit statischen Synchronationen.

## Variablen-Namen

| Variablen-Namen | PLC                           | NC                               |
|------------------|------------------------------|----------------------------------|
| INSEP [1]        | Schutztür DB18.DBX38.0      | Schutztür INSE [1]               |
| INSE [1]         | DB18.DBX38.0                |                                  |
| OUTSIP [1]      | (SBH/SG Abwahl)             |                                  |
|                  |                              | IDs = IDOUTSIP [1] = INSE [1]    |
|                  |                              | MD 36970 der Achse               |
|                  |                              | Adresse der Variablen 04010101   |

Image Analysis: 

## Image Analysis

### Localization and Attribution
- **Image 1**: The document consists of a single page.

### Object Detection and Classification
- **Image 1**: Contains tables, text blocks, and a header/footer section.

### Scene and Activity Analysis
- **Image 1**: This document appears to be part of technical documentation. Specifically, it focuses on safety integration for a component/system related to industrial automation.

### Text Analysis
- **Detected Text**:
    - **Header**:
        - "01/2024", "10 SINUMERIK 840D sl Safety Integrated"
    - **Main Headings**:
        - "10.5 Abschaltmatrix"
        - "10.6 Sichere programmierbare Logik"
    - **Subtext**:
        - "Die Abschaltmatrix dient zur Dokumentation, welches Safety-Signal (Not-Halt, Schutztür, E2-Schließung, Zustimmtaster, usw.) auf welche Safety-Ausgänge wirkt."
        - "Eine Vorlagendatei für die Abschaltmatrix erhalten Sie bei Ihrer zuständigen Elektrofachabteilung."
        - "In der sicher programmierbaren Logik wird die Sensorik (Schutztürschalter, Zustimmtaster) zweikanalig durch sichere Baugruppen erfasst und innerhalb der PLC und NC verknüpft. Die Aktorik wird über sichere Baugruppen angesteuert."
    - **Tables**:
        1. **PLC-Variable**:
            - INSEP [1...64] - DB18.DBX 38.0 - 45.7
            - OUTSEP [1...64] - DB18.DBX 46.0 - 53.7
            - INSIP [1...64] - DB18.DBX 54.0 - 61.7
            - OUTSIP [1...64] - DB18.DBX 62.0 - 69.7
        2. **NC-Variable**:
            - INSE [1...64] - Eingänge
            - OUTSE [1...64] - Ausgänge
            - INSI [1...64] - Rückmeldung sicherer Funktionen
            - OUTSI [1...64] - Ansteuerung sicherer Funktionen
        3. **Variable Mapping Table**:
            - INSEP[1], Schutzütür DB18.DBX38.0, Schutztür INSE[1]
            - OUTSIP[1], MD 36970 der Achse Adresse der Variablen 04010101

- **Text Significance**:
   - The text documents the assignment and interaction of various safety signals within programmable logic controllers (PLC) and numerical controllers (NC), which is crucial for ensuring the safety of machinery and operator.

### Diagram and Chart Analysis
- **Tables**:
    - **PLC and NC Variables Table**:
        - PLC Variables and their NC counterparts are listed with their descriptions, such as inputs, outputs, and safety functions.
    - **Variable Mapping Table**:
        - Describes how specific PLC variables correspond to NC variables, which aids in understanding how safety functions are programmed and verified.

### Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions)
- **Process Descriptions**:
    - The document describes the safe programmable logic process. The process involves detecting signals from safety devices like safety door switches and enabling actions through safe output groups.
    - Signals are linked within the PLC logic and the NC using specific mappings for synchronous safety coordination.

### Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations)
- **Types or Categories**:
    - PLC Variables: These include INSEP, OUTSEP, INSIP, and OUTSIP.
    - NC Variables: Corresponding to the PLC variables, INSE, OUTSE, INSI, and OUTSI.
   
### Contextual Significance
- **Overall Contribution**:
    - The image contributes to the safety documentation of the SINUMERIK 840D sl system, ensuring that users understand how to implement and monitor safety functions.

### Summary
This single-page document provides a detailed technical overview of the assignment and interaction of safety signals in a programmable logic controller (PLC) and numerical controller (NC) system for the SINUMERIK 840D sl series. Through text and tables, it explains how sensor signals are processed and managed for safe operation, benefiting engineers and technicians involved in the installation and maintenance of these systems.
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 118

Context: ```
- Generell:
  - Vorgaben für den Einsatz des IPC427E mit Windows 10 aufgenommen.
  
- Kapitel 3.2 Lizenzierung:
  - Informationen zu den neuen 57-1500 Runtime-Lizenzen wurden ergänzt.

- Kapitel 3.6 Eingesetzte Softwareversionen für die Projektierung:
  - Versionsvorgaben für die Nutzung der SIMOTION-Steuerung wurden ergänzt.

- Kapitel 3.7 Vernetzung:
  - Vorgaben für die Firewall-Einstellungen der SINUMERIK 840D S wurden ergänzt.

- Kapitel 3.9 Uhrzeitsynchronisation:
  - Dieses Kapitel wurde neu eingefügt.

- Kapitel 3.10 Festlegungen zu SINAIMICS S120:
  - Die Vorgaben wurden überarbeitet.

- Kapitel 6 Applikationsbeispiele:
  - Die Applikationsbeispiele wurden überarbeitet.

## A.1.6 Änderungen von Ausgabe 01/2018 auf Ausgabe 07/2018
- Kapitel 1, Allgemeines:
  - Einleitungstext ergänzt.

- Kapitel 3.6 Eingesetzte Softwareversionen für die Projektierung:
  - Artikelnummer für SIMOTION SCOUT TIA V5.2 ergänzt.

## A.1.7 Änderungen von Ausgabe 07/2018 auf Ausgabe 01/2020
- Generell:
  - Aktualisierungen für neue Volkswagen Betriebsmitteil-Freigabeliste TRANSLINE, Ausgabestand 1. Januar 2020, eingebracht.
  - Betriebssystem Windows 7 und zugehörige Hardware-Plattform PCU 50.5-C Win7 wurden gelöscht.

- Kapitel 2.4 Siemens-Volkswagen Powertrain Extrakt überarbeitet.

- Kapitel 3.6 Eingesetzte Softwareversionen für die Projektierung:
  - Version der TIA Portal Engineering Software V15.1 erhöht, ebenso SIMOTION SCOUT TIA auf V5.3 SP1.

- Kapitel 3.6.2 Maschinen auf Basis SIMATIC S7-1500 (TIA Portal Engineering):
  - Für komplexe Anwendungen kann nach Rücksprache weiterhin das Inbetriebnahmehandbuch STARTER verwendet werden.

- Kapitel 5 Betriebsmitteil-Freigabeliste:
  - Verweis auf Siemens-Volkswagen Powertrain Extrakt angepasst, die Betriebsmitteil-Freigabelisten stehen dort auf Wunsch von Volkswagen nicht mehr zur Verfügung.

- Kapitel 7 Software Guide:
  - Hinweis auf eventuell einzusetzende F-Musterprogramme eingefügt.

- Kapitel 7.1.4 Aufbau von HMI-PRO-Meldungen neu aufgenommen, zusätzlich Hinweis auf VW-DB2-Mastertool eingefügt.

- Kapitel 7.2.3 GRAPH Schrittketten S7-1500:
  - Hinweis auf Runtime-Einstellungen des Bedienpanels eingefügt.
```
####################
File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf

Page: 122

Context: # Weitere Informationen
## Solutions for Powertrain
[www.siemens.com/TRANSILINE](https://www.siemens.com/TRANSILINE)

## Solutions for Powertrain Extrate
[https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/de/view/109744084](https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/de/view/109744084)

## Automotive Manufacturing
[www.siemens.com/automotive](https://www.siemens.com/automotive)

## Automatisierungssysteme
[www.siemens.com/simatic](https://www.siemens.com/simatic)

## Antriebssysteme SIMATIC
[www.siemens.com/simotics](https://www.siemens.com/simotics)

## Motion Control Systeme und Lösungen für die Ausrüstung von Produktions- und Werkzeugmaschinen
[www.siemens.com/motioncontrol](https://www.siemens.com/motioncontrol)

## Industry Online Support (Service und Support)
[www.siemens.com/online-support](https://www.siemens.com/online-support)

## Industry
[www.siemens.com/industry](https://www.siemens.com/industry)

# Security-Hinweise
Siemens bietet Produkte und Lösungen mit Industrial Security-Funktionen an, die den sicheren Betrieb von Anlagen, Systemen, Maschinen und Netzwerken unterstützen.

Um Angriffe, Systeme, Maschinen und Netzwerke gegen Cyber-Bedrohungen zu schützen, ist es erforderlich, ein ganzheitliches Industrial Security-Konzept zu implementieren (und kontinuierlich aufrechtzuerhalten), das den aktuellen Stand der Technik berücksichtigt. Die Produkte und Lösungen von Siemens formen einen Bestandteil eines solchen Konzeptes.

Die Kunden sind dafür verantwortlich, unbefugten Zugriff auf ihre Anlagen, Systeme, Maschinen und Netze zu verhindern. Diese Systeme, Maschinen und Komponenten sollten nur mit dem Unternehmensnetzwerk oder dem Internet verbunden werden, wenn dies notwendig ist und nur wenn entsprechende Schutzmaßnahmen (z.B. Firewalls oder Netzwerksegmentierungen) getroffen wurden.

Weiterführende Informationen zu möglichen Schutzmaßnahmen im Bereich Industrial Security finden Sie unter [https://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity](https://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity).

Die Produkte und Lösungen von Siemens werden ständig weiterentwickelt, um noch sicherer zu machen. Siemens empfiehlt ausdrücklich, Produkt-Updates anzunehmen, sobald sie zur Verfügung stehen und nicht um older Versionen zu verwenden. Die Verwendung veralteter oder nicht mehr unterstützter Versionen kann das Risiko von Cyber-Bedrohungen erhöhen.

Um stets über Produkt-Updates informiert zu sein, abonnieren Sie den Siemens Industrial Security RSS Feed unter [https://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity](https://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity).

---

## Herausgeber
Siemens AG  
Digital Factory  
Motion Control  
Postfach 310  
91050 Erlangen, Germany  

© Siemens 2024  

Änderungen und Irrtümer vorbehalten. Die Informationen in diesem Dokument enthalten lediglich allgemeine Beschreibungen zu Leistungsmerkmalen, weshalb konkrete Anwendungsfälle immer in der Beschreibungen geprüft werden müssen, wie sich ein rechtlicher Verbindlichkeit der Produkte ändern können. Die jeweiligen Leistungsmerkmale sind nur verbindlich, wenn sie bei Vertragsabschluss ausdrücklich vereinbart werden.

Alle Produktbezeichnungen können Marken oder sonstige Rechte der Siemens AG, ihrer verbundenen Unternehmen oder Dritter Gesellschaften sein, deren Benutzung durch Dritte für ihre eigenen Zwecke die Rechte der jeweiligen Inhaber verletzen kann.
####################
File: 2024-07-25%20Wo%CC%88rterbuch_extern-update%20%281%29.docx

Page: 1

Context: | Auftragsnummer  | Kunde | Enkunde | Verkettung/Produkt/Umbau | Werkstücktyp | Werkstückgewicht | Prozess |
| -------- | -------- | -------- | -------- | -------- | -------- | -------- |
 3037560 | Mercedes Benz | Mercedes Benz | Verlettung | Kurbelwelle | 20 | Handling |
 3036337 | MAG | Lovol | Projekt | Zylinderblock | 60 | Handling |
 3035132 | Läppler Automotive | Läpple | Verkettung |  |  | Schweißen |
 3035288 | Sturm | BMW | Projekt | Zylinderblock | 40 | Handling |
 3036885 | Läpple Automotive | Läpple Automotive  | Verkettung |  |  | Schweißen |
 3035671 | MAG | BMW Steyr | Projekt | Gehäuse E- Motor | 25 | Handling |
 3035831 | Mercedes Benz AG | Mercedes Benz | Verlettung | Zylinderblock | 20 | Handling |
 3035580 | Mercedes Benz Poland | Mercedes Benz | Verlettung | Kurbelwelle | 20 | Handling |
 3035267 | Sturm | VW Changchun | Projekt | Zylinderblock | 40 | Handling |
 3035818 | Tesla | Tesla Grünheide | Projekt | Rotor |  | Handling |
 3037321 | Mercedes-Benz | Mercedes Benz | Verlettung | Batterie |  | Handling |
 3035950 | Läppler Automotive | Läpple Automotive  | Verkettung |  |  | Schweißen |
 3037560 | Mercedes Benz | Mercedes Benz | Verlettung | Batterie |  | Handling |
 3036886 | Läpple Automotive | Läpple Automotive  | Verkettung |  |  | Schweißen |
 3037162 | Läpple Automotive  | Läpple Automotive  | Verkettung |  |  | Schweißen |
 3036674 | Läpple Automotive | Läpple Automotive  | Verkettung |  |  | Schweißen |
####################
File: 2024-07-25%20Wo%CC%88rterbuch_extern-update%20%281%29.docx

Page: 1

Context: 3037164 | Läpple Automotive | Läpple Automotive  | Verkettung |  |  | Schweißen |
 3036955 | Läpple Automotive | Daimler Truck | Verkettung |  |  | Schweißen |
 3034548 | MAG | VW Chemnitz | Kleinprojekt | Zylinderkopf | 25 | Handling |
 3037121 | Mercedes Benz | Mercedes Benz | Verlettung | Kurbelwelle | 20 | Handling |
 3038186 | MAG | VW | Kleinprojekt | Getriebe | 25 | Handling |
 3036674 | Läpple Automotive | Läpple Automotive | Verkettung |  |  | Schweißen |
 3036917 | Läpple Automotive | Läpple Automotive | Verkettung |  |  | Schweißen |
 3037002 | Still | Still | Verkettung | Hubmast |  | Schweißen |
 3037199 | MAG | VW Kassel | Projekt | Getriebegehäuse | 25 | Handling |
 3037493 | Mercedes Benz | Mercedes Benz | Verlettung | Zylinderblock | 20 | Handling |
 3037701 | MAG | VW Kassel | Projekt | Getriebegehäuse | 25 | Handling |
 3037246 |
This document was truncated here because it was created in the Evaluation Mode.
####################
File: 0qa_901_108-sspha_mg_ftz%281%29.pdf

Page: 1

Context: # General Information
Diese Anleitung ist gültig für die Motoren 026 und 028 (02E / 02J).  
Verwendung nur zu Prüf- und Testzwecken.

Der Motor muss immer mit Wasser (Wasserkühlung) und Öl (Minimal) betrieben werden.

**WICHTIG:**  Der Motor muss mit den von Volkswagen entwickelten Tests betrieben werden.

---

## Appendix Teil 1
- **Motorstandbezeichnung:**      
- **Anzugsdrehmoment für Befestigungen:**  [  ] Nm

**Bauart:**  
- Typ: [______]  
- Baujahr: [______]  

**Motorcode:** [______]

### Typenschild

| Beschreibung | Wert   |
|--------------|--------|
| Motortyp     | 2.0 L  |
| Zylinderanzahl | 4      |
| Hubraum      | 1984 cc|
| Leistung     | 85 kW  |
| 0–100 km/h   | [______]|

---

## Zusammenfassung 
**Kurzbeschreibung:** 
- Laut den Plänen wird auf den Zylinderkopf Bezug genommen: 2-, 4- und 6-Zylinder-Aggregate sind in der Anwendungsbeschreibung zu finden.

### Legende
- Allgemeine Hinweiszeichen sind: ★, ⚠️, ✔️ und ✖️.  
- Zusätzliche Informationen sind unter Material: [✎] zu finden.

### Motoreneinstellungen

| Parameter                 | Wert   |
|--------------------------|--------|
| Kurbelwellenlager-Maße   | 0,01 mm|
| Zylinderkopf-Maße        | 0,02 mm|
| Nettokraftstoffverbrauch  | [______]|

## Technische Daten
| Bauteil         | Spezifikation             | Einheit  |
|------------------|---------------------------|----------|
| Zylinderkopf     | Gemäß Technischer Vorgabe | mm       |
| Kurbelwelle      | [...]                     | mm       |
| Kolben           | [______]                 | mm       |

## Anwendungen
**Kurzanleitung:**
1. Motor ausbauen
2. Defekte Teile identifizieren
3. Teile gemäß dieser Anleitung ersetzen

## Materialien
- Teilenummer   | Bezeichnung  | Menge |
|----------------|--------------|-------|
| 10-234-567-89  | Dichtungssatz| 2     |
| 11-345-678-90  | Ölfilter     | 1     |

---

## Hinweise
Die Verwendung der original Teile wird empfohlen.  
**Wartung:** Alle 15.000 km oder jährliche Inspektion.

Bitte auch beachten:  
Falls weitere Fragen entstehen, können Sie sich an den Kundenservice wenden.

--- 

**Dokumentation:**  
Diese Anleitung wurde am [Datum] erstellt und ist gültig.  
Für Rückfragen kontaktieren Sie bitte die technische Abteilung.
####################
File: Anfrage%20Mail.pdf

Page: 1

Context: # Haas, Ulrich

**Von:** Haug, Ralf <Ralf.Haug@mag-ias.com>  
**Gesendet:** Freitag, 13. September 2024 14:46  
**An:** Haas, Ulrich  
**Cc:** Ruoff, Andreas; Kuck, Winfried; Haas, Sonja  
**Betreff:** Skoda MB SSP MGH und GGH  

Hallo Herr Haß,

Wie gestern besprochen, anbei vorab unsere Anfrage Skoda MB SSP MGH und GGH:

- Angebotspräsentation MAG MGH und GGH
- Lastenheft Skoda MGH und GGH
- Layout
- Lastenheft Automation MAG - folgt

[Link zum Dokument](https://netfiles.de/8f8adb200fa835316823b5850a55a7b7beef48d7b34e840feca03b49f6d;K319ImMY)

Die besprochenen Punkte:

- Traceability/Anbindung an Kundenrechner
- Mobile Wartungsbühne mit/ohne elektr. Absicherung

Versuchen wir mit dem Kunden zu klären.

Freundlich grüßt / Best regards,  
Ralf Haug  
Projektleiter Verkauf  
Project Manager Auxiliary Equipment  

---

FFG Europe & Americas  
MAG IAS GmbH  
Salacher Straße 93  
73034 Eislingen  
Germany  
tel: +49 71 61 805-1281  
mobil: +49 1515 1676628  
ralf.haug@mag-ias.com  
[www.mag-ias.com](http://www.mag-ias.com)  
Follow us on: [Instagram](https://www.instagram.com) | [LinkedIn](https://www.linkedin.com) | [YouTube](https://www.youtube.com)  

---

MAG IAS GmbH, Salacher Straße 93, DE-73034 Eislingen/Filis  
Sitz der Gesellschaft / Registered Seat: Eislingen/Filis  
Registergericht / Registration Court: AG Ulm HRB 720 186  
Geschäftsführung / Managing Directors: Dr. Sebastian Schönning, Bin Sun  

---

### Show  
**Summer 2024**  
6–10 June | Coimbatore, India  
22–26 July | Farnborough, UK  
8 August | Sterling Heights, USA  
10–14 September | Stuttgart, Germany  
[www.ffg-qa.com](http://www.ffg-qa.com)

Image Analysis: 

## Analysis of the Attached Visual Content

### 1. Localization and Attribution
- **Image 1**: The main email content on the page, including the email header, introduction, and body text.
- **Image 2**: The section with contact information, company logos, and social media links.
- **Image 3**: The footer section, including visit invitations and legal information of the company.

### 2. Text Analysis
#### **Image 1**
- **Text Detected**:
  - **Header**: "Haass, Ulrich", "Von: Haup Ralf"
  - **Main Body**: 
    ```
    Hallo Herr Haas,

    Wie gestern besprochen anbei vorau unsere Anfrage Skoda MB SSP MGH und GGH

    - Anfragepräsentation MAG MGH und GGH
    - Lastenheft Skoda MGH und GGH
    - Layout
    - Lastenheft Automation MAG - folgt

    Die besprochenen Punkte:
    - Traceability/Anbindung an Kundelrecher
    - Mobile Wartungsbuhne mit/ohne elektr. Absicherung

    Versuchen wir mit dem Kunden zu klaren

    Freundlich grusst / Best regards,
    Ralf Haug
    Projektleiter Zukauf
    Project Manager Auxiliary Equipment
    ```

**Significance**: The email details a business communication, likely concerning project proposals and specific requirements for Skoda. It includes a presentation and various project deliverables such as a "lastenheft" (requirements specification).

#### **Image 2**
- **Text Detected**:
  ```
  FFG Europe & Americas
  MAG IAS GmbH
  Salacher Straße 93
  73054 Eislingen
  Germany
  Tel: +49 71 61 805-1281
  Mobil: +49 1515 1676628

  Follow us on Instagram, Linkedin, Youtube
  ```

**Significance**: This section provides essential contact details and links to social media channels for further engagement or inquiries.

#### **Image 3**
- **Text Detected**:
  ```
  Show Summer 2024
  Visit us 
  6-10 June Coimbatore, India
  22-26 July Farnborough, UK
  8 August Sterling Heights, USA
  10-14 September Stuttgart, Germany

  MAG IAS GmbH, Salacher Straße 93, DE-73054 Eislingen/Fils
  Sitz der Gesellschaft / Registered Seat: Eislingen/Fils
  Registergericht / Registration Court: AG Ulm HRB 720 186
  Geschäftsführung / Managing Directors: Dr. Sebastian Schöning, Bin Sun
  ```

**Significance**: This section outlines upcoming events and exhibitions where the company will be present, thus encouraging networking and showcasing opportunities.

### 3. Object Detection and Classification
#### **Image 1**:
- **Objects Found**:
  - Email header and body text.
  - Dates and paragraphs detailing a business proposal and the discussed points.

#### **Image 2**:
- **Objects Found**:
  - Company logos and icons for social media platforms.
  - Contact details (phone number, emails).

#### **Image 3**:
- **Objects Found**:
  - Invitation for various events with dates and locations.
  - Legal information about the company structure.

### 4. Scene and Activity Analysis
- **Scene**: The composite scene over these three images represents a professional email and information document targeting business partners or potential customers.
- **Activity**: The main activity is the transmission of important business-related information including project specifications, contact details, and event invitations.

### 5. Color Analysis
- **Dominant Colors**:
  - **Email Content (Image 1)**: Primarily black and white, suggesting a focus on readability and professionalism.
  - **Contact Information Section (Image 2)**: Includes colors from various logos (blue, red, green), indicating brand identification.
  - **Event Invitation Section (Image 3)**: Uses a combination of green background and white text, making it inviting and attractive.

### 6. Perspective and Composition
- **Perspective**: All images are presented in a straight-on view, typical for textual communication and document presentation.
- **Composition**: 
  - **Image 1**: Structured as an email with header, body text, and bullet points for clarity.
  - **Image 2**: Centrally aligned, providing clear and easy access to contact details.
  - **Image 3**: Designed with a promotional focus, highlighting events and legal information.

### 7. Contextual Significance
- The entire visual content aims to convey professional communication regarding a project between MAG IAS GmbH and Skoda. It highlights the importance of networking, project specifications, and following up on discussed points. The inclusion of company contact details and event information further establishes credibility and invites further interaction.

By addressing these key aspects, the analysis offers a detailed comprehension of the visual content and its significance.
####################
File: Anlage%202%20_%20Medienversorgung%20Skoda%20CZ-DE%281%29.docx

Page: 2

Context: Anlage 2 – Medienversorgung Škoda
	Elektrischer Strom:
	Verteilungssystem:  3 PEN ~ 50Hz, 400V 
	Erdgas:	Druckluft:| 	Druck | 	18 – 20 kPa | 	 | 	Druck | 	5,5 – 5,8 kPa |
| -------- | -------- | -------- | -------- | -------- |
 	Heizwert | 	34,05 MJ/m3 | 	 | 	Taupunkt | 	+5 bis +7 °C |
 	Verbrennungswert | 	37,79 MJ/m3 | 	 | 	Maximale Partikelgröße | 	40 µm |
 	Methan | 	98,26% | 	 | 	Konzentration der festen Schmutzpartikeln | 	10 mg/m3 |
 	Kohlenstoff | 	0,87% | 	 | 	Max. Ölgehalt | 	25 mg/m3 |
 	CO2 | 	0,06% | 	 | 	 | 	 |
 	N2 | 	0,81% | 	 | 	 | 	 |
 	Schwefel insgesamt | 	0,2 mg/m3 | 	 | 	 | 	 |
 	Dichte | 	0,692 kg/m3 | 	 | 	 | 	 |
	Wasser:
	Für die Kühlung der Halle M2 wird das Umlaufkühlwasser aus dem zentralen Kühlwasserkreislauf Z6 eingesetzt. Kühlwasserparameter (durchschnittlich):| 	Einlaufdruck ins Gebäude H1 | 	3,7 – 4,0 bar |
| -------- | -------- |
 	Umlaufkühlwassertemperatur |
This document was truncated here because it was created in the Evaluation Mode.
####################
File: Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_DE.pdf

Page: 4

Context: #### 11. Graph Numbers:
- **Row Numbers and Entries**:
  - 21: "Induktionssensoren, Positionsschalter und Endschalter | Balluff, IFM Electronic | Sick | Spezifikation Škoda Auto a.s."
  - 22: "Klemme und Klemmenzubehör | Phoenix Contact, Wago | Siemens | Spezifikation Škoda Auto a.s."
  - 23: "Durchflussmesser und Thermometer | IFM Electronic,Hyac | Parker, Bosch Rexroth | Spezifikation Škoda Auto a.s."
  - 24: "Sensoren- und Endschalterinstallation Kabel, Stecker und Sensorenzubehör | Balluff - Lumberg Nur elektronik | Pepperl + Fuchs | Spezifikation Škoda Auto a.s."
  - 25: "Stecker – schwer und leicht | Harting, Phoenix Contact, Weidmüller | Murrelektronik"
  - 26: "Lichtsignalisierung – Baulichter und Signalleuchten | Murrelektronik | Siemens"
  - 27: "Nockenschalterschutz | Schmersal | Balluff"
  - 28: "Sicherheitsschalter an Schutztüren, Fenstern usw. | Pilz, Schmersal | Euchner | Spezifikation Škoda Auto a.s."
  - 29: "Sicherheitssystem und Sicherheitsmodule | Pilz, Siemens | Schneider Electric | Pilz (PNOZsigma), Siemens (S7 3xxF)"
  - 30: "Mechanische Endschalter | Balluff, Siemens | Euchner | Spezifikation Škoda Auto a.s."
  - 31: "Installationskabel | LAPP Kabel | Helukabel"
  - 32: "Hochflexible Kabel | LAPP Kabel | Helukabel"
  - 33: "Überspannungsschutzelemente | Hakel | ABB"
  - 34: "Kabelkanäle und -rinnen | OBO-Bettermann, Niedax | Kopos Kolin"
  - 35: "Energiebewiegende Kabelketten | Murrplastik, Brevetti | Kabelschlepp"
  - 36: "Optische Sensoren | IFM, Keyence | Sick | Spezifikation Škoda Auto a.s."
  - 37: "Kameraerfassungssysteme | Cognex, Keyence, Sick"
  - 38: "Wegemesssysteme, linear, Winkel- | HEIDENHAIN"
  - 39: "Reservenovellungsquellen | Siemens, APC, Murrelektronik | Phoenix Contact"
  - 40: "Drucksensoren | Rexroth, Parker, IFM | Hydac"
  
These insights provide a detailed understanding of the Škoda Auto a.s. component and supplier specifications.
####################
File: Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_DE.pdf

Page: 4

Context: # Škoda Auto a.s.

Richtlinie für die Vereinheitlichung von Elementen  
Projekt Erneuerung der Produktionsanlagen im Bereich PKG  
Ausgabedatum: 28.01.2020  

## PSZ/1 - Methodik und Standardisierung  
1 - H - 20 DE  

| Nr. | Produktionsanlagen/Komponenten                | Lieferantenfreigabe            | Potentielle Lieferanten                | Anmerkungen                        |
|-----|-----------------------------------------------|--------------------------------|----------------------------------------|------------------------------------|
| 21  | Induktionssensoren, Positionsschalter und    | Balluff, IFM Electronic       | Sick                                   | Spezifikation Škoda Auto a.s.     |
|     | Endschnaller                                   |                                |                                        |                                    |
| 22  | Klemme und Klemmzubehör                      | Phoenix Contact, Wago         | Siemens                                | Spezifikation Škoda Auto a.s.     |
| 23  | Durchflussmesser und Thermometer             | IFM Electronic, Hydac         | Parker, Bosch Rexroth                 | Spezifikation Škoda Auto a.s.     |
| 24  | Sensoren- und Endschalteinrichtung           | Balluff - Lumberg             | Pepperl+Fuchs                          | Spezifikation Škoda Auto a.s.     |
|     | Kabel, Stecker und Sensorenzubehör           | Mur elektorn                   |                                        |                                    |
| 25  | Stecker – schwer und leicht                   | Harting, Phoenix Contact, Weidmüller | Murrelektronik          |                                    |
| 26  | Lichtsignalisierung – Blaulicht und          | Murrelektronik               | Siemens                                |                                    |
|     | Signalleuchten                                |                                |                                        |                                    |
| 27  | Nockensicherheitschalter                      | Schmersal                     | Balluff                                |                                    |
| 28  | Sicherheitsschalter an Schutzüren, Fenster usw. | Pilz, Schmersal                | Euchner                                | Spezifikation Škoda Auto a.s.     |
| 29  | Sicherheitsystem und Sicherheitsmodule        | Pilz, Siemens                  | Schneider Electric                      | Pilz (PNOZsigma), Siemens (S7 3xxF) |
| 30  | Mechanisches Endschnaller                     | Balluff, Siemens              | Euchner                                | Spezifikation Škoda Auto a.s.     |
| 31  | Installationskabel                            | LAPP Kabel                    | Hellukabel                             |                                    |
| 32  | Hochflexible Kabelzueleme                     | LAPP Kabel                    | Hellukabel                             |                                    |
| 33  | Überspannungsschutzelemente                   | Hakel                         | ABB                                    |                                    |
| 34  | Kabelkanäle und -rinnen                       | OBO-Bettermann, Niedax       | Kopos Kolin                            |                                    |
| 35  | Energiespeichende Kabelbieten                 | Murrelektronik               | Brevetti                               |                                    |
| 36  | Optische Sensoren                             | IFM, Keyence                  | Sick                                   | Spezifikation Škoda Auto a.s.     |
| 37  | Kamerabasierte Messsysteme                    | Cognex, Keyence, Sick        |                                        |                                    |
| 38  | Wegmesssysteme, linear, Winkel                | HEIDENHAIN                   |                                        |                                    |
| 39  | Reservespeisungsquellen                       | Siemens, APC, Murrelektronik | Phoenix Contact                        |                                    |
| 40  | Drucksensoren                                 | Rexroth, Parker, IFM         | Hydac                                  |                                    |

Seite 4 von 4

Image Analysis: 

### Detailed Examination of the Visual Content:

#### 1. Localization and Attribution:
- **Image Identification**: Pages contain a single image.
- **Image Number**: Image 1

#### 4. Text Analysis:
- **Title**: "Richtlinie für die Vereinheitlichung von Elementen Projekt Erneuerung der Produktionsanlagen im Bereich PKG"
- **Subtitle**: "1 - H - 20 DE"
- **Date**: "Ausgabedatum: 28.01.2020"
- **Company Name**: "Škoda Auto a.s."
- **Table Content**:
  - **Column Headers**: Nr., Produktionsanlagen/Komponenten, Lieferantfreigabe, Potentielle Lieferanten, Anmerkungen
  - **Row Entries**:
    1. 21: Induktionssensoren, Positionsschalter und Endschalter | Balluff, IFM Electronic | Sick | Spezifikation Škoda Auto a.s.
    2. 22: Klemme und Klemmenzubehör | Phoenix Contact, Wago | Siemens | Spezifikation Škoda Auto a.s.
    3. 23: Durchflussmesser und Thermometer | IFM Electronic,Hyac | Parker, Bosch Rexroth | Spezifikation Škoda Auto a.s.
    4. 24: Sensoren- und Endschalterinstallation Kabel, Stecker und Sensorenzubehör | Balluff - Lumberg Nur elektronik | Pepperl + Fuchs | Spezifikation Škoda Auto a.s.
    5. 25: Stecker – schwer und leicht | Harting, Phoenix Contact, Weidmüller | Murrelektronik | 
    6. 26: Lichtsignalisierung – Baulichter und Signalleuchten | Murrelektronik | Siemens | 
    7. 27: Nockenschalterschutz | Schmersal | Balluff |
    8. 28: Sicherheitsschalter an Schutztüren, Fenstern usw. | Pilz, Schmersal | Euchner | Spezifikation Škoda Auto a.s.
    9. 29: Sicherheitssystem und Sicherheitsmodule | Pilz, Siemens | Schneider Electric | Pilz (PNOZsigma), Siemens (S7 3xxF) 
    10. 30: Mechanische Endschalter | Balluff, Siemens | Euchner | Spezifikation Škoda Auto a.s.
    11. 31: Installationskabel | LAPP Kabel | Helukabel |
    12. 32: Hochflexible Kabel | LAPP Kabel | Helukabel |
    13. 33: Überspannungsschutzelemente | Hakel | ABB |
    14. 34: Kabelkanäle und -rinnen | OBO-Bettermann, Niedax | Kopos Kolin |
    15. 35: Energiebewiegende Kabelketten | Murrplastik, Brevetti | Kabelschlepp |
    16. 36: Optische Sensoren | IFM, Keyence | Sick | Spezifikation Škoda Auto a.s.
    17. 37: Kameraerfassungssysteme | Cognex, Keyence, Sick | |
    18. 38: Wegemesssysteme, linear, Winkel- | HEIDENHAIN | | 
    19. 39: Reservenovellungsquellen | Siemens, APC, Murrelektronik | Phoenix Contact |
    20. 40: Drucksensoren | Rexroth, Parker, IFM | Hydac |

#### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis:
- **Table Analysis**: 
  - The table lists various production components (under "Produktionsanlagen/Komponenten"), the approved suppliers (under "Lieferantfreigabe"), potential suppliers (under "Potentielle Lieferanten"), and additional remarks or specifications.
  - Each row provides detailed information about different components and their associated suppliers.
####################
File: VW%2010130_DE.pdf

Page: 1

Context: **10. Contextual Significance:**
This image appears to be the table of contents page of a technical document from Volkswagen AG, specifically focusing on machine capability testing. It sets the stage for detailed guidelines and standard protocols for assessing and optimizing machine capabilities within the organization. This page serves as a roadmap for navigating through the structured content of the document.

**12. Graph and Trend Analysis:**
Not applicable as no graphs are present.

**13. Graph Numbers:**
Not applicable as no graphs are present.

**Additional Aspects:**

- **Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows):**
  - The text refers to various processes involved in machine capability testing and evaluation but does not depict an actual flowchart.

- **Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):**
  - The content includes sections detailing process descriptions, such as statistical tests and data evaluation methods.

- **Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations):**
  - Categories like "Verteilungsmodelle" (Distribution Models) and terms under statistical test methods.

- **Trend and Interpretation:**
  - The trend is towards a structured, standardized approach to machine capability testing, with clear sections dedicated to both theoretical foundations and practical applications.

- **Tables:**
  - The table of contents itself is presented as an organized table, outlining the structure and pages of the document.
####################
File: VW%2010130_DE.pdf

Page: 2

Context: # Einleitung

Eine Bewertung der Maschinenfähigkeit bezüglich betrachteter messbarer Fertigungsmerkmale ist eine wichtige Voraussetzung zur Erfüllung der festgelegten Qualitätsanforderungen. Für viele Praxisfälle der Fähigkeitsuntersuchung gab es jedoch bisher keine Normen oder einheitlichen Konzeptionen, sodass in gleichen Fällen völlig unterschiedliche Fähigkeitsbewertungen ergeben konnten. Um die Fähigkeitsuntersuchung nach einheitlichen Regeln für alle Praxisfälle durchführen zu können und damit die Vergleichbarkeit der Ergebnisse im VW-Konzern sicherzustellen, wurde daher diese Norm erarbeitet.

Die Norm enthält in geschlossenem Text vollständig die theoretischen Grundlagen, die zur Anwendung und zum Verständnis erforderlich sind. Lediglich die statistischen Tests, die bereits in Normen oder Standardwerken der Statistikliteratur ausführlich beschrieben sind, werden nur mit Verweisen angegeben.

Zur Durchführung einer Maschinenfähigkeitsuntersuchung nach dieser Norm ist ein EDV-Programm erforderlich, in dem die beschriebenen Algorithmen implementiert sind. Steht ein solches EDV-Programm zur Verfügung, so kann sich der Anwender im Wesentlichen auf die in Abschnitt 4 beschriebenen Regelungen beschränken und hat Bedarf theoretische Grundlagen nachzulesen. Die wichtigsten Unterabschnitte darin sind wiederum:

- 4.2 Stichprobenahme
- 4.5 Dokumentation
- 4.6 Ergebnisevaluierung

Im Abschnitt 5 sind zudem Beispiele aufgeführt, die als Hilfe zur Ergebnisevaluierung dienen sollen.

## 1 Zweck und Anwendungsbereich

Ziel einer Maschinenfähigkeitsuntersuchung ist eine dokumentierte Bewertung, ob die zu untersuchende Maschine eine sichere Fertigung eines betrachteten Merkmals innerhalb definierter Grenzwerte ermöglicht. Idealweise sollen dabei nur maschinenbedingte Einflüsse auf den Fertigungsprozess zur Wirkung kommen.

Wie und unter welchen Voraussetzungen Maschinenfähigkeitsuntersuchungen durchzuführen sind, ist Gegenstand dieser Norm. Sie ist anwendbar auf beliebige kontinuierliche (messbare) Fertigungsmerkmale.

Image Analysis: 

### Text Analysis

**Image 1**
- **Localization and Attribution:**
  - There is a single page containing text.
  - This is the only image on the page, so it is referred to as Image 1.

**Text Detected (Translated to English for Context):** 
- **Page Header:**
  - "Seite 2"
  - "VW 101 30: 2005-02"
- **Main Heading:**
  - "Einleitung"
- **Body Text:**
  - "Eine Bewertung der Maschinenfähigkeit bezüglich betrachter messbarer Fertigungsmerkmale ist eine wichtige Voraussetzung zur Erfüllung der festgelegten Qualitätsforderungen..."
  - "4.2 Stichprobenentnahme"
  - "4.5 Dokumentation"
  - "4.6 Ergebnissbeurteilung"
  - "Im Abschnitt 5 sind zudem Beispiele aufgeführt, die als Hilfe zur Ergebnissbeurteilung dienen sollen."
- **Section 1 Heading:**
  - "1 Zweck und Anwendungsbereich"
- **Section 1 Body Text:**
  - "Ziel einer Maschinenfähigkeitsuntersuchung ist eine dokumentierte Bewertung, ob die zu untersuchende Maschine eine sichere Fertigung eines betrachteten Merkmals innerhalb definierter Grenzwerte ermöglicht..."

**Analysis of the Text:**
- **Page Header and Document Title:**
  - "Seite 2" indicates this is page 2 of the document.
  - "VW 101 30: 2005-02" appears to be a reference code for the document, suggesting it belongs to a series of standards or guidelines, potentially related to the Volkswagen Group (VW).
- **Introduction (Einleitung):**
  - Discusses the importance of assessing the capability of machines in the context of measurable manufacturing features to meet quality requirements.
  - Emphasizes the need for consistent rules for practical applications and comparisons among different VW group results.
  - Identifies sections 4.2, 4.5, and 4.6 as critical parts of the standard.
- **Purpose and Application Area (Zweck und Anwendungsbereich):**
  - Highlights the purpose of machine capability studies, which is to provide a documented assessment of whether a machine can securely manufacture the considered characteristic within defined limits.
  - Underlines the significance of machine-based influences on the manufacturing process.
  - Mentions the usage conditions under which such studies should be conducted, indicating its applicability to any continuously measurable manufacturing feature.

### Diagram and Chart Analysis
- **None Presented:**

### Product Analysis
- **None Presented:**

### Anomaly Detection
- **None Identified:**

### Perspective and Composition
- The image is a scan or a photograph of a document page.
- Standard text layout typical of formal documents with headings, paragraphs, and sections.

### Contextual Significance
- Given the detailed review and the structured format, this document seems to be a technical standard or guideline related to the quality and capability assessment of manufacturing machines.
- The specific headings and sections suggest it is meant for professionals in a manufacturing or engineering context, likely within the VW group or associated industries.

### Metadata Analysis
- **None Available:**

### Color Analysis
- The image content is monochromatic, typical for text documents, enhancing readability and focus on the textual content without visual distractions.

### Process Descriptions and Prozessbeschreibungen
- The document describes a process for the capability evaluation of machines in manufacturing, indicating steps and methodologies for ensuring quality control within specified limits.

### Trend and Interpretation
- The document highlights a trend in quality management standards focusing on the machine capability to produce consistent, measurable features, likely reflecting broader industry practices.

### Tables, Ablaufprozesse, Typen Bezeichnung
- **None Presented:**

This analysis provides a comprehensive understanding of the content and purpose of the presented document page, focused on the standards for machine capability in manufacturing.
####################
File: VW%2010130_DE.pdf

Page: 16

Context: ```
## 3.2.2 Fähigkeitsermittlung bei nicht definierten Verteilungsmodellen

Lässt sich einem Fertigungsmerkmal kein passendes Verteilungsmodell zuordnen, oder widersprechen die Messwerte der entnommenen Stichprobe dem angenommenen Verteilungsmodell, so erfolgt eine verteilungsfreie Schätzung der Fähigkeitskenngröße nach der Spannweitenmethode in der folgenden modifizierten Form unter Berücksichtigung des Stichprobenumfangs (siehe auch Beispiel 1 in Abschnitt 5):

### Fähigkeitskenngr Werte für zweisseitig toleriertes Merkmal:

\[
\hat{c}_m = \frac{G_o - G_u}{\bar{x} - \bar{x}_u} \tag{2.29}
\]

\[
\hat{c}_{mk} = \min \left( \frac{G_o - \bar{x}_o}{\bar{x} - \bar{x}_{95}}, \frac{\bar{x} - G_l}{\bar{x}_{95} - \bar{x}_o} \right) \tag{2.30}
\]

### Fähigkeitskenngr Werte für einseitig nach oben toleriertes Merkmal mit natürlichem unteren Grenzwert Null:

\[
\hat{c}_m = \frac{G_o}{\bar{x} - \bar{x}_u} \tag{2.31}
\]

\[
\hat{c}_{mk} = \frac{G_o - \hat{x}_{95}}{\bar{x} - \hat{x}_{95}} \tag{2.32}
\]

### Fähigkeitskenngr Werte für einseitig nach unten toleriertes Merkmal:

\[
\hat{c}_{mk} = \frac{\hat{x}_{95} - G_l}{\hat{x}_{95} - \bar{x}_u} \tag{2.33}
\]

wobei 
- \(\bar{x}_o, \bar{x}_u\) : Schätzwerte der oberen und unteren Streubereichsgrenze
- \(\hat{x}_{95}\) : Schätzwert des 50%-Quantils 

Im Fall von Einzelwerten ist 

\[
\hat{x}_{95} = \bar{x} \tag{2.34}
\]

wobei 
\(\bar{x} \): Medianwert, der Wert, der in der Mitte einer geordneten Folge von Messwerten liegt.

Die Schätzung der Streubereichsgrenzen erfolgt durch 

\[
\bar{x}_o \ \bar{x}_u = \bar{x}_c \pm k \cdot \frac{R}{2} \tag{2.35}
\]

wobei 
```

Image Analysis: 

Here’s a comprehensive examination of the attached visual content based on the specified aspects:

### Text Analysis

1. **Localization and Attribution:**
    - **Page Number and Document Identifier:**
        - "Seite 16" (Page 16)
        - "VW 101 30: 2005-02" (Document Identifier: VW 101 30, February 2005)

2. **Text Extraction:**
    - **Section Title:**
        - "3.2.2 Fähigkeitsermittlung bei nicht definierten Verteilungsmodellen"
    - **Introduction Paragraph:**
        - "Lässt sich einem Fertigungsmerkmal kein passendes Verteilungsmodell zuordnen, oder widersprechen die Messwerte der entnommenen Stichprobe dem angenommenen Verteilungsmodell, so erfolgt eine wertungsfreie Schätzung der Fähigkeitskennwerte nach der Spannweitenmethode in der folgenden modifizierten Form unter Berücksichtigung des Stichprobenumfangs"
        
    **Explanatory Notes:**
    - Text clarifies that the section covers methods to estimate capability indices when no predefined distribution models are available, using a range-based method considering sample size.

3. **Equations and Descriptions:**
    - Several equations labeled from (2.29) to (2.35) describe calculations for capability indices. Here are brief descriptions:

        1. **Equation (2.29) and (2.30):**
            - Capability indices for two-sided tolerances.
            - Equations detail how to compute capability when upper and lower specification limits are available.

        2. **Equation (2.31) and (2.32):**
            - Capability indices for one-sided characteristics with a natural lower bound zero.
            - Details on how to compute capability when only the lower specification limit is present.

        3. **Equation (2.33):**
            - Capability index for one-sided characteristics with a defined lower limit.
            - Detailed computation for such cases.

        4. **Equation (2.34):**
            - Explains the median value (x̄) as the central value of a sorted series of measurements.

        5. **Equation (2.35):**
            - Estimates of the upper and lower range limits considering standard deviation and mean.

    **Annotation (5):**
    - Provides additional context about simplified representations for compatibility with previous VW methods.

### Diagram and Chart Analysis

4. **Diagram and Chart Analysis:**
    - No diagrams or charts are present in the document image.

### Produkt Analysis

5. **Product Analysis:**
    - No specific products are depicted.

### Anomaly Detection

6. **Anomaly Detection:**
    - No anomalies or unusual elements detected in the image. All elements seem to be standard for technical documentation.

### Color Analysis

7. **Color Analysis:**
    - The document is largely monochromatic, consisting of black text on a white background. This high-contrast color scheme is standard for technical and academic papers, aiding readability and focus on the content without distractions.

### Perspective and Composition

8. **Perspective and Composition:**
    - **Perspective:**
        - The image is taken from a flat, straightforward perspective typical of scanned or digitally created documents.

    - **Composition:**
        - The text is arranged in a structured, left-justified format, enhancing readability and clarity.
        - Equations are properly formatted and placed in-line, making them easy to follow.

### Contextual Significance

9. **Contextual Significance:**
    - **Overall Document:**
        - This section likely belongs to a larger document discussing quality control and capability assessment methods in manufacturing processes.
        - The equations and explanations are significant for professionals dealing with quality assurance, ensuring accurate capability measurements.

### Metadata Analysis

10. **Metadata Analysis:**
    - No metadata is visible within the provided image.

### Tables

11. **Tables:**
    - No tables are present in the image.

This organized analysis covers the textual and visual elements present in the provided document image, focusing on content extraction and contextual understanding.
####################
File: VW%2010130_DE.pdf

Page: 27

Context: ```
4.4.8 Verteilungsfreie Auswertung

Ergibt sich aus dem statistischen Test ein Widerspruch zwischen den erfassten Messwerten und dem festgelegten Verteilungsmodell, oder lässt sich zum betrachteten Fertigungsmerkmal kein passendes Verteilungsmodell finden, so erfolgt eine verteilungsfreie Berechnung der Fähigkeitskennwerte nach den Formeln (2.29) bis (2.40).

4.5 Dokumentation

Die Dokumentation einer MFU bezüglich eines Merkmals muss folgende Informationen und Darstellungen enthalten:

- **Kopfdaten:**
  - Abteilung, Bearbeiter und Erstellungsdatum
  - Angaben über das Teil
  - Benennung, Nennmaß und Toleranz des Merkmals
  - Maschinenangaben
  - Prüfmittelangaben
  - Zeitraum der Fertigung

- **Ergebnisse:**
  - grafische Darstellung des Einzelwertverlaufs mit den Stichprobenmittelwerten mit Grenzlinien des Toleranzintervalls (sofern Einzelwerte erfasst wurden)
  - Histogramm mit dem eingegebenen Verteilungsmodell, Grenzlinien des Toleranzintervalls und Streubereichs, sowie Mittelwert- bzw. Medianwertlinie
  - Darstellung in Wahrscheinlichkeitsnetz mit dem eingegebenen Verteilungsmodell, Grenzlinien des Toleranzintervalls und Streubereichs, sowie Mittelwert- bzw. Medianwertlinie
  - Anzahl der gemessenen Werte
  - Anzahl der ausgewerteten Messwerte oder gefundenen Ausreißer
  - Schätzwert der Fertigungslage
  - Schätzwert der Streuereichsgrenzen oder Schätzwert der Streubreite
  - das angewandte Verteilungsmodell
  - das Ergebnis des Tests auf Änderung der Fertigungslage
  - das Ergebnis des Tests auf Abweichung vom festgelegten Verteilungsmodell
  - berechnete Fähigkeitskennwerte für Cm und Cmk (auf zwei Stellen nach dem Komma)
  - geforderte Grenzwerte für Cm und Cmk

- **Hinweise und Bemerkungen:**
  - gegebenenfalls Hinweis auf eingeschränkte MFU
  - gegebenenfalls besondere Vereinbarungen zwischen Lieferanten und Abnehmer
  - gegebenenfalls besondere Ereignisse während der Stichprobenahme
```

Image Analysis: 

This document appears to be a technical report or guideline, specifically focusing on the evaluation and documentation of manufacturing process capability. Below is a comprehensive examination based on the provided instructions:

---

### Text Analysis

#### Detected Text
The entire document is in German and contains technical jargon related to manufacturing and process evaluation. Key sections include:

**4.4.8 Verteilungsfreie Auswertung**:
- Discusses non-parametric evaluation. It mentions statistical tests and the computations of capability indices based on non-parametric formulas.

**4.5 Dokumentation**:
- Outlines the necessary documentation requirements for Measurement System Analysis (MSA) for specific characteristics. It includes:

  - **Kopfdaten (Header Information)**:
    - Department, editor, creation date
    - Part information
    - Designation, nominal value, and tolerance of the characteristic
    - Machine specifications
    - Test equipment details
    - Manufacturing period

  - **Ergebnisse (Results)**:
    - Graphical representation of individual value progress within tolerance intervals
    - Histogram with fitted distribution model
    - Representation of probability density network with a comparison to tolerance intervals and scatter range
    - Number of measured values
    - Number of selected measurements or detected outliers
    - Manufacturing situation scatter values
    - Scatter range limits or scatter value deviation
    - Used distribution model
    - Test results for manufacturing position or deviation from the fixed distribution model
    - Calculated capability indices for Cm and Cmk
    - Required limit values for Cm and Cmk

  - **Hinweise und Bemerkungen (Notes and Remarks)**:
    - Possible hint about limited MSA
    - Potential special agreements between suppliers and customers
    - Any special events during sample collection

#### Significance
This document seems to be part of a manual or standard operating procedure for documenting and assessing the measurement system used in manufacturing, specifically aimed at understanding how well the manufacturing process is controlled and capable.

### Localization and Attribution

There is only one textual page present in the image, hence only **Image 1** needs to be noted. 

### Contextual Significance

Given the technical content, this document likely serves as a standard or guideline for engineers and quality assurance specialists in the manufacturing industry, offering structured and detailed instructions on how to document the capability of measurement systems. This helps in ensuring that the manufactured products meet quality standards and specifications.

---

### Types and Classifications

1. **Kopfdaten** - Critical initial data required for the documentation.
2. **Ergebnisse** - Detailed results and visual representations of the measurement system's evaluation.
3. **Hinweise und Bemerkungen** - Additional notes and special circumstances that might affect the measurement system analysis.

### Analysis Summary
The document provides a highly structured approach to documenting manufacturing process capabilities, ensuring consistent and reliable measurement system analysis. It emphasizes thorough documentation, graphical results presentation, capability indices calculation, and special conditions communication, all of which are crucial for maintaining high-quality production standards.
####################
File: VW%2010130_DE.pdf

Page: 29

Context: ```markdown
# 4.7 Maschinenoptimierung

Für den Fall, dass die Maschinenfähigkeit bezüglich des untersuchten Merkmals nicht nachgewiesen werden konnte, sind Maßnahmen zur Maschinenoptimierung erforderlich. Dazu sind die entsprechendenden Einflüsse zu identifizieren (z.B. mittels statistischer Versuchsmethodik DOE) und zu beseitigen.

# 4.8 Behandlung nicht fähiger Maschinen

Lässt sich die Maschinenfähigkeit mit wirtschaftlich vertretbaren Maschinenoptimierungen nicht erreichen, so sollte zunächst mit Hilfe der statistischen Toleranzenrechnung nach VW 01057 untersucht werden, ob eine Toleranzerweiterung zur Erreichung der Maschinenfähigkeit möglich ist. Ist auch durch diese Maßnahmen keine Maschinenfähigkeit zu erreichen, so ist zu entscheiden, ob die Maschine nach schriftlich vereinbarten Sonderregelungen abgenommen wird oder nicht. Diese Sonderregelungen sollten folgende Punkte enthalten:

- Begründungen für die Abnahme
- Risiko- und Kostenbetrachtungen
- gegebenenfalls einschränkende Fertigungs- und zusätzliche Prüfbedingungen
- Angabe der Verantwortlichkeit
```

Image Analysis: 

### Comprehensive Examination of the Attached Visual Content

#### 1. Localization and Attribution
- The visual content is a single page document.

#### 2. Object Detection and Classification
- **Detected Objects and Categories:**
  - Textual Content: The page contains typed German textual content.
  - Sections/Sub-sections: The document is organized into distinct sections and sub-sections.
  - Headers and Bullet Points: The document uses sections and bullet points to organize information.

#### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis
- **Scene Description:**
  - The scene is a static page of a document containing structured written content. 
  - **Activities Taking Place:**
    - There is no dynamic activity; the content is purely informational.

#### 4. Text Analysis
- **Detected Text:**
  - Header: "Seite 29 VW 101 30: 2005-02"
  - Section Header: "4.7 Maschinenoptimierung"
  - Section Header: "4.8 Behandlung nicht fähiger Maschinen"
  - Main Text Content: Provides information on machine capability, machine optimization, and handling of non-capable machines. Bulleted points list actions to be taken.

- **Content Analysis:**
  - **Section 4.7 Maschinenoptimierung:**
    - Discusses steps required for machine optimization if machine capability regarding the examined characteristic could not be proven.
    - Recommends identifying influencing factors and eliminating them.

  - **Section 4.8 Behandlung nicht fähiger Maschinen:**
    - Addresses how to handle machines that are not capable (non-capable machines).
    - Suggests investigating the possibility of statistical tolerance calculation according to VW 01057 or tolerance expansion to achieve machine capability.
    - Lists points to consider in special regulations for non-capable machines:
      - Reasons for acceptance
      - Risk and cost considerations
      - Possible restrictive manufacturing conditions and additional testing conditions
      - Indication of responsibility

#### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis
- Not applicable.

#### 6. Product Analysis
- Not applicable.

#### 7. Anomaly Detection
- No anomalies are detected. The document appears to be structured and organized according to standard document formatting.

#### 8. Color Analysis
- The document is primarily in grayscale, consisting of black text on a white background.

#### 9. Perspective and Composition
- **Perspective:**
  - The document is viewed from a straight, head-on perspective typical of scanned or digitally created documents.
- **Composition:**
  - The document composition includes a header, section titles, main text, and bullet points.
  - Text is aligned to the left margin with consistent spacing and font size.

#### 10. Contextual Significance
- **Overall Document Analysis:**
  - This page appears to be part of a technical document or manual likely related to Volkswagen (indicated by the header "VW 101 30: 2005-02").
  - **Contribution to Overall Message:**
    - The page provides detailed guidelines on improving machine capability and handling non-capable machines, essential for maintaining and improving manufacturing processes.

#### 12. Graph and Trend Analysis
- Not applicable.

#### 13. Graph Numbers
- Not applicable.

#### Process Descriptions
- **Section 4.7:**
  - Describes a process for optimizing machines, involving identification and elimination of influences.
- **Section 4.8:**
  - Outlines steps for investigating and handling non-capable machines, including statistical tolerance evaluation and consideration of regulatory factors.

#### Trend and Interpretation
- A clear trend toward structured problem-solving and process optimization in machine management.

#### Tables
- Not applicable.
####################
File: VW%2010130_DE.pdf

Page: 34

Context: **Text Analysis:**

1. **Detected Text:**
   - Title: "VW 101 30: 2005-02"
   - Page Number: "Seite 34"
   - Sections:
     - **A**: 
       - Absolute Häufigkeit a: Seite 10, 17
       - Absolute Summenhäufigkeit A: Seite 17
       - α-Risiko: Seite 20
       - Alternativhypothese: Seite 20
       - Angepasste Fähigkeitsgrenzwerte: Seite 19, 28
       - Ausreißer: Seite 20, 26
       - Aussagewahrscheinlichkeit γ: Seite 20, 26
     - **B**: 
       - Bedingungen zur MFU: Seite 24
       - β-Risiko: Seite 20
       - Betragsverteilung 1. Art: Seite 5, 11
       - Betragsverteilung 2. Art: Seite 7, 13
       - Betriebswarme Maschine: Seite 4
     - **C**: 
       - Capability: Seite 3
       - Chi-Quadrat-Verteilung: Seite 18
     - **D**: 
       - Datenauswertung: Seite 25 N
       - Dichtefunktion f(x): Seite 4
       - Dokumentation: Seite 27
     - **E**: 
       - Eingeschränkte MFU: Seite 25 P
       - Effektiver Stichprobenumfang n<sub>e</sub>: Seite 10, 24
       - Epps-Pulley-Test: Seite 20, 26 Pri
       - Ergebnisbeurteilung: Seite 28
       - Erwartungswert der v-Verteilung d<sub>n</sub>: Seite 17
       - Exzentrizität z: Seite 7 Q
     - **F**: 
       - Fähigkeitskennwerte: Seite 18, 28 R
       - Fähigkeitsermittlung: Seite 8
       - Fähigkeitskennwerte c<sub>n</sub> und c<sub>mk</sub>: Seite 3, 9
       - Fähigkeitsgrenzwerte: Seite 18, 28
       - Fertigungslage: Seite 3, 28
       - Fertigungsauslegung: Seite 3, 8 radiale
       - Fertigungsreinfolge: Seite 24
       - Fertigungsgrad: Seite 18
     - **G**: 
       - Grenzwerte zur Maschinenfähigkeit: Seite 18, 28
     - **H**: 
       - Hampel-Test: Seite 20
       - Häufigkeitsverteilung: Seite 10, 17
       - Höchstmaß G<sub>o</sub>: Seite 3, 9
     - **I**: 
       - Irrtumswahrscheinlichkeit α: Seite 20
     - **K**: 
       - Klassenbreite Δx: Seite 17
       - Klassierte Messwerte: Seite 10, 17
       - Korrekturfaktor k: Seite 17
     - **L**: 
       - Lage: Seite 3
     - **M**: 
       - Maschinenoptimierung: Seite 29
       - Maschinenstörungen: Seite 24
       - Medianwert: Seite 16
       - Merkmalart: Seite 4, 25
       - Merkmalswert: Seite 3 Merkmethod
       - Mesmethode: Seite 24
       - Mindestmaß Gu: Seite 3, 9
       - Mischverteilung: Seite 26, 32
       - Mittelwert μ: Seite 4, 10
     - **N**: 
       - Normalverteilung: Seite 4, 10
       - Nullhypothese: Seite 20
       - Nullpunktverschiebung: Seite 6
     - **P**: 
       - Parameter einer Verteilung: Seite 3
       - Prüfgröße: Seite 20, 26
       - Prüfwert: Seite 20
       - Prüfmitteleanwendung: Seite 24
     - **Q**: 
       - Quantil: Seite 9
       - - der stardarisierten Normalverteilung: Seite 18
       - - der Chi-Quadratverteilung: Seite 18
     - **R**: 
       - R: Seite 28
       - Rayleigh-Verteilung: Seite 7
       - radiale Abweichung r: Seite 7
       - Rohteillage: Seite 24
       - Rundung von Fähigkeitswerten: Seite 18 R.-Test
       - Run-Test: Seite 20
     
     - The text indicates a comprehensive index, listing various statistical terms, methods, and related concepts, each tagged with corresponding page numbers.
  
**Contextual Significance:**
- This page appears to be an index from a statistical or technical manual, potentially related to quality management, data analysis, or a specific standard (as indicated by "VW 101 30").
- The structured layout and extensive vocabulary suggest it is meant for professional use, likely by engineers, statisticians, or quality control managers. 

There were no other aspects (such as specific objects, scenes, diagrams, or charts) presented within this image, primarily focusing on text indexing.
####################
File: Standardanschreiben.pdf

Page: 2

Context: # Skoda AUTO a.s., Václava Klementa 869,  
293 60 Mladá Boleslav

**Purchaser:** Michala Senkyrova  
**Department:** Beschaffung Aggregatenfertigung und Infrastruktur  
**Telephone:**  
**E-Mail:** Michala.Senkyrova@skoda-auto.cz  
**Date:** Jun 26, 2024  

**Inquiry no.:** SK 2024 001598  

Dear Sir or Madam,

Please submit a non-binding, free-of-charge offer based on our terms and conditions (as listed below) and using the attached documents for:

**Obráběcí linka motorové skříně MGH SSP/Machining line of the SSP E-drive motor box**

Please submit your bid via the Group business platform.

For technical queries, please contact:  
**<first name> <last name> <OU name> <OU abbreviation> <phone number>**  
Georgy.Komarov@skoda-auto.cz  

The terms and conditions below apply:

- General Purchase Terms and Conditions of ŠKODA AUTO a.s. (04/2024)  
- The current version of the terms and conditions can be found at [VW Group Supply](http://www.vwgroupsupply.com).  
- Cooperation information / Purchasing Conditions  

Quotations submitted after the deadline will not be considered.

Yours sincerely,  
p.p. Jiri Kulich  
p.p. Michala Senkyrova  

*This letter was generated automatically and is valid without a signature.*

---

Skoda AUTO a.s.  
TŘ: Václava Klementa 869, 293 60 Mladá Boleslav, Czech Republic  
IČO: 00217074, Městský soud v Praze B 332  
T*: +420202281111  

Jun 26, 2024 | SK BA/2 | KSU 6.1 - 15 years | confidential

Image Analysis: 

1. **Localization and Attribution:**
    - **Image 1**: The entire page appears to be a single document with multiple sections.

2. **Object Detection and Classification:**
    - The document contains a logo, text, and a letter format.
    - Key features:
        - **Logo**: The Skoda Auto logo is visible at the top-right corner.
        - **Tables**: Structured information about the purchaser, department, and contact details.
        - **Text**: Formal letter content addressing the reader.

3. **Scene and Activity Analysis:**
    - The scene is that of a formal letter from Skoda AUTO a.s., represented as an inquiry or request for proposal (RFP).
    - The main actors are the purchaser Michala Senkyrova and the signatures or titles of Jiří Kulich and Michala Senkyrova.
    - Activities include the request for a bid submission and contact procedures for technical queries.

4. **Text Analysis:**
    - **Header Text**:
        - _"Skoda AUTO a.s., Václava Klementa 869, 293 60 Mladá Boleslav"_
        - Company address and contact details of Skoda AUTO a.s.
        - Includes purchaser details: Michala Senkyrova, Department: Beschaffung Aggregatenfertigung und Infrastruktur, email and date.
    - **Body Text**:
        - Inquiry number: SK 2024 001598
        - A request for a non-binding, free-of-charge offer for machining the line of the SSP E-drive motor box.
        - Contact details for technical queries and a mention of Georgey Komarov.
    - **Footer Text**: 
        - Contains the company's contact information, registration details, and terms of validity.
    - **Significance**: This is a formal business communication for a procurement process, highlighting instructions for bid submission and technical communication.

10. **Contextual Significance:**
    - The document is significant in the context of procurement and supply chain management. It is a standard formal request for quotation (RFQ) designed to initiate the bidding process for a specific project within the automotive industry.
    - It sets out clear expectations for suppliers and provides the necessary details for the submission of bids.

13. **Graph Numbers:**
    - Not applicable as there are no graphs in the provided document.

---

Additional Aspects:

- **Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions)**:
    - The process described pertains to submitting a non-binding, free-of-charge offer based on outlined terms and conditions.
  
- **Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations)**:
    - "Obráběcí linka motorové skříně MGH SSP/Machining line of the SSP E-drive motor box" designates the type of project or product being referred to for the request.

Overall, the document is a formal business correspondence from Skoda AUTO a.s. seeking bids for a machining project, detailing contact protocols and submission guidelines, embodying a methodical approach to vendor solicitation.
####################
File: TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE.pdf

Page: 2

Context: # 1. Vergegenstand
Bearbeitungslinie für Motorgehäuse für Elektroantrieb SSP.

## 2. Angaben über das zu bearbeitende Bauteil

**Bauteil:** Motorgehäuse SSP HA LK3.4  
**Zeichnungsnummer:** QOA.901.108  
**Gewicht des bearbeiteten Teils:** 14,975 kg (davon die Lagerbuchse 0,369 kg)  
**Rohtleidgewicht:** ca 18 kg  
**Material:** Gehäuse QOA 901 108 EN A6 – 46000 – AISi9Cu3 (Fe)  
**Lagerbuchse:** QOA 901 261 A DIN 30910-SINT-D-11  
**Grundmaße:** siehe Zeichnung

## 3. Geforderte Anlagenfunktionen

3.1. Bearbeitung des Gussteils gemäß der Zeichnung QOA_901_108-sstpha_mg_ftz (siehe Anlage Nr. 8).  
3.2. Eingangsstand des Teils – Gussteil (Hochdruckguss) – siehe 3D Daten (Anlage Nr. 7). Die Zeichnung des Gussteils ist noch nicht verfügbar und wird später erstellt. Allgemein kann man mit den Toleranzen des Gussteils nach ISO 8062-3 - DCTG7 - GCTG3 rechnen.  
3.3. Ausgangsstand des Teils – bearbeitetes Teil – siehe Zeichnung (Anlage Nr. 8).  
3.4. Das Prozessablaufschema und der Lieferumfang siehe Anlage 5.

## 4. Forderungen auf die Anlagenausführung

4.1. Modulare Linie der Bearbeitungszentren, verkettet durch ein Portal. Die Bearbeitungszentren (Module) und das Portal werden schrittweise nach dem Zeitplan gebaut – siehe Punkt Nr. 7.  
4.2. Die Linie soll über SPC-Stellen verfügen, damit die Teile nach jeder Arbeitsfolge zur Messung entnommen und wieder in den Strom eingelegt werden können.  
4.3. Der Transport des Teils zum Übergebepunkt unter dem Portal erfolgt über ein Förderband mit Spannvorrichtungen. Positionierung des Teils auf der Transportvorrichtung gemäß den Empfehlungen des Lieferanten der Linie und den technischen Möglichkeiten des Verkehrslieferanten.

### Die Schnittstelle zwischen der ML und der Verkettung vor und nach der Linie:

- **Ladevorrichtung** – im Lieferumfang des Lieferanten der ML  
- **Förderer** – im Lieferumfang Škoda Auto a.s.  

![Diagramm](link-zum-bild)

Image Analysis: 

### Analysis of the Visual Content

#### **Localization and Attribution:**
- There is one page in the document.
- The page contains multiple elements including text and one diagram.

#### **Text Analysis:**
1. **Document Header Information:**
   - **Title:** "Bearbeitungslinie für Motorgehäuse für Elektronatrieb SSP" (Processing line for motor housings for electric drive SSP)
   - **Project Information:** Includes project identifier codes (P3C-K Finanzun voštly poskiavenat) and contact information.
   - **Contact Details:** Two phone numbers are provided.

2. **Main Sections and Headlines:**
   - **1. Vergabegegenstand:** Description of the project task, which involves the processing line for motor housings for electric drive SSP.
   - **2. Angaben über das zu bearbeitende Bauteil:** Information about the component to be processed:
     - **Bauteil:** Motor housing SSP HA LK3,4
     - **Zeichnungsnummer:** QOA.901.108 (Drawing number)
     - **Gewicht des bearbeiteten Teils:** 14.975 kg (Weight of the processed part) 
     - **Material:** Gh Gehäuse QOA 901 108
   - **3. Geforderte Anlagenfunktionen:** Required system functions for the processing line focused primarily on the handling of cast parts according to specific drawings and standards.
   - **4. Forderungen auf die Anlagenausführung:** Requirements for the plant setup, including modular lines and transport systems.

3. **Highlighted Text:**
   - **Yellow Highlight:** Important steps involving the processing centers (modules) and the portal, which must be built according to a schedule.
   - **Green Highlight:** "Ladevorrichtung – im Lieferumfang des Lieferanten der ML" (Loading device – within the scope of supply of the supplier of the ML)
   - **Orange Highlight:** "Förderer – im Lieferumfang Škoda Auto a.s." (Conveyor – within the scope of supply of Škoda Auto a.s.)

#### **Diagram and Chart Analysis:**
- **Diagram:**
  - The diagram appears to be a layout of the processing line, showing different stations and modules.
  - **Legend:**
    - Yellow blocks represent items in the supplier's scope (Ladevorrichtung).
    - Green blocks represent items in Škoda Auto a.s.'s scope (Förderer).

#### **Color Analysis:**
- **Dominant Colors:** 
  - The dominant text colors are black and grey. 
  - The highlighted areas appear in yellow, green, and orange, drawing attention to critical information.
- **Impact:** 
  - The highlighted colors are used effectively to direct attention to key procedural steps and roles.

#### **Perspective and Composition:**
- **Perspective:** 
  - The diagram is presented in a 2D layout plan view.
- **Composition:**
  - The page is organized into sections with headings and respective content, facilitating a clear and logical flow of information.
  - The diagram is centrally placed under the relevant section to visually support the textual content.

#### **Contextual Significance:**
- **Overall Significance:** 
  - The document appears to be a technical specification or project outline detailing the requirements and setup of a processing line for motor housings.
  - The highlighted sections and diagrams aid in understanding the critical aspects of the project execution.

### Summary
The visual content primarily consists of a structured technical document outlining the project requirements for a processing line for motor housings. It includes key textual information, data on the parts, and a diagram illustrating the layout and modules involved. Highlighted colors emphasize critical aspects related to procedural steps and responsibilities.
####################
File: TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE.pdf

Page: 3

Context: # Bearbeitungslinie für Motorgehäuse für Elektromotoren SSP

**4.4** Die Bearbeitung (der ganze Prozess) wird mittels Kühlflüssigkeit (Emulsion) bevorzugt und empfohlen - Spezifikation der Emulsion nach Škoda

## 4.4.1 Preisgestaltung der Schnittstelle mit der Emulsionszentrale (Lieferung der Emulsionszentrale seitens Škoda Auto a.s.)

**Spezifikation der erforderlichen Emulsionsmenge (l/min)**

|    | BAZ | BAZ | BAZ | BAZ | BAZ |
|----|-----|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| KSS|     |     |     |     |     |

- im Lieferumfang des Lieferanten
- im Lieferumfang Škoda Auto a.s.

## 4.4.2 OPTION zu jeder Maschine die Filtrieranlage und Temperieremulsion + Spänetransport mittels Förderer anbieten (Höhe des Späneträgers 1.500 mm)

|    | BAZ | BAZ | BAZ | BAZ | BAZ |
|----|-----|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| KSS|     |     |     |     |     |

- im Lieferumfang des Lieferanten
- im Lieferumfang Škoda Auto a.s.

**4.5 OPTION die Variante der Kombination MMS und KSS anbieten**

### 4.5.1 Operation Vorbehandlung:

- Es wird die Minimalmischrechnologie (MMS/MQL) eingesetzt
- Spänetransport mittels Förderer (Höhe des Späneträgers 1.500 mm)

### 4.5.2 Operation Feinbearbeitung:

- unter Kühlflüssigkeit (für jedes Zentrum eine Anlage zum Filtrieren und Temperieren der Emulsion anbieten)
- Spänetransport mittels Förderer (Höhe des Späneträgers 1.500 mm)

Image Analysis: 

**1. Localization and Attribution:**

- **Image 1:**
  - Positioned at the top of the page.
  - Number assigned: Image 1.

- **Image 2:**
  - Positioned in the middle of the page.
  - Number assigned: Image 2.

3. **Scene and Activity Analysis:**

- **Image 1:**
  - Scene: This image depicts a diagram indicating "Spezifikation der erforderlichen Emulsionsmenge (l/min)" for different processes within a centralized emulsion location.
  - Activities: The diagram outlines the distribution and quantity of emulsion required.

- **Image 2:**
  - Scene: This image presents another diagram, depicting a combination of MMS and KSS for different operations, with specifications for both systems under "Operation Feinbearbeitung".
  - Activities: The flow and distribution of the emulsion and transport heights for spanner trays are outlined.

4. **Text Analysis:**

- **Image 1:**
  - Text Detected: "Spezifikation der erforderlichen Emulsionsmenge (l/min)"
  - Content Analysis: Details the required emulsion quantity in liters per minute for various sections designated in blue and grey.

- **Image 2:**
  - Text Detected: "MMS Erstschnitt KSS Feinbearbeitung"
  - Content Analysis: Specifies the operation preparation and finish, highlighting the use of minimal lubrication technology and coolants in the process.

5. **Diagram and Chart Analysis:**

- **Image 1:**
  - Data: Shows emulsion distribution across "BAZ L" and "BAZ R" systems.
  - Key Insight: Specifies emulsion levels for each section while indicating different entities involved in receiving the supply.

- **Image 2:**
  - Data: Illustrates two operations—preparation (Erstschnitt) and fine processing (Feinbearbeitung)—with corresponding emulsion requirements.
  - Key Insight: Emphasizes the combined usage of MMS and KSS technologies, targeting efficiency and spanner transport systems.

13. **Graph Numbers:**

- **Image 1:**
  - Each section is labeled with specific emulsion amounts; however, exact numerical values may need extraction or further clarification from a high-quality image to capture the text precisely if not clear at this scale.
  
- **Image 2:**
  - Similar detailing as Image 1 with further emphasis on operational stages requiring identical numeric analysis for precise emulsion and transport values.

**Additional Aspects to Include:**

- **Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):**
  - **Image 1:** Detailed process descriptions for centralized emulsion distribution ensuring optimized supply for various operational setups.
  - **Image 2:** Elaborate on specific processes using the combination of MMS and KSS technologies to enhance precision, efficiency, and overall performance.

- **Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations):**
  - Identification of machine types, BAZ L and BAZ R, and specific designations for the emulsion supply systems.

**Annotations:**
- The diagrams collectively deliver a comprehensive view of operational precision and fluid requirements, focusing on advanced lubrication and cooling systems pivotal for high-efficiency mechanical processes.
####################
File: TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE.pdf

Page: 4

Context: # 4.6 
Die Maschinen sollen für den Anschluss von der oberen Seite an die Absaug- und Filtrationsanlage vorbereitet sein. Die Absaug- und Filtrationsanlage richtet sich zum Lieferumfang und wird von ŠKODA AUTO AG geliefert. Festlegung erforderlicher Leistung / Menge der Abluft (m³/h).

## 4.7
OPTION die Absaugung und Filtration inkl. Rohrleitung anbieten.

## 4.8 
Abnahme nach TGS 02.09 und VVV 101 30 – siehe Anlagen Nr. 10 und 11.

## 4.9 
Erforderliches Spannungsschiene siehe Anlage Nr. 14.

## 4.10 
Steuerung Siemens – Anforderungen für Steuerung siehe Anlage Nr. 6.

## 4.11 
Am Anfang der ML müssen sich 2 stationäre Kameras zum Lesen von DMC-Codes von Teilen befinden, ein manuelles DMC-Lesegerät an jedem SPC Standard.

# 5. Weitere Anforderungen
5.1 Bestimmen Sie den kürzestmöglichen Liefertermin von 50 bearbeiteten und gemessenen Mustern, die der technischen Dokumentation entsprechen, ab dem Zeitpunkt der Bestellung des Auftraggegendstandes. Veranlassung des Terminsplans für die Zustellung von Mustern und diese in einem separaten Posten preisgestalten.

5.2 OPTION Werkzeug für 1 Maschine/OP nach ITS 3.10.

5.3 OPTION Unterstützung nach Übergabe der Inbetriebnahme im Umfang von 1 Arbeiter/1 Woche anbieten.

5.4 OPTION Schulung anbieten.

5.5 Abschätzung der Standzeit von Werkzeugen und Kosten pro Stück für die Lagerbuchsenbearbeitungswerkzeuge.

# 6. Forderungen auf die Anlagenleistung
| Parameter                          | Wert                 |
|------------------------------------|----------------------|
| Kapazität                          | 232 000 Stck./Jahr   |
| Taktzeit der ML                    | 75 s                  |
| Tägliche Arbeitszeit                | 22,5 Std.            |
| Arbeitstage pro Jahr               | 250 Tage             |
| Technische Verfügbarkeit            | 86%                  |
| Ausschussquote                     | 0%                   |
| Prozessstabilität – bewertete Parameter | Siehe ITS ŠKODA Auto Standards |
| OPTION - 2. ML mit gleicher Kapazität siehe Layout in der Anlage Nr. 3 |

# 7. Terminplan
| Activity                          | 2024    | 2025    | 2026   |
|-----------------------------------|---------|---------|--------|
| Bestellungen                      | 01/25   | A 14/26 |        |
| Lieferung, Inbetriebnahme und Übergabe | A 18/26 | A 27/26 |        |
| TBT-PVS                           |         |         |        |
| PVS                               |         |         |        |
| Nullierung                        |         |         |        |
| 2 Tage Produktion                 | 05/27   |         |        |
| SOP                               | 07/27   | 11/27   |        |

Image Analysis: 

### Comprehensive Examination of the Visual Content

#### 1. Localization and Attribution

1. **Localization and Attribution**:
    - **Image 1**: Positioned occupying the full width on the top section of the page.
    - **Image 2**: A table positioned in the middle section of the page.
    - **Image 3**: A timeline chart located at the bottom section of the page.

#### 2. Object Detection and Classification

**Image 1**:
- **Objects**: Text, numbered items, logos, headers.
- **Categories**: Textual content and graphical elements. 
- **Key Features**: The image primarily consists of a numbered list (4.6 to 4.11), with highlighted text in yellow.

**Image 2**:
- **Objects**: Table with rows and columns of text/numbers.
- **Categories**: Table data, including categories such as capacity, takt time, daily working time, etc.
- **Key Features**: Key data points such as 'Kapazität' and 'Taktzeit der ML' are outlined.

**Image 3**:
- **Objects**: Timeline chart with activities labeled along with a time axis.
- **Categories**: Activity schedule chart.
- **Key Features**: The chart displays a timeline from 2024 to 2027, with specific activities marked along different time points.

#### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis
**Image 1**:
- **Scene**: A continuation of a procedural or requirement document.
- **Activities**: Listing of equipment and operational specifications.
- **Main Actors**: Equipment (e.g., 'TGS 02.09 und VW 101 30') and operations (e.g., absorption, filtration).

**Image 3**:
- **Scene**: A project management or scheduling chart.
- **Activities**: Outlining various project milestones over time.
- **Main Actors**: Activities related to deliveries, start-up, and operation shifts.

#### 4. Text Analysis

**Image 1**:
- **Text**: Procedural steps and technical requirements.
- **Significance**: Defines specific equipment requirements and operational procedures, critical for ensuring compliance and operational efficiency in a manufacturing context.

**Image 2**:
- **Text**:
    - Kapazität: 232 000 Stck./Jahr
    - Taktzeit der ML: 75 s
    - Tägliche Arbeitszeit: 22,5 Std.
    - Arbeitstage pro Jahr: 250 Tage
    - Technische Verwendbarkeit: 86%
    - Ausschussquote: 0%
- **Significance**: Provides technical specifications and operational parameters necessary for manufacturing productivity.

**Image 3**:
- **Text**:
    - Activity List (e.g., Bestellungen, Lieferung, etc.)
    - Timeline from 2024 to 2027 with specific dates marked.
- **Significance**: Essential for project planning and ensuring all project phases are completed on schedule.

#### 6. Product Analysis

**Image 2**: Describes the system's capacity and parameters crucial for ensuring manufacturing systems operate within specifications to maximize productivity and minimize waste.

#### 7. Anomaly Detection

**Image 2**:
- **Anomaly**: No major anomalies detected. The data is structured and logically organized.

#### 10. Contextual Significance

**Image 1**:
- **Context**: Detailed operational requirements are crucial for ensuring proper equipment setup and operation within the logical flow of the document. The detailed instructions and options highlighted in yellow suggest important action points.

**Image 3**:
- **Context**: Scheduling and project management information crucial for systematic project execution. This contributes significantly to planning and tracking progress over time.

#### 12. Graph and Trend Analysis

**Image 3**:
- **Trends**: Depicts phases of activities and milestones spaced out chronologically. Key milestones such as project starts, delivery dates, and completion markers provide a clear roadmap.
- **Interpretation**: Highlights the systematic progression of projects over the years with specific pivotal dates for various operational activities.

#### 13. Graph Numbers

**Image 3**:
- **Data Points**: Table of activities and respective timelines for 2024-2027:
    - Lieferung, Inbetriebnahme und Übergabe: A - 01/25
    - 1xBAZ Pro OP + komplette Automatisierung: A - 14/26
    - TBT-PVS: A - 18/26
    - PVS: A - 27/26
    - Nullserie: A - 47/26
    - Lieferung, Inbetriebnahme und Übergabe getestet BAZ für erforderliche Kapazität: A - 05/27
    - 2 Tage Produktion: A - 07/27
    - SOP: A - 11/27

By comprehensively covering each specified aspect, the examination of the visual content provides a detailed understanding of the document’s structure, its technical requirements, timelines, and operational parameters critical to the manufacturing and project management processes.
####################
File: TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE.pdf

Page: 5

Context: ```markdown
# 8. Sonstiges

- Sämtliche betriebstechnischen Parameter müssen die Betriebsvorschriften ITS Škoda Auto sowie die Sicherheitsnormen CSN erfüllen.
  
- Der Lieferant hat alle Konstruktionen und technischen Lösungen noch vor dem Beginn der Herstellung mit den Fachbereichen ŠKODA AUTO AG zu konsultieren und genehmigen lassen.
  
- Garantie mindestens 24 Monate im 3-Schicht-Betrieb.
  
- Mit dem Angebot ist ein 2D-Layout in den Formaten PDF und DWG vorzulegen.
  
- Baufundament, Medienanschlüsse bis zum Hauptverbraucher an der Grenze des Arbeitsplates stellt Škoda bereit. Die restlichen Vertailungen besorgt der Auftragnehmer.
  
- Komplette Projektunterlagen wird der Lieferant 1 Monat nach Vertragsabschluss liefern.
  
- Die erste Betriebsoffnung zum Schmiren der Anlage gehört zum Lieferumfang.

- Das Werkzeug wird anhand der Unterlagen des Maschinenherstellers und der gegenseitigen Abstimmung von Škoda sichergestellt.
  
- Dokumentation in tschechischer Sprache gemäß ITS ŠKODA (2 Ausdrücke + 1 digitale Form + Erklärung über den ordnungsgemäßen Erwerb von Softwarelizenzen).

- Um einen Vertrag zu erhalten, ist eine Vertraulichkeitsvereinbarung (NDA-Vertrag mit ŠKODA AUTO AG) und eine entsprechende TISAX-Zertifizierung erforderlich.

- Lieferbedingungen DDU DAP (einschließliche Zusammenlegung, Vermessung und Anbringung vor Ort).

# 9. Anlagen

1. ITS/Betriebsmittelvorschriften ŠKODA AUTO a.s.: [ITS/Betriebsmittelvorschriften](https://its.volkswagen.de/one-kbp/content/es/kbp_private/information_1/divisions/procurement/terms_and_conditions_of_purchase/new_koda_auto_as_4/koda_auto_a_s.jsp)
2. Energie Škoda - separate Datei
3. Stiuerung in der Halle
4. Visualisierung der Teile, Grundmaße
5. Schema des technologischen Prozesses
6. Unterlage Solutions für Powertrain Volkswagen Group Components Global Differenzbeschreibung - per separate Datei
7. 3D Daten von Gussstück und des bearbeiteten Teils - werden per Ebox zugesandt
8. Zeichnungen des bearbeiteten Teiles - per separate Datei
9. Interne Richtlinie der Komponenten - per separate Datei
10. Norm TQS 02.09 - separate Datei
11. Norm VW 101 30
12. Norm WSK 016_862_G (Anforderungen zu Dichtungsflächen)
13. Kapazitätsanforderungen in Jahren
14. Erforderliches Schema der Spannung - separate Datei
```

Image Analysis: 

**Image Analysis**

1. **Localization and Attribution:**
    - The image is a single page document positioned centrally on the page.
    - Identified as Image 1.

2. **Text Analysis:**
    - The image features sections of text in German, numbered headings, and bullet points with detailed information.
    - Key sections highlighted in yellow for emphasis.

**Text Analysis Details:**
   - **Headings:**
     - **8. Sonstiges (Miscellaneous):** 
       This section outlines various technical parameters that must be adhered to, including safety standards, warranty details, documentation requirements, and delivery conditions.
     - **9. Anlagen (Attachments):** 
       This section lists various types of attachment documents, links, and Norm references required.

   - **Highlighted parts include:**
     - "Das Werkzeug wird anhand der Unterlagen des Maschinenherstellers und der gegenseitigen Abstimmung von Skoda sichergestellt" (The tool is ensured based on the documents from the machine manufacturer and mutual agreement with Skoda).
     - "Dokumentation in tschechischer Sprache gemäß ITS ŠKODA" (Documentation in Czech language according to ITS ŠKODA).
     - Delivery conditions: "Lieferbedingungen DDU" (Delivery terms DDU) and "DAP (inklusiver Zusammenlegung, Vermessung und Anbringung vor Ort)" (DAP including consolidation, measurement, and on-site installation).

   - **Links:** 
     - A URL is provided for terms and conditions of purchase for SKODA AUTO a.s.

   - **List of Attachments:** 
     - The attachments include a variety of documents like technical norms (Normen), visualizations (Visualisierung), situating documents (Situierung), schematic processes (Schema des technologischen Prozesses), and documentation related to specific technical requirements and guidelines.

**Current Segmentation and Analysis:**
   - **Bullet Points:** Expand upon specific responsibilities and processes, emphasizing construction, technical solutions, warranty, project documentation, and operational supplies. 

**Highlighted Sections (Color Analysis and Impact):**
   - The use of yellow highlights stresses important parts of the information.
   - Green-highlighted text emphasizes specific tools or processes essential for understanding technical documentation.

**Contextual Significance:**
   - The document appears to be part of a technical manual or guideline related to the operational and documentation processes for SKODA AUTO, indicating operational standards and necessary compliances. This communicates thoroughness and emphasis on adhering to standards and regulatory requirements.

**Perspective and Composition:**
   - The composition is straightforward, listing detailed instructions and hyperlinks in a structured format meant for clarity.
   - The highlighted sections ensure critical information stands out for quick reference.

By examining these key details, it can be inferred that the document is vital for providing technical guidelines and ensuring compliance with industry standards and internal processes at SKODA AUTO.
####################
File: TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE.pdf

Page: 6

Context: # 10. Kontaktperson

**Ing. Georgy Komarov, PPK-E – Plánování výroby polotovarů**  
ŠKODA AUTO a.s., tř. Václava Klementa 869, 293 01 Mladá Boleslav II, Czech Republic  
M: +420 730 865 237  
[Georgy.Komarov@skoda-auto.cz](mailto:Georgy.Komarov@skoda-auto.cz), [www.skoda-auto.com](http://www.skoda-auto.com)

---

**Ing. Roman Tanáček, PPK-E – Plánování výroby polotovarů**  
ŠKODA AUTO a.s., tř. Václava Klementa 869, 293 60 Mladá Boleslav, Czech Republic  
T: +420 326 8 14752, F: +420 326 8 17720, E: +420 326 8 45848, M: +420 604 292 729  
[Roman.Tanecek@skoda-auto.cz](mailto:Roman.Tanecek@skoda-auto.cz), [www.skoda-auto.com](http://www.skoda-auto.com)

Image Analysis: 

### Image Analysis

#### Text Analysis:
**Image Number**: 1

1. **Detected Text and Significance**:
    - The text in the image provides contact information for two individuals associated with a company:
      - **Ing. Georgy Komarov, PPK-E – Plánování výroby polotovarů**
        - **Company:** ŠKODA AUTO a.s., tř. Václava Klementa 869, 293 01 Mladá Boleslav II, Czech Republic
        - **Phone:** M +420 730 865 237
        - **Email:** Georgy.Komarov@skoda-auto.cz
        - **Website:** www.skoda-auto.com
      - **Ing. Roman Taneček, PPK-E – Plánování výroby polotovarů**
        - **Company:** ŠKODA AUTO a.s., tř. Václava Klementa 869, 293 60 Mladá Boleslav, Czech Republic
        - **Phone:** T +420 326 8 14752, F +420 326 8 17720, ef +420 326 8 45848, M +420 604 292 729
        - **Email:** Roman.Tanecek@skoda-auto.cz
        - **Website:** www.skoda-auto.com

    - The text content is crucial for establishing contact with specific individuals related to the planning of the production of semi-finished products at ŠKODA AUTO. It offers detailed contact options including physical address, phone numbers, emails, and the website, which is essential for communication within a professional or business context.

#### Localization and Attribution:
- **Number of Images**: There is only 1 image described.
- **Content Location**: The image predominantly features text with details aligned at the top left, right top, center, and bottom-left sections of the page.

### Contextual Significance:
- The image is part of a larger document likely related to business procedures, organizational communication, or process documentation for ŠKODA AUTO. The contact details provided serve as a significant point of reference for stakeholders or team members needing to reach out to key personnel in the planning department of the production unit.

### Anomaly Detection:
- No noticeable anomalies are present in the image. The text is straightforward and clear, with no unusual elements detected.

### Color Analysis:
- **Dominant Colors**: 
  - The text content is written in black on a white background.
  - There are some elements in orange and blue (email addresses and URLs).
  - These color choices ensure high readability and a professional appearance.

### Perspective and Composition:
- **Perspective**:
  - The document is presented from a straight-on view, typical for official documents.
- **Composition**:
  - Text is neatly organized, with headers properly formatted.
  - Contact information is clearly segmented, making it easy to locate and read specific details.

### Diagram and Chart Analysis:
- There are no diagrams or charts in this image.

### Tables:
- There are no tables in this image.

### Summary:
The provided image is a section of a document containing contact information for key personnel at ŠKODA AUTO. The details are well-organized and provide essential communication lines for individuals involved in the planning and production departments. The clean and professional design enhances readability, ensuring the information is accessible and easily understood.
####################
File: TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE.pdf

Page: 8

Context: # Anlage Nr. 4 – Visualisierung der Teile, Grundmaße

## Gusstück

![Gusstück](URL_TO_IMAGE)

### Maße

- Höhe: 1534.680 mm
- Breite: 468.850 mm
- Länge: 569.681 mm

## Bearbeitetes Teil

![Bearbeitetes Teil](URL_TO_IMAGE)

### Maße

- Höhe: 1532.232 mm
- Breite: 492.705 mm
- Länge: 569.681 mm

---

**Projekt:** SSP  
**Mitglieder:** Milos Bulić  
**Klasse-Nr.:** HBSR6R2O4  
**Dezernat:** 4313 324  

**Teile:**  
- Tel.: +49 736896237  
- +49 1528 14752  

---

8/10

INTERNAL

Image Analysis: 

### Analysis of the Visual Content

#### 1. Localization and Attribution
- **Image 1**: Located on the left side of the page.
- **Image 2**: Located on the right side of the page.

#### 2. Object Detection and Classification
- **Image 1:**
  - **Object**: A car engine housing component.
  - **Key Features**: The object is detailed with various industrial elements, including bolt holes, and ridges.
- **Image 2:**
  - **Object**: A modified or processed version of the car engine housing component in Image 1.
  - **Key Features**: Additional modifications highlighted in blue, showing areas that have been machined or altered.

#### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis
- **Image 1 (Gusstück)**: This image displays an unprocessed car engine housing part, providing a visual representation of the part before any machining or adjustments have been made.
- **Image 2 (Bearbeitetes Teil)**: This image shows the same car engine housing part after it has been machined. The blue highlighted areas indicate areas that have been processed.

#### 4. Text Analysis
- **Image 1 & 2 Text**: 
  - "Gusstück" (Left Image): Indicates the component in its raw or cast form.
  - "Bearbeitetes Teil" (Right Image): Indicates the component after machining.
  - Various dimensions are labeled in both images (e.g., 438.480 mm, 343.685 mm, 345.220 mm), highlighting critical measurements of the component in both its raw and machined states.

#### 6. Product Analysis
- **Product Description**:
  - **Material**: Likely metal, given the context of engine housing.
  - **Color**: Grey for the base part with blue highlights indicating machined areas in the processed component.
  - **Features**: The machined component has precise dimensions indicated with labels, compared to the raw cast component.
- **Comparison**: 
  - The primary differences between the raw and machined components are the blue-highlighted areas in the machined image, indicating the specific regions that have been processed.
  - Both show dimensions to provide an understanding of the size changes due to machining.

#### 8. Color Analysis
- The dominant color in both images is grey, typical of metal parts. The machined component features blue edges/highlights, indicating areas that have been processed.

#### 9. Perspective and Composition
- The images are presented in an isometric view, providing a three-dimensional perspective that allows for a detailed view of the complex geometries.
- **Composition**: 
  - Both components are centered in their respective frames.
  - The dimensions are clearly highlighted with colored lines and labels for clarity.

### Summary:
This document page appears to be part of a technical manual or report detailing the specifications and modifications of an automotive engine housing component. The visualization contrasts the raw cast part with the machined version, highlighting key dimensions and areas of modification. The use of color and detailed labeling aids in understanding the extent and specific locations of the modifications.
####################
File: 12533161829500_tra___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_1%281%29.pdf

Page: 3

Context: # Requirements for Sealing Surfaces
**WSK.016.862.AE**  
**Version 1.0**

## Contents

1. [Scope](#scope) ............................................................................................... 4  
2. [Surface quality for sealing surfaces with specified cross-milled surface structure](#surface-quality) ................. 4  
3. [Sealing surface zones](#sealing-surface-zones) ................................................. 6  
4. [Cross-milled surface structure design](#cross-milled-surface-structure-design) ........................................... 7  
   4.1 [Cross-milled surface structure parameters](#cross-milled-surface-structure-parameters) .............................. 7  
   4.2 [Cross-milled surface structures not compliant with specifications](#cross-milled-surface-structures-not-compliant) ............. 9  
   4.3 [Cross-milled surface structures compliant with specifications](#cross-milled-surface-structures-compliant) .......... 9  
5. [Measurement-related recording and evaluation of the cross-milled surface structure quality criteria](#measurement-related-recording) ............... 10  
6. [Compliance with the cross-milled surface structure characteristic of "permissible depth difference"](#compliance) .............................................................................. 12  
7. [Cross-milled surface structure simulation, permissible deviations of the angle and grid size parameters](#cross-milled-surface-structure-simulation) ....................... 13  
8. [Production recommendation for achieving the required cross-milled surface structures and surface roughnesses](#production-recommendation) ......................... 14  

---

**F. Röthlingshöfer, I/VEM-514**  
**Version 1.0 dated 2015-04-10**  
**Requirements for Sealing Surfaces**  
**Page 3 of 14**

The English translation is believed to be accurate. In case of discrepancies, the German version controls. The decimal sign in non-editable figures may be a comma or a point on the line. The decimal point is used consistently within the running text.

Image Analysis: 

### Comprehensive Examination of the Visual Content

#### 1. Localization and Attribution:
- **Image Number:** 1
- **Location:** The image occupies a full page.

#### 2. Text Analysis:
- **Detected Text:**

    **Header:**
    ```
    VOLKSWAGEN
    Anforderungen/Supplier

    Requirements for Sealing Surfaces
    WSK.016.862.AE
    Version 1.0
    ```

    **Contents Section:**
    ```
    Contents
    Versioning ......................................................................................................................................................... 2
    Contents ............................................................................................................................................................. 3
    1. Scope ............................................................................................................................................................ 4
    2. Surface quality for sealing surfaces with specified cross-milled surface structure .............. 4
    3. Sealing surface zones ............................................................................................................................... 6
    4. Cross-milled surface structure design ................................................................................................... 7
    4.1. Cross-milled surface structure parameters ....................................................................................... 7
    4.2. Cross-milled surface structures not compliant with specifications ........................................... 9
    4.3. Cross-milled surface structures compliant with specifications .................................................... 9
    5. Measurement-related recording and evaluation of the cross-milled surface structure
    quality criteria: .................................................................................................................................................10
    6. Compliance with the cross-milled surface structure characteristic of "permissible depth difference" .............................................................................................................................................................12
    7. Cross-milled surface structure simulation, permissible deviations of the angle and grid size parameters ....................................................................................................................................................13
    8. Production recommendation for achieving the required cross-milled surface structures and surface roughnesses .........................................................................................................................................14
    ```

    **Footer:**
    ```
    F. Röthlingshöfer, I/EM-514 Version 1.0 dated 2015-04-10 Requirements for Sealing Surfaces
    Page 3 of 14
    The English translation is believed to be accurate. In case of discrepancies, the German version controls. The decimal sign in non-editable figures may be a comma or a point on the line. The decimal point is used consistently within the running text.
    ```

- **Content Analysis:**
  - **Header Information:** It indicates that the document is about requirements for sealing surfaces provided by Volkswagen. The document is labeled with the identifier WSK.016.862.AE and is Version 1.0.
  - **Contents Section:** This section enumerates the chapters and topics covered in the document, with page numbers listed for ease of navigation.
    - Example Topics:
      - Scope
      - Surface quality for sealing surfaces with specified cross-milled surface structure
      - Sealing surface zones
      - Measurement-related recording and evaluation
      - Compliance with permissible depth difference
      - Production recommendations for achieving required surface structures, etc.
  - **Footer:** It includes the author or responsible party (F. Röthlingshöfer, I/EM-514), the version date (2015-04-10), page number (3 of 14), and a note about translation accuracy and decimal sign usage.

#### 6. Contextual significance:
- **Overall context:** This image appears to be taken from a technical document or manual detailing specifications and guidelines for achieving certain surface qualities in sealing surfaces.
- **Contribution:** The "Contents" page provides an overview and structure for the reader to locate specific sections of interest within the document. It establishes the scope and detailed elements to be covered, facilitating ease of navigation and understanding of the document’s comprehensive nature.

#### 7. Perspective and Composition:
- **Perspective:** The image is taken from a top-down perspective, displaying a full page of a document.
- **Composition:** The text is organized in a typical document format with sections, headings, subheadings, bullet points, and a footer, providing a clear and professional layout.

#### 8. Metadata Analysis:
- **Document Date and Creator Information:** The footer indicates that the document was created or last revised by F. Röthlingshöfer on April 10, 2015.

### Overall Summary:
The visual content is a "Contents" page from a Volkswagen technical manual, structured to guide the reader through various topics concerning requirements for sealing surfaces. The document is detailed and meticulously organized, indicating a thorough approach typical of technical documentation. Key sections include scope, surface quality, sealing zones, structure design, measurement criteria, compliance, simulation, and production recommendations.
####################
File: 240911_Skoda_Automation_GGH_Portal_direkt.pptx

Page: 1

Context: # Skoda SSP Getriebegehäuse (GGH) Automation

**Date:** 2024-09-13  
**Author:** Ralf Haug  

---

## Overview

FFG provides automation solutions tailored for the Skoda SSP Getriebegehäuse (GGH) production. Our approach integrates cutting-edge technology with industry expertise to enhance productivity and efficiency.

## Key Features

- **High Precision:** Ensures exact specifications are met.
- **Scalability:** Adapts to varying production volumes.
- **User-Friendly Interface:** Simplifies operation and monitoring.

## Benefits

1. **Increased Efficiency**
2. **Reduced Downtime**
3. **Cost Savings**
4. **Enhanced Quality Control**

## Technical Specifications

| Feature                | Specification        |
|-----------------------|----------------------|
| Maximum Production Rate | 1000 units/hour      |
| Automation Type       | Fully Automated       |
| Control System        | PLC based             |

## Conclusion

Implementing Skoda SSP Getriebegehäuse (GGH) automation will substantially improve operational performance and product quality. For more information, please contact our sales department.

## Contact Us

- **Email:** sales@ffg.com
- **Phone:** +49 123 456 789

--- 

**Copyright © 2004-2024 FFG**

Image Analysis: 

### Image Analysis Report

#### Image Localization and Attribution
- **Image 1**: This image is a single visual content presented.

#### Object Detection and Classification
- **Objects Detected**:
  - **Logos**: Present at the bottom of the image.
  - **Text**: Various text elements, including titles and descriptions.
  - **Diagram**: A large, faint background diagram of an industrial layout/plant.

#### Scene and Activity Analysis
- **Scene Description**: The image appears to be an industrial layout visualization with multiple textual overlays.
- **Activities**: The scene depicts a structured and automated industrial process environment, likely related to automation in gear housing manufacturing.

#### Text Analysis
- **Extracted Text**:
  - "FFG" (logo)
  - ". . ."
  - "Skoda SSP Getriebegehäuse (GGH) Automation"
  - "2024-09-13, Ralf Haug"
  - A row of logos at the bottom of the image from various companies (e.g., VDF BOEHRINGER, CORCOM, DMC, FEELER, HESSAPP, IMAS, JOBS, LEADWELL, AG, Meccanodora, MORARA, PPTFFNER, RAMBAUDI, SACKMAN, SIGMA, SMS, SNK, TACCHELLA, Witzig & Frank)

- **Text Significance**:
  - The text elements define the context of the image: it is related to automation in manufacturing processes for Skoda SSP Gear Housing (GGH), and includes a timestamp and author (Ralf Haug).
  - The multiple logos suggest collaboration or affiliations with numerous companies, indicating a diverse partnership network.

#### Diagram and Chart Analysis
- **Diagram**: It displays a blueprint of an industrial plant, suggesting a detailed layout of machinery and workflows.

#### Product Analysis
- **Depicted Products**: Not explicitly described or shown in focus; they are assumed to be related to gear housing automation based on the text.

#### Anomaly Detection
- **Notable Unusual Elements**: None identified. The image contains typical promotional and industrial layout elements.

#### Color Analysis
- **Color Composition**:
  - Dominant Color: Teal/Aquamarine
  - Impact: The teal color gives a modern, tech-oriented, and professional appeal, emphasizing high-tech industrial automation.

#### Perspective and Composition
- **Perspective**: The diagram background uses a top-view layout, typical for industrial plant drawings, offering a comprehensive view of the facility.
- **Composition**: Centralized text overlays with various logos at the bottom. The background image provides context without overwhelming the textual information.

#### Contextual Significance
- **Overall Contribution**:
  - The image introduces or promotes a specific aspect of the Skoda SSP Getriebegehäuse (GGH) automation process and highlights the collaborative nature of the project with multiple partners.

### Summary
This image is a high-level overview intended to convey the scope of an industrial automation project related to gear housing for Skoda SSP. It integrates text and visual elements to highlight the role of automation, the collaborative effort involved, and specific details such as the date and author, ensuring a professional and technically focused presentation.
####################
File: 22121726223700_lah___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_11%281%29.pdf

Page: 3

Context: # Anforderung Dichtflächen
**WSK 016 862 AE**  
**Version 1.0**

## Inhaltsverzeichnis

1. Anwendungbereich ........................................................................................................................ 3  
2. Oberflächenqualität für Dichtflächen mit Kreuzschnittangabe ............................................... 4  
3. Dichtflächenbereiche ................................................................................................................... 5  
4. Ausführung Kreuzschnitt ............................................................................................................ 6  
   4.1 Parameter für Kreuzschnitt .................................................................................................... 6  
   4.2 nichtspezifikationskonforme Kreuzschnittstrukturen ........................................................... 6  
   4.3 spezifikationskonforme Kreuzschnittstrukturen .................................................................. 7  
5. Messtechnische Erfassung und Auswertung der Kreuzschnittqualitätskriterien .................... 9  
6. Einhaltung des Kreuzschnittqualitätsmerkmals „zulässige Tiefendifferenz“ ......................... 11  
7. Kreuzschnittsimulation, zul. Abweichungen der Parameter Winkel und Maschinenweite ..... 12  
8. Fertigungsempfehlung zur Erzielung der geforderten Kreuzschnittstrukturen und Oberflächenrauigkeiten ............................................................................................................. 13  

F. Röthlingshöfer, I/EM-514  
**Version 1.0 vom 02.03.2023**  
**Anforderung Dichtflächen**  
Seite 3 von 13  

Image Analysis: 

### Analysis of the Attached Visual Content

---

#### **1. Localization and Attribution:**

- **Image Identification:**
    - The document has a single image.

- **Document Layout:**
    - The image appears to be a page from a document, positioned centrally within the page.

---

#### **4. Text Analysis:**

- **Detected Text:**
    - **Header Text:**
        - *Volkswagen* (Left aligned with a company logo)
        - *Anforderung Dichtflächen* (Central top aligned)
        - *WSK 016 862 AE* (Central top aligned)
        - *Version 1.0* (Central top aligned)

    - **Main Body Text:**
        - "Inhaltsverzeichnis" (Table of Contents)
        - Various section titles with corresponding page numbers:
            1. *Versionierung* .........................................................................................2
            2. *Anwendungsbereich* .................................................................................3
            3. *Oberflächenqualität für Dichtflächen mit Kreuzschnittangabe* ........................4
            4. *Dichtflächenbereiche* ......................................................................................5
            5. *Ausführung Kreuzschnitt* ................................................................................6
            6. *Parameter für Kreuzschnitt* .............................................................................6
                - *4.2. nichtspezifikationskonforme Kreuzschnittstruktur* ...................................6
                - *4.3. spezifikationskonforme Kreuzschnittstrukturen* ........................................8
            7. *Messtechnische Erfassung und Auswertung der Kreuzschnittqualitätskriterien* ...9
            8. *Einhaltung des Kreuzschnittqualitätsmerkmales „zulässige Tiefendifferenz“* ....11
            9. *Kreuzschnittsimulation, zul. Abweichungen der Parameter Winkel und Maschenweite* ...12
            10. *Fertigungsempfehlung zur Erzielung der geforderten Kreuzschnittstrukturen und Oberflächenrauigkeiten* ...13

    - **Footer Text:**
        - *F. Röthlingshöfer, I/EM-514 (left aligned)*
        - *Version 1.0 vom 02.03.2023* (central aligned)
        - *Seite 3 von 13* (right aligned)

---

#### **5. Diagram and Chart Analysis:**

- **No Diagrams or Charts Present:**
    - The image does not include any diagrams or charts to analyze.

---

#### **7. Anomaly Detection:**

- **No Anomalies Detected:**
    - The document appears standard without any unusual elements or noticeable anomalies.

---

#### **9. Perspective and Composition:**

- **Perspective:**
    - The document page is viewed from a standard top-down perspective.

- **Composition:**
    - The image is composed with a clear structure, typical of professional documents:
        - A header section with a logo and title.
        - A main body with a table of contents listing various sections and sub-sections.
        - A footer section containing author information, version details, and the page number.

---

#### **10. Contextual Significance:**

- **Overall Context:**
    - The document page appears to be from a technical or specification document related to *Volkswagen*.
    - The table of contents indicates it deals with surface quality requirements for sealing areas, cross cuts, measurement and evaluation of quality criteria, and production recommendations.

- **Contribution to Overall Message:**
    - The contents are likely part of a larger document outlining detailed technical standards and procedures for ensuring surface quality in manufacturing processes.

---

#### **11. Metadata Analysis:**

- **Footer Metadata:**
    - The footer metadata indicates authorship (*F. Röthlingshöfer*), a department or role identifier (*I/EM-514*), version information (*Version 1.0 vom 02.03.2023*), and the page number (*Seite 3 von 13*).

---

#### **14. Tables:**

- **No Tables Present:**
    - The image does not include any tabular data to analyze.


**Note**: This document appears to be a technical manual or specification sheet, possibly used within an engineering or manufacturing context at Volkswagen, detailing requirements and standards for sealing surfaces.
####################
File: 22121726223700_lah___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_11%281%29.pdf

Page: 11

Context: # Anforderung Dichtflächen
**WSK 016 862 AE**  
**Version 1.0**

## 6. Einhaltung des Kreuzschnittqualitätsmerkmals „zulässige Tiefendifferenz“

Zur prozesssicheren Einhaltung des Kreuzschnittqualitätsmerkmals „zulässige Tiefendifferenz der sich kreuzenden Bearbeitungsrillen: 3µm“ sind nachstehende Prämissen einzuhalten:

1. Realisierung der kürzest möglichen Werkzeugspindel sowie der kürzest möglichen Fräserwerkzeugaufnahme.
2. Sicherstellung einer spiel- und deformationsfreien Spindelführung.
3. Sicherstellung einer permanent exakten Ausrichtung des Fräskopfes (Beauftragung der Genauigkeitsposten des Anlagenherstellers, Einrichtung Fräskopfposition zu „0“, perfekte Fräskopfposition darf sich z. B. kontaminationsbedingt oder infolge von Verschleiß Spuren / Gratabwürfen o.ä. am Fräserwerkzeugshaft auch im Zuge der Werkzeugwechsel nicht verändern).
4. Zur Kreuzschnittzezung im Zuge des finalen Schlichtbearbeitungsganges ist das geringstmögliche Aufmaß vorzuhalten. Dieses soll nur geringfügig größer sein, als der zu erzielende Rz-Wert und 5/100mm nicht überschreiten.
5. Sämtliche Prozessrandbedingungen, die schneiddruckerhöhend wirken (wie z.B. hohes Bearbeitungsausmaß, hohe Vorschubgeschwindigkeit, Zunahme Schneiden Verschleiß usw.), sind zu verhindern.
6. Umsetzung des optimalen Spannkonzeptes für das Werkstück sowie Verhinderung von Leistungsverlusten in der Auflage des Werkstücks.
7. Schwingungen innerhalb der Bearbeitungsanlage bzw. im Bereich des Fundaments der Bearbeitungsanlage sind in Verbindung mit sämtlichen Bearbeitungswerkzeugen und – Prozessen zu vermeiden.
8. Die Möglichkeit des Eintretens von Spindel- bzw. Lagerschäden ist regelmäßig und hinreichend hochfrequent zu überwachen.
9. Kommen mehrere kreuzschnittzuerzende Schneiden zum Einsatz, sind diese hinsichtlich der Möglichkeit eines unterschiedlichen Verschleißes zu überwachen. Handelt es sich um verstellbare Schneidplatten (Kassetten), ist deren exakt identische Ausrichtung zu gewährleisten und ein Verstellen der Positionen während des Betriebes zu verhindern.
10. Die Verifizierung der Korrektheit des Werkzeugs, Anlagen- und Prozesskonzepts hat durch Analysen der Tiefendifferenzen der sich kreuzenden Bearbeitungsrillen in den vier Quadranten „sektor oben“, „sektor unten“, „sektor links“ bzw. „sektor rechts“ des jeweiligen Flanschbereiches sowie zu verschiedenen Zeitpunkten in Bezug auf die Werkzeugstandzeit zu erfolgen. Die vier zu messenden Sektoren sind in der Zeichnung zu kennzeichnen.

---

**F. Röhlinghöfer, /IEM-514**  
**Version 1.0 vom 02.03.2023**  
**Anforderung Dichtflächen**  
**Seite 11 von 13**

Image Analysis: 

### Comprehensive Examination of the Visual Content

#### 1. **Localization and Attribution:**
- **Image 1**: Entire page content.
  - Page is split into several sections, most prominently featuring headings and text content.

#### 2. **Object Detection and Classification:**
- **Image 1**:
  - Objects Detected: 
    - Logo of Volkswagen in the top left.
    - Multiple text blocks organized in list format.
  - Key Features:
    - The logo is distinctive, with the text "Volkswagen" and a circular graphic.
    - The document is clearly structured with headings and numbered points.

#### 4. **Text Analysis:**
- **Image 1**:
  - Detected Text:
    - **Header Section**: 
      - "Anforderung Dichtflächen WSK 016 862 AE Version 1.0"
    - **Subheader Section**:
      - "6. Einhaltung des Kreuzschnittqualitätsmerkmales „zulässige Tiefendifferenz“"
      - "Zur prozesssicheren Einhaltung des Kreuzschnittqualitätsmerkmales „zulässige Tiefendifferenz der sich kreuzenden Bearbeitungsrillen: 3µm“ sind nachstehende Prämissen einzuhalten:"
    - **Numbered List**:
      1. "Realisierung der kürzest möglichen Werkzeugspindel sowie der kürzest möglichen Fräswerkzeugaufnahme"
      2. "Sicherstellung einer spiel- und deformationsfreien Spindelführung"
      3. "Sicherstellung einer permanent exakten Ausrichtung des Fräskopfes (Beauftragung der Genauigkeitspolition des Anlagenherstellers, Einrichtung Fräskopfposition zu „0“, perfekte Fräskopfposition darf sich (z.B. kontaminationsbedingt oder infolge von Verschleiß Spuren/ Grataufwürfen o.ä. am Fräswerkzeugschaft) auch im Zuge der Werkzeugwechsel nicht verändern)"
      4. "Zur Kreuzschnitterzeugung im Zuge des finalen Schlichtarbeitsgangs ist das geringstmögliche Aufmaß vorzuhalten. Dieses soll nur geringfügig größer sein, als der zu erzielende Ra-Wert und 5/100mm nicht überschreiten."
      5. "Sämtliche Prozessrandbedingungen, die schneiddruckerhöhend wirken (wie z.B. hohes Bearbeitungsaufmaß, hohe Vorschubgeschwindigkeit, Zunahme Schneiden Verschleiß usw.) sind zu verhindern."
      6. "Umsetzung des optimalen Spannkonzeptes für das Werkstück sowie Verhinderung von Elsatäteten in der Auflage des Werkstückes"
      7. "Schwingungen innerhalb der Bearbeitungsanlage bzw. im Bereich des Fundamentes der Bearbeitungsanlage sind in Verbindung mit sämtlichen Bearbeitungswerkzeugen und – Prozess Parametern unzulässig."
      8. "Die Möglichkeit des Eintretens von Spindel- bzw. Lagerschäden ist regelmäßig und hinreichend hochfrequent zu überwachen."
      9. "Kommen mehrere kreuzschnitterzeugende Schneiden zum Einsatz, sind diese hinsichtlich der Möglichkeit eines unterschiedlichen Verschleißes zu überwachen. Handelt es sich um verstellbare Schneidplatten (Kassetten), ist deren exakt identische Ausrichtung zu gewährleisten und ein Verstellen der Positionen während des Betriebes zu verhindern."
      10. "Die Verifizierung der Korrektheit des Werkzeug-, Anlagen- und Prozesskonzeptes hat durch Analyse der Tiefendifferenz der sich kreuzenden Bearbeitungsrillen in den vier Quadranten „Sektor oben“, „Sektor unten“, „Sektor links“ bzw. „Sektor rechts“ des jeweiligen Flanschbereiches sowie zu verschiedenen Zeitpunkten in Bezug auf die Werkzeugstandzeit zu erfolgen. Die vier zu vermessenden Sektoren sind in der Zeichnung zu kennzeichnen."
  - Content Analysis:
    - The document outlines specific requirements for ensuring the cross-sectional quality characteristic known as "permissible depth difference".
    - Each point in the numbered list describes a prerequisite or condition that needs to be met in the process.
    - The text is highly technical and procedural, indicating it is a guideline or standard for manufacturing or quality control processes related to machining or milling.

#### 9. **Perspective and Composition:**
- **Image 1**: 
  - Perspective: The image is taken from a straight-on view, typical of a scanned or digitally created document.
  - Composition: The layout is methodical, with a clear header, subheader, and a numbered list of points. This organization guides the reader through the document in a logical manner.

### Additional Aspects
####################
File: 22121726223700_lah___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_11%281%29.pdf

Page: 12

Context: # 7. Kreuzschnittsimulation, zul. Abweichungen der Parameter Winkel und Maschenweite

Es ist eine Simulation des Kreuzschnitts durchzuführen und mit dem Auftraggeber die Optimierungen abzustimmen. Die bereitgestellten Simulationsdaten zur Kreuzschnittgeometrie sind als Basis für Optimierungen zu verwenden. Die hieraus resultierenden zwischen Lieferant und Auftraggeber abgestimmten und für die Serienumsetzung vereinbarten Ergebnisse der Optimierungserationen der jeweiligen Kreuzschnittsimulation sind dem Auftraggeber in (hochaufösend?) 2D-Darstellung sowie als CAD-Datensatz zur Verfügung zu stellen, um diese als mitgeteilte Spezifikation auf der Bauteilzeichnung (WSK) bzw. im KVS (CAD-Datensatz) zu verankern. Diese Daten bilden die Grundlage für den Nachweis der Spezifikationskonformität der Kreuzschnittqualitätskriterien im Zuge der Bemusterungen sowie der serienbegleitenden Qualitätsicherungsmaßnahmen. Für den Vergleich der zu ermittelnden Ist- mit den Sollwerten gemäß CAD-Datensatz und somit die Qualitätsbewertung gelten hierbei nachstehende Toleranzbereiche:

- Kreuzschnittwinkel: ±5°,
- Maschenweite Kreuzschnittstruktur (RSm): ±0.1mm.

Image Analysis: 

1. **Localization and Attribution:**
   - The document consists of a single page.
   - The page contains the main body and a footer.

3. **Scene and Activity Analysis:**
   - The entire scene depicts a technical document from Volkswagen, labeled "Anforderung Dichtflächen WSK 016 862 AE Version 1.0."
   - The main activity appears to be a description of a specific measurement and simulation requirement related to cross-sections.

4. **Text Analysis:**
   - **Title and Header:**
     - "Anforderung Dichtflächen WSK 016 862 AE Version 1.0"
     - This indicates the document concerns requirements for sealing surfaces.
   - **Main Section Title:**
     - "7. Kreuzschnittsimulation, zul. Abweichungen der Parameter Winkel und Maschenweite"
     - This translates to "Cross-section simulation, allowable deviations of the parameters angle and mesh width."
   - **Body Text:**
     - The following points summarize the detailed procedure for cross-section simulation:
       - Use provided simulation data for optimizing the cross-section geometry.
       - The simulated results are to be agreed upon between the supplier and the client.
       - High-resolution 2D representations and CAD datasets are to be used for quality assurance.
       - The specifications should confirm compliance with cross-section quality criteria.
       - Allowable tolerance values mentioned are: 
         - Cross-section angle: ±5 degrees,
         - Mesh structure of cross-section (RSm): ±0.1 mm.
   - **Footer Details:**
     - "F. Röhlinghöfer, I/EM-514 Version 1.0 vom 02.03.2023 Anforderung Dichtflächen Seite 12 von 13"
     - This provides the author’s name, department, version, date, and page number.

**Additional Notes:**
- Although labeled as an image, this appears to be a scan or a digital rendering of a technical document page.
- The document seems relevant for engineers or quality assurance teams working with cross-section simulations of sealing surfaces.
####################
File: VW%2010130_CS.pdf

Page: 1

Context: # VOLKSWAGEN AG

## Prověrka způsobilosti stroje pro měřitelné charakteristiky  
**VW 101 30**  
**Datum:** únor 2005  

### Klíčová slova:  
Maschinenfähigkeitsunter-suchung [**prověrka způsobilosti**],  
Fähigkeitskennwert [**parameter způsobilosti**],  
Qualitätsfähigkeit [**kvalitativní způsobilost**],  
Maschinenfähigkeit [**způsobilost stroje**]  

---

### Obsah  
1. [Účel a oblast použití](#1-úcel-a-oblast-použití)......................................................... 2  
2. [Principy prověrky způsobilosti stroje](#2-principy-proverky-zpusobilosti-stroje)........... 3  
3. [Teoretické základy](#3-teoretické-základy)........................................................... 4  
   3.1 [Distribuční modely](#31-distribuční-modely)......................................................... 4  
   3.1.1 [Normální rozdělení](#311-normální-rozdělení).................................................. 5  
   3.2 [Neúplná rozdělení](#32-neuplna-rozdělení)........................................................ 6  
   3.3 [Ravleighovo rozdělení](#33-ravleighovo-rozdělení).......................................... 6  
   3.4 [Zjištění způsobilosti](#34-zjištění-způsobilosti).................................................. 7  
   3.2.1 [Zjištění způsobilosti u definovaných distribučních modelů](#322-zjištění-způsobilosti-u-definovaných-distribučních-modelů)......................................... 16  
   3.2.2 [Zjištění způsobilosti u nedodržovaných distribučních modelů](#3222-zjištění-způsobilosti-u-nedodržovaných-distribučních-modelů)................................... 16  
   3.3 [Měřené hodnoty pro způsobilost stroje](#33-měřené-hodnoty-pro-způsobilost-stroje)....................................................... 21  
   4. [Statistické testy](#4-statistické-testy)................................................................ 21  
4.1 [Provádění prověrky způsobilosti stroje](#41-provádění-prověrky-způsobilosti-stroje)........ 21  
   4.1.1 [Použití zkušebních prostředků](#411-použití-zkušebních-prostředků)................... 22  
   4.1.2 [Odběr namátkových vzorků](#412-odběr-namátkových-vzorků)............................ 22  
   4.2 [Zvláštní pravidla pro omezené MFU](#42-zvláštní-pravidla-pro-omezené-mfu)............... 23  
   4.3 [Vyhodnocení dat](#43-vyhodnocení-dat).......................................................... 25  
   4.4 [Výběr očekávaného distribučního modelu](#44-výběr-očekávaného-distribučního-modelu)..... 26  
   4.4.1 [Test odlehlých hodnot](#441-test-odlehlých-hodnot)...................................... 26  
   4.4.2 [Test změny polohy výroby](#442-test-změny-polohy-výroby)................................. 27  
   4.4.3 [Test odkazu na stanovené distribuční modely](#443-test-odkazu-na-stanovené-distribuční-modely)............................................................ 27  
   4.4.4 [Vyhodnocení podle normálního rozdělení](#444-vyhodnocení-podle-normálního-rozdělení)............................................ 28  
   4.5 [Vyhodnocení podle stanovené hodnoty](#445-vyhodnocení-podle-stanovené-hodnoty).... 28  
   4.6 [Nepřímé vyhodnocení](#446-nepřímé-vyhodnocení)............................................... 29  
   4.7 [Posouzení výsledků](#447-posouzení-výsledků).................................................. 29  
5. [Optimalizace stroje](#5-optimalizace-stroje)....................................................... 29  
   5.1 [Náklady na nezpůsobilý stroj](#51-náklady-na-nezpůsobilý-stroj)........................ 30  
   6. [Příklady](#6-příklady)....................................................................................... 30  
7. [Související podklady](#7-související-podklady)......................................................... 33  
8. [Odkazy na literaturu](#8-odkazy-na-literaturu)....................................................... 33  
9. [Seznam hesel](#9-seznam-hesel)................................................................ 34  

---

### Informace: 
Úřad TR1 - Normalizace  
Tel.: +420-123-456-789  

#### Fachverantwortung/Obor odpovědnost  
KIS-05-12  
Název   Tel.: 792968  
Alternativní  Tel.: +420-543-961-123  

---

**Poznámka:**  
Veškerá práva vyhrazena. Webové stránky obsahují ochranné známky a názvy výrobků společnosti Volkswagen Konzern.

Image Analysis: 

### Localization and Attribution

**Image 1**:
- This is the only image on the page. 

### Text Analysis

**Image 1:**

- The image is in the Czech language.
- **Title**: "Proverka zpusobilosti stroje pro meritlené charakteristiky" (translated: "Machine capability test for measurable characteristics").
- **Subheading**: "VOLKSWAGEN AG, VW 101 30"
- **Keywords**: "Machinenfähigkeituntersuchung" (machine capability investigation), "Fähigkeitskennwert" (capability index), "Qualitätsfähigkeit" (quality capability).
- **Table of Contents**:
  - 1 Purpose and Application Area 
  - 2 Principles of Machine Capability Testing
  - 3 Theoretical Background
    - 3.1 Distribution Models
    - 3.2 Determining Capability Based on Defined Distribution Models
    - 3.3 Statistical Tests
  - 4 Conducting Machine Capability Tests
    - 4.1 Use of Testing Resources
    - 4.2 Sample Collection
    - 4.3 Special Rules for Measurements
    - 4.4 Data Evaluation
  - 5 Related Backgrounds
  - 6 References
  - 7 Glossary

This outlines the technical report structure on machine capability testing within Volkswagen AG.

### Metadata Analysis

**Image 1**:

- **Klass-Nr.**: 11 00 5.
- **Date**: February 2005.
- **Laid Down by**: VW.
- **Pertains to Norm**: Koncernnorm.
- **Length**: 35 pages.
- **Source**: "Quelle: NOLIS (Norm vor Anwendung auf Aktualität prüfen), Check standard for current issue prior to usage."
  
### Graph and Trend Analysis

**Image 1**:

- No graphs or trends are visible in the image.

### Process Flows (Ablaufprozesse)

**Image 1**:

- **Included process descriptions**: 
  - Determining capability based on various distribution models.
  - Statistical tests involved in machine capability evaluation.
  - Specific procedures for data evaluation and processing.
  - Documentation and reporting of the capability tests.
####################
File: VW%2010130_CS.pdf

Page: 1

Context: ### Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions)

**Image 1**:

- The table of contents implies detailed descriptions of the steps taken to evaluate machine capabilities. This includes collecting samples, using testing resources, statistical assessments, and special rules for data collection and evaluation.

### Contextual Significance

**Image 1**:

- This document appears to be part of a technical standard or guideline manual from Volkswagen AG, outlining the procedures for evaluating machine capabilities. This could form part of internal quality assurance and process optimization efforts. The significance is likely centered around maintaining high standards of production efficiency and product quality within the company. 

### Tables

**Image 1**:

- No tables are visible in the image.

### Perspective and Composition

**Image 1**:

- Perspective: The image is a direct, upright scan or photograph of a document.
- Composition: It focuses on centering the document for clear visibility of the text and structure, designed for easy reading and reference.
  
### Anomaly Detection

**Image 1**:

- There do not appear to be any anomalies or unusual elements in this image.

### Color Analysis

**Image 1**:

- The color scheme is black text on a white background, typical for documents to ensure readability and emphasis on information. 

### Summary

The analyzed image is a cover page of a technical report from Volkswagen AG detailing the processes and guidelines for conducting machine capability tests on measurable characteristics. The document is technical in nature, meant for internal use, and emphasizes thorough procedural instructions.
####################
File: VW%2010130_CS.pdf

Page: 18

Context: # 3.3 Mezni hodnoty pro způsobilost stroje

Pro dosažení způsobilosti stroje pro sledovanou charakteristiku je nutno splnit následující požadavky z hlediska stanovených mezních hodnot \( C_{mk}^{Gen.} \) a \( C_{mk}^{Gen.} \):

\[
\bar{c}_{mk}^{Gen.} \geq c_{mk}^{Gen.} \tag{3.1}
\]

\[
\bar{c}_{mk}^{Gen.} \geq C_{mk}^{Gen.} \tag{3.2}
\]

v efektivním rozsahu námětkových vzorků \( n \geq 50 \).

Pokud není dohody nutno nic jiného, platí následující mezni hodnoty způsobilosti:

\[
C_{mk}^{Gen.} = 2,0
\]
\[
C_{mk}^{Gen.} = 1,67
\]

V případě, kdy je za účelných nákladů možná pouze jedna prověrka s menším efektivním rozsahem námětkových vzorků než 50, je nutno následujícím způsobem přihlédnout k vyšší nejistotě a to vyplyvajících zjištěných charakteristik způsobilosti pomocí příslušně zvýšených mezních hodnot.

Zjištění mezních hodnot pro efektivní rozsahy námětkových vzorků menší než 50 je přitom vztaženo na mezní hodnoty, které lze z požadavku (3.1) nebo (3.2) pro prověřování základní soubor dodržet z 95% pravděpodobností (dolní meze oblasti spolehlivosti).

Ty vyplývají ze předpokladů normálně rozděleného základního souboru z horní mezí oblasti spolehlivosti směrodatné odchylky:

\[
\sigma = \frac{49}{\sqrt{n}} \tag{3.3}
\]

a statistické podílové oblasti pro výrobní rozptyl:

\[
X_{89,965} = \mu + t_{(1 - \alpha/2, n - 2)} \cdot \sigma \left(1 + \frac{1}{n}\right)^{1/2} \tag{3.4}
\]

\[
U_{89,965} = 3.0: \quad \text{kvalitní standardizované normální rozdělení}
\]

\[
\chi^2_{(n-1)} = 33.9: \quad \text{kvalitní rozdělení chi kvadrát při stupni volnosti } f = 49 \text{ (viz také 1)}
\]

Image Analysis: 

### Image Analysis

#### 1. Localization and Attribution:
- **Image 1**:
    - The entire page is a single image.

#### 2. Object Detection and Classification:
- Text: This is the primary element on the page.
- Mathematical Equations: Several equations and formulas are listed.
- Diagrams: There are diagrammatic representations, likely related to statistical or mathematical calculations.

#### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis:
- The image presents a technical document with text explaining processes and mathematical requirements.
- The key activities include presenting and calculating certain tolerance indices for machinery, specifying effective sample size, and the boundary regions for confidence intervals.

#### 4. Text Analysis:
- **Header Text**: 
  - "Strana 18"
  - "VW 101 30: 2005-02"
  - This indicates the page number and a standard code or document identifier.
- **Section Header**:
  - "3.3 Mezní hodnoty pro způsobilost stroje"
  - This means "3.3 Limiting values for machine capability" in Czech.
- **Body Text**: A detailed discussion on calculating limiting values for machine capability, necessary sample sizes, specific formulas, and statistical bounds.
- **Equations and Formulas**:
  - Several mathematical representations, such as C_m, C_mk, and related statistical variables.

#### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis:
- **Diagrams**: Present mathematical formulations - likely for normalizing effective ranges and determining probability limits. These diagrams support the equations presented in the text.

#### 6. Product Analysis:
- **Not Applicable**: No products are depicted.

#### 7. Anomaly Detection:
- **None Identified**: The document seems professionally structured with no unusual elements.

#### 8. Color Analysis:
- The document is primarily black and white, typical of formal technical documents to ensure clear readability.

#### 9. Perspective and Composition:
- **Perspective**: Top-down view of a single-page document.
- **Composition**: The text is segmented by headings and subheadings. Equations and diagrams are integrated within the sections for clarity.

#### 10. Contextual Significance:
- This image is part of a larger technical document or engineering manual, providing specific standards, calculations, and tolerances.

#### 11. Metadata Analysis:
- **Not Available**: No metadata is embedded in the image.

#### 12. Graph and Trend Analysis:
- Equations suggest statistical norms and tolerance ranges, but no trend analysis is required as the focus is on static formulas.

#### 13. Graph Numbers:
- **Extracted Equation Elements**:
  - `C_m, C_m_gen`
  - `C_mk, C_mk_gen`
  - `49`
  - `3.0`
  - `33.9`
  - `49`
 
#### Additional Aspects:

- **Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows)** and **Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions)**:
    - The process describes the calculation of machine capability indices and bounds.
- **Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations)**:
    - Designations like `C_m` and `C_mk` are types of capability indices.
- **Trend and Interpretation**:
    - The focus is on calculating tolerance and capability thresholds to ensure machine accuracy and reliability.
- **Tables**:
    - No tables are identified in this specific image.

In summary, this document page is primarily instructional, detailing the statistical methods and calculations necessary for determining machine capability in an engineering context. The detailed equations and sample size requirements highlight the precision needed for industrial standards.
####################
File: VW%2010130_CS.pdf

Page: 33

Context: # 6 Související podklady

- **VW 010 56** Zeichnungen; Form- und Lagetoleranzen  
  [Výkresy; Tvarové a polohové toleranace]

- **VW 010 57** Statistische Toleranzrechnung von Maßketten  
  [Statistické výpočty tolerancí rozměrových řetězců]

- **VW 101 33** Test auf Ausreißer  
  [Test odlehlých hodnot]

- **DIN 55319** Qualitätsfähigkeitskenngrößen  
  [Charakteristiky kvalitativní způsobilosti]

- **ISO 5479** Statistical interpretation of data - Tests for departure from the normal distribution  
  [Statistická interpretace dat – testy odchylek od normálního rozdělení]

# 7 Odkazy na literaturu

1. Graf, Henning, Stange, Willich. Formeln und Tabellen der angewandten mathematischen Statistik, Springer-Verlag, Dritte Auflage, 1987  
   [Graf, Henning, Stange, Willich, Vzorce a tabulky aplikované matematické statistiky, Springer-Verlag, Dritte Auflage, 1987]

2. Kühlmeyer M. Statistische Auswertungsmethoden für Ingenieure, Springer-Verlag, 2001  
   [Kühlmeyer M., Statistické vyhodnocovací metody pro inženýry, Springer-Verlag, 2001]

Image Analysis: 

### Image Analysis

#### 1. Localization and Attribution
- **Image Identification**: This is the sole image provided.
- **Image Numbering**: Image 1.

#### 2. Object Detection and Classification
- **Detected Objects**: 
  - Text blocks.
  - Numerals indicating sections (6 and 7).
  - Reference codes (VW 010 56, VW 010 57, VW 101 33, DIN 55319, ISO 5479).
  - Reference texts for literature sources [1] and [2].

#### 4. Text Analysis
**Detected Text**:

- **Section 6** (Související podklady):
  - VW 010 56 Zeichnungen; Form- und Lagetoleranzen [Výkresy; Tvarové a polohové tolerance]
  - VW 010 57 Statistische Toleranzrechnung von Maßketten [Statistické výpočty tolerancí rozměrových řetězců]
  - VW 101 33 Test auf Ausreißer [Test odlehlých hodnot]
  - DIN 55319 Qualitätsfähigkeitskenngrößen [Charakteristiky kvalitativní způsobilosti]
  - ISO 5479 Statistical interpretation of data - Tests for departure from the normal distribution [Statistická interpretace dat – testy odchylek od normálního rozdělení]

- **Section 7** (Odkazy na literaturu):
  - [1] Graf, Henning, Stange, WIlrich, Formeln und Tabellen der angewandten mathematischen Statistik. Springer-Verlag. Dritte Auflage. 1987 [Graf, Henning, Stange, Wilrich, Vzorce a tabulky aplikované matematické statistiky, Springer-Verlag, Dritte Auflage, 1987]
  - [2] Kühlmeyer M., Statistische Auswertungsmethoden für Ingenieure, Springer-Verlag, 2001 [Kühlmeyer M., Statistické vyhodnocovací metody pro inženýry, Springer-Verlag, 2001]

**Content Analysis**:
- **Section 6** lists various standards and tests related to statistical tolerance calculation, quality capability indexes, and statistical data interpretation. Each item includes both the original German titles and Czech translations.
- **Section 7** lists references to literature relevant to the topics discussed in Section 6. These references include detailed bibliographic information about books on applied mathematical statistics and statistical evaluation methods for engineers.

#### 9. Perspective and Composition
- **Perspective**: The image is a direct top-view scan of a document page, likely extracted from a technical or academic publication.
- **Composition**: The text is structured into two main sections (Související podklady and Odkazy na literaturu) with bullets and references clearly listed and neatly formatted.

#### 10. Contextual Significance
- **Document Context**: This page appears to be part of a technical document or a standardization handbook related to statistical methods in engineering and manufacturing.
- **Contribution to Overall Message**: The sections provide critical references and background information necessary for understanding statistical tolerance calculations and quality control measures. They also direct the reader to additional resources and literature for further reading.

#### 12. Graph and Trend Analysis
- **Type Designations**: Standards and references listed in Section 6 and Section 7 are designated by specific codes (e.g., VW 010 56, DIN 55319).
- **Trend and Interpretation**: The listed standards indicate a trend towards rigorous, standardized approaches in statistical process control and quality management in manufacturing.

### Summary
The image presents a well-structured reference page from a technical document, listing standards (in two languages) and literature sources related to statistical methods in engineering. It emphasizes scholarly references and standardized practices in statistical tolerance and quality assessment.
####################
File: 240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt.pptx

Page: 3

Context: # Werkstück

## Gussteil
![Gussteil](image_url_gussteil)

## Bearbeitetes Teil
![Bearbeitetes Teil](image_url_bearbeitetes_teil)

### Details
| Bauteil                | Motorphänotyp SSP HA LX34  |
|----------------------- |-----------------------------|
| Zeichnungsnummer       | 000.910.13B                 |
| Gewicht des bearbeiteten Teils | (inkl. der Lagerböden 0.369 kg) |
| Gehäuse                | GEA 903 100 108 (z.B. CNC 18.3600 - ASSI/JS3 [F]) |
| Lagerböden             | 0A 902 151 A DIN 30910-SINT-D11  |
| Material               | -                           |
| Grundfläche            | -                           |

### Datum
18.09.2024

### Hinweis
Skoda SSP MGH Automation

Image Analysis: 

### Localization and Attribution:
- **Image 1**: Located in the top-left area, showing "Gussstück."
- **Image 2**: Located in the top-center area, showing "Bearbeitetes Teil."
- **Image 3**: Located in the top-right area, showing a technical diagram.
- **Image 4**: Located in the bottom area, showing a table chart.

### Object Detection and Classification:
- **Image 1**: 
  - **Object**: "Gussstück" (casting) of an engine part.
  - **Key Features**: Metallic, unprocessed engine part with ridges and complex structure.
- **Image 2**: 
  - **Object**: "Bearbeitetes Teil" (machined part) of an engine part.
  - **Key Features**: Similar to Image 1 but highlighted areas are blue, indicating machining or finishing processes applied.
- **Image 3**: 
  - **Object**: Technical drawing/diagram of an engine part.
  - **Key Features**: Contains labels and dimensions that detail the structure of the same part shown in the previous images.
- **Image 4**: 
  - **Object**: Table chart.
  - **Key Features**: Contains detailed information about the part, including weight, materials, and standards.

### Scene and Activity Analysis:
- **Image 1**: Depicts the raw, unprocessed version of the engine part ("Gussstück").
- **Image 2**: Shows the same part after machining processes ("Bearbeitetes Teil"), suggesting a transformation or enhancement process.
- **Image 3**: Provides a technical blueprint of the part, suitable for engineering or manufacturing use.
- **Image 4**: Displays a table with specifications and details about the engine part, aiding in technical documentation.

### Text Analysis:
- **Image 4**:
  - **Extracted Text**:
    ```
    Bauteil: Motorgehäuse SSP HA LX34
    Zeichnungsnummer: 00A.901.108
    Gewicht des bearbeiteten Teils: 14.675 kg (davon ca. 10 Lagernabe 0.369 kg)
    Gehäuse 00A 901 108 rot
    Material: EN AC-AlSi10CuMg-40000 - AlSi1Cu3 (Fe)
    Lagerbuchse 00A 901 215 A DIN 390101-SINT-D-11
    Grundmaße folgt der Zeichnung
    ```
  - **Content Analysis**:
    - **Bauteil**: Part name, "Motorgehäuse SSP HA LX34" (engine casing).
    - **Zeichnungsnummer**: Drawing number.
    - **Gewicht des bearbeiteten Teils**: Weight of the machined part.
    - **Material**: Specified materials used.
    - **Lagerbuchse**: Bearing specifications.
    - **Grundmaße**: Base dimensions.

### Diagram and Chart Analysis:
- **Image 3**:
  - **Axes and Scales**: N/A (technical diagram)
  - **Legends**: Contains labels indicating different sections and measurements of the engine part.
  - **Key Insights**: Offers detailed schematics for manufacturing or quality control.

### Process Descriptions:
- Images depict the transformation of an engine part from raw casting to a finished machined part. The table and technical diagram provide supplementary information useful in manufacturing or engineering contexts.

### Type Designations:
- **Image 1**: "Gussstück" (casting)
- **Image 2**: "Bearbeitetes Teil" (machined part)

### Trend and Interpretation:
- The images collectively show a progression in manufacturing from raw material to finished product, indicating the stages and technical specifications involved in the process.

### Tables:
- **Image 4**: Presents crucial information about the engine part, such as weight, material composition, and relevant standards.
  
### Color Analysis:
- **Image 1**: Dominated by shades of grey, indicating raw metal.
- **Image 2**: Includes blue highlights, emphasizing machined areas.
- **Image 3**: Predominantly black and white, standard for technical diagrams.
  
### Perspective and Composition:
- **Image 1 and Image 2**: Angled view highlighting different planes of the part.
- **Image 3**: Standard flat perspective used for technical clarity.
- **Image 4**: Tabular format, focusing on detailed information.
  
### Contextual Significance:
- These images likely serve an engineering or manufacturing document, providing detailed information necessary for the production and quality control of an engine part.

### Metadata Analysis:
- **Date**: 18.09.2024.
- This date might represent the creation or revision date of the document, giving context to the currency and relevance of the information provided.
####################
File: 240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt.pptx

Page: 4

Context: # Terminplan

## 7. Terminplan

| Activity                                      | 2024     | 2025     | 2026     | 2027     |
|-----------------------------------------------|----------|----------|----------|----------|
| Bestellungen                                  |          | 01/25    | 04/26    |          |
| Lieferung, Inbetriebnahme und Übergabe        | 1. BaP/OP → komplette Automatisierung | 1.8/26  |          |          |
| TB/PVS                                        |          |          |          |          |
| Nielsen                                       |          |          |          |          |
| SOP                                           |          |          |          |          |

**MAG TP folgt**

Image Analysis: 

### Analysis of the Provided Visual Content

#### 1. Localization and Attribution:
- The visual content consists of a single image.
- **Image 1:** The image fills the entirety of the provided visual space.

#### 4. Text Analysis:
The text within the image includes several elements:

- **Header:**
  - "Terminplan" (translated: "Schedule")
  - "7. Terminplan" (translated: "7. Schedule")

- **Table:**
  - **Columns:** Yearly markers 2024, 2025, 2026, 2027
  - **Rows/Activities:**
    - **"Bestellungen"** (translated: "Orders"): 2024
    - **"Lieferung, Inbetriebnahme und Übergabe"** (translated: "Delivery, Commissioning and Handover"): 01/25 - 04/26
    - **"1.BA/2.BA OP + komplette Automatisierung"** (translated: "1st Phase/2nd Phase OP + complete automation"): 6/25 - 1/26
    - **"TBT-PVS"**: 1/8/26
    - **"Nul/serie"**: 4/7/26
    - **"Primäre Inbetriebnahme LKS-Taktlauf TUZ und Materialwirtschaft"** (translated: "Primary Commissioning LKS Cycle Time TUZ and Material Management"): 1/27
    - **"2 Tage Produktion"** (translated: "2 Days Production"): 01/27
    - **"SOP"**: 06/27
- **Additional Text:**
  - "MAG TP folgt" (translated: "MAG TP follows"), which seems to indicate that additional details about the MAG TP will follow.
  - Footer indicates "Skoda SSP MGH Automation" and the date "18.09.2024".

#### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis:
- The chart presents a timeline of activities scheduled from 2024 to 2027.
  - **X-axis:** Represents the timeline in years.
  - **Y-Axis:** Represents various activities related to project execution.
  - **Activities:** Noted in rows, providing a clear timeline for when each activity will commence and conclude.
  - **Data presentation:** Green bars indicate expected task completion phases, and red markers pinpoint specific events or milestones.

#### 12. Graph and Trend Analysis:
- **Trend:** The activities are sequentially organized, following a strict timeline indicating progressive project phases.
  - **2024:** Project initiation with order placements.
  - **2025-2026:** Delivery, commissioning, handover, and automation setup.
  - **2026:** Specific operation activities such as TBT-PVS and initial series run.
  - **2027:** Completion activities including material management commissioning and the start of production.

#### 13. Graph Numbers:
Detailed dates and sequences for each activity:
- **Orders:** Projected in 2024.
- **Delivery, Commissioning, Handover:** 01/25 - 04/26.
- **1.BA/2.BA OP + Complete Automation:** 6/25 - 1/26.
- **TBT-PVS:** 1/8/26.
- **Nul/serie:** 4/7/26.
- **Primary Commissioning LKS cycle-time TUZ and Material Management:** 1/27.
- **2 Days of Production:** 01/27.
- **SOP:** 06/27.

### Additional Aspects:

#### Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows):
The image details a timeline of process flows, highlighting key stages from the initial order to the start of production. It outlines the transition from order placement to final commissioning, emphasizing on significant milestones such as delivery, automation, and testing phases.

#### Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):
- **Bestellungen (Orders):** Initial stage of placing orders.
- **Lieferung, Inbetriebnahme und Übergabe (Delivery, Commissioning, Handover):** Transition from equipment delivery to operational status.
- **Automation Phases (1.BA/2.BA OP):**  Implementation of automation systems.
- **Testing and Validation (TBT-PVS):** Ensuring systems function as intended.
- **Production Initiation (Nul/serie and 2 Days Production):** Beginning of manufacturing operations.
- **SOP (Start of Production):** Final commissioning marking the official start of production.

#### Contextual Significance:
The image provides a detailed schedule for implementing automation in Skoda SSP MGH. It serves as a project management tool to track progress and ensure all phases are completed on time, highlighting significant milestones and timelines critical for stakeholders.

---

This examination offers detailed insights into the visual content, covering various aspects from process flows to textual analyses, contextual relevance, and trend identification.
####################
File: 240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt.pptx

Page: 7

Context: # Portal Daten

## Portal Daten

**Horizontal**  
- Vxmin = 3.5 m/s  
- axmin = 3 m/s²  

**Vertikal**  
- Vmaxin = 1.5 m/s  
- azmin = 3 m/s²  

## Werkstückwechselzeiten

| Typ             | Zeit                |
|-----------------|---------------------|
| OP10            | < 23s - siehe Ref-Wechsel-Video VW KS Perf |
| OP20/30         | < 18s               |
| SPECHT 500 DUO  | Spindelstand (Werkstückstand) |

- **Überfahrhöhe**: xxx  
- **Bandhöhe**: ca. 1.000 mm  

Referenz: VW KS MGH Perf OP10  

18.09.2024  

Image Analysis: 

### Image Analysis

#### Localization and Attribution
1. **Image 1**
   - Position: Left side of the page
   - Mainly text-based content with portaldaten, werkstückwechselzeiten, and other data.

2. **Image 2**
   - Position: Right side of the page
   - A visual image depicting some mechanical components or parts.

#### Object Detection and Classification
- **Image 2**
  - Objects: Mechanical components, possibly parts of a machine or industrial equipment. 
  - Key Features: Metallic appearance, intricate parts (likely components of a larger industrial machine).

#### Scene and Activity Analysis
- **Image 1**
  - Scene: Textual data presentation.
  - Activities: Presentation of information such as portaldaten and werkstückwechselzeiten.

- **Image 2**
  - Scene: Industrial setting, likely a machinery workshop or manufacturing plant.
  - Activities: Display of mechanical parts, possibly indicating assembly or engineering processes.

#### Text Analysis
- **Image 1**
  - Detected text:
    - "Portaldaten"
      Horizontal: Vxmin= 3,5 m/s, azmin= 3 m/s²
      Vertikal: Vxmin= 1,5 m/s, azmin= 3 m/s²
    - "Werkstückwechselzeiten"
      OP10: <23s – siehe Ref-Wechsel-Video VW KS Perf
      OP20/30: <18s
      SPECHT 500 DUO: <20s
    - "Spindelabstand (Werkstückabstand)" xxx
      Bandhöhe ca. 1.000mm

- **Analysis**:
  - The text presents operational data for machines. It describes portal speeds (both horizontal and vertical) and the times for workpiece changes in different operations. 
  - This data is crucial for understanding the efficiency and capabilities of the machinery depicted.

#### Color Analysis
- **Image 1**
  - Dominant Colors: White background with green and blue text.
  - Impact: Gives a clean, professional appearance suitable for technical data presentation.

- **Image 2**
  - Dominant Colors: Metallic gray and white.
  - Impact: Highlights the industrial and mechanical nature of the content.

#### Perspective and Composition
- **Image 1**
  - Perspective: Front-facing, typical for text presentation.
  - Composition: Text is left-aligned and followed a clear format highlighting important data points.

- **Image 2**
  - Perspective: Slight angle from the side, focusing on the mechanical parts.
  - Composition: The mechanical parts are centrally located, drawing attention directly to the machinery.

#### Contextual Significance
- The overall document appears to be a technical presentation or report, likely focused on machinery automation and performance data.
- The image with mechanical components supports the textual data, providing a visual reference to the discussed machinery.

#### Diagram and Chart Analysis
- No diagrams or charts detected.

#### Tables
- No tables detected.

### Summary
In this particular content:
- **Text Analysis** provides critical operational and performance data for machines.
- **Object Detection and Classification** emphasize industrial machinery.
- **Scene and Activity Analysis** situates the content within a manufacturing or industrial context.
- **Color Analysis**, **Perspective and Composition**, and **Contextual Significance** categories collectively showcase an organized, professional approach to presenting technical material.

This combined analysis helps convey important technical information effectively, using both textual and visual elements to ensure comprehension from various perspectives.
####################
File: 240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt.pptx

Page: 8

Context: # Werkstücklagen

## WST Lage auf RT-Band
- Seite 3 oben
- Seite 5 rechts  
  Werkstückabstand: 710 mm

## WST Lage auf FT-Band
- Seite 3 oben
- Seite 5 rechts  
  Werkstückabstand: 710 mm

|      | OP10 | OP20/3 |
|------|------|--------|
|      |      |        |
|      |      |        | 

18.09.2024  
Skoda SSP MGH Automation  
VDF Boehringer

Image Analysis: 

### Comprehensive Examination of the Visual Content:

#### 1. Localization and Attribution
- **Image 1**: Top-left side includes a grayscale picture of an engine or a similar machinery part.
- **Image 2**: Directly below Image 1, another grayscale picture of an engine or similar machinery part.
- **Image 3**: The central part consists of a detailed schematic diagram showing machinery components and their arrangement on a production line.
- **Image 4**: Bottom-left, a section with labeled stations "OP10".
- **Image 5**: Center-bottom, a section labeled "OP20/30".
- **Image 6**: Bottom-right side, a detailed graphic showing two machinery parts connected or near each other.

#### 2. Object Detection and Classification
- **Image 1**: Machinery Part (likely an engine block), characterized by a complex structure with identifiable mechanical elements.
- **Image 2**: Similar Machinery Part with intricate details, resembling an engine block or heavy mechanical component.
- **Image 3**: Multiple Machinery Components on an Assembly Line, identified by stations and mechanical parts.
- **Image 4**: Diagram of an OP10 station, showing machinery components and their expected positions.
- **Image 5**: Diagram of an OP20/30 station, highlighting additional mechanical assemblies.
- **Image 6**: Connected Machinery Parts or components, exhibiting detailed features and connection points.

#### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis
- **Image 1 and 2**: Static images of machinery parts, no active processes.
- **Image 3**: Represents an assembly line process. It shows a sequential arrangement of parts along the line with operators or automated systems assembling machinery parts.
- **Image 4 and 5**: Represent specific sub-stations within an assembly line, detailing positions and steps for machinery part assembly.
- **Image 6**: Focuses on two machinery parts and their interaction or connection, likely part of a larger process of machinery assembly.

#### 4. Text Analysis
- **Highlighted Text**: 
  - "Werkstücklagen" (translated as "Workpiece Positions")
  - "WST Lage auf RT-Band" indicates positions on running bands with specific instructions for Page 3 (top and right side, 710mm workpiece distance).
  - "WST Lage auf FT-Band" provides similar instructions for another band with specific page references.
  - Identifiable station labels such as "OP10" and "OP20/30", meaning specific operational steps in the production line.

#### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis
- **Central Diagram (Image 3)**:
  - Likely showing an automation line.
  - **Axes**: Length of the production line (horizontal) and height or different stages (vertical).
  - **Key Insights**: Step-by-step layout of machinery assembly. Positions marked help in accurate placement and movements within the production process.

#### 6. Product Analysis
- **Machinery Parts**:
  - Likely engine components.
  - Made of metal (typical gray-scale representation), detailed cavities, bolt positions, and connection points evident.
  - **Color**: Grayscale for machinery parts, with some operational station diagrams in blue and green, indicating different process zones. 

#### 7. Anomaly Detection
- No significant anomalies or unusual elements detected in the schematics or machinery diagrams. All components fit a typical industrial machinery assembly context.

#### 8. Color Analysis
- **Dominant Colors**: Grayscale machinery parts indicating metal.
- **Station Diagrams**: Blue and green, used to differentiate various sections and operational zones.

#### 9. Perspective and Composition
- **Perspective of Machinery Parts**: Front elevation and side views for detailed examination.
- **Diagram Composition**: Logical progression from left to right, illustrating the sequence of the assembly line.
- **OP10 and OP20/30** compositions provide detailed boundary boxes for parts placement.

#### 10. Contextual Significance
- **Overall Document**: This visual content likely pertains to a manufacturing or industrial automation guide, emphasizing workpiece positions and assembly steps.
- **Contribution to Message**: Provides technical details essential for accurate industrial machinery assembly and positioning, aiding in efficient workflow management.

#### 13. Graph Numbers
- **OP10 and OP20/30 Sections**:
  - Include positional coordinates or measurements for parts placement (e.g., 710mm workpiece distance), vital for process precision.

#### Additional Aspects:

- **Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations)**:
  - OP10, OP20/30: Specific operational stages in the machinery assembly process.
- **Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions)**:
  - Detailed views of workpiece positioning and operational steps in a manufacturing line. The document provides essential procedural guidance to industrial workers or engineers.

This comprehensive analysis identifies and describes key aspects of the provided visual content, focusing on its relevance to industrial automation processes.
####################
File: 240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt%281%29.pdf

Page: 2

Context: # Projektdaten

## Kunde:
Skoda, Mlada Boleslav

## Werkstück:
Motorgehäuse (MGH) SSP

## Taktzeit:
75s

## Terminplan:
siehe Folgeseite

## RFQ Dokumente:
- Skoda Lastenheft
- TZ_Linka obrabeni motorove skrine elektrophonou SSP v5_DE

## Others:
### Kontakt MAG EK:
Sonja Haas; [sonja.haas@mag-ias.com](mailto:sonja.haas@mag-ias.com)

### Kontakt MAG Planung:
Ralf Haug; [ralf.haug@mag-ias.com](mailto:ralf.haug@mag-ias.com)

Image Analysis: 

### Image Analysis:

#### 1. **Localization and Attribution:**
   - This image is the only one present and hence will be referred to as **Image 1**.

#### 2. **Object Detection and Classification:**
   - **Objects Identified:**
     - Text
     - Logos

   - **Key Features:**
     - The image primarily contains textual information along with two logos positioned at the top-right corner.

#### 4. **Text Analysis:**
   - **Detected Text:**
     ```
     Projektdaten

     Kunde:                          Skoda, Mlada Boleslav
     Werkstück:                     Motorgehäuse (MGH) SSP
     Taktzeit:                       75s
     Terminplan:                   siehe Folgeseite
     RFQ Dokumente:             Skoda Lastenheft
                                   TZ_Linka obrabeni motorove skrine elektropohonu SSP v5_DE

     Others

     Kontakt MAG EK               Sonja Haas; sonja.haas@mag-ias.com
     Kontakt MAG Planung     Ralf Haug, ralf.haug@mag-ias.com
     ```
   - **Analysis of Text Content:**
     - **Projektdaten (Project Data):** The content provides detailed information regarding a project related to Skoda.
     - **Kunde (Customer):** Skoda, located in Mlada Boleslav.
     - **Werkstück (Workpiece):** A motor housing for MGH SSP.
     - **Taktzeit (Cycle Time):** 75 seconds.
     - **Terminplan (Schedule):** Further details are available on the next page.
     - **RFQ Dokumente (RFQ Documents):** Reference to a specific document regarding Skoda’s requirements and specifications.
     - **Others Section:**
       - Contact information for Sonja Haas and Ralf Haug from MAG.

#### 6. **Product Analysis:**
   - **Products Depicted:**
     - No specific products are shown in the image; it focuses on textual project data.

#### 8. **Color Analysis:**
   - **Dominant Colors:**
     - Primary colors present are shades of green and blue, giving a professional and clean look.
     - The red text “vorab” stands out and indicates something preliminary or provisional.

#### 9. **Perspective and Composition:**
   - **Perspective:**
     - The image is a straightforward, flat view typical of a slide or document.
   - **Composition:**
     - Organized in a clean, well-structured layout with headers and detailed segments.

#### 10. **Contextual Significance:**
   - **Contribution:**
     - The image seems to be part of a presentation or document providing key information about a project for Skoda. It gives an overview of project specifics including customer, workpiece, cycle time, scheduling, and key contacts.

#### 12. **Graph and Trend Analysis:**
   - There are no graphs or trends presented in the image.

### Summary:
This analysis focuses on the content displayed in the image, presenting detailed project information about Skoda. Categories such as customer details, workpiece specifics, cycle time, schedule, relevant documents, and contact information for key personnel have been highlighted. This carefully structured layout and the use of color aid in emphasizing key details effectively.
####################
File: 240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt%281%29.pdf

Page: 5

Context: # Layout

## Manufacturing Line for Skoda SSP MGH 

### Basis - WET - Central Coolant Filtration

| Operation | Machine Type      | Description              |
|-----------|-------------------|--------------------------|
| OP 10     | SPHCT 5000 LIMO   | AS-Active, HSK 63, W1    |
| OP 20     | SPHCT 5000 LIMO   | AS-Active, HSK 63, W1    |
| OP 30     | SPHCT 5000 LIMO   | AS-Active, HSK 100, W1   |

### MAG Content
- MAG Content extension
- Supplied by customer

**Workdata:** Workspace: 0000.04.15.00  
**Tablet:** Cycle Time: 75s  
**Z-Stonebed Volume:** 222,000 cc  

*Skoda SSP MGH Automation*  
*Date: 13.09.2024*  
*VDI BOEHRINGER AG*  

Image Analysis: 

### Image Analysis:

**Image Numbering and Identification:**  
- **Image 1** (only one image is present on the page).

### Detailed Examination:

#### 1. **Localization and Attribution:**
- **Image 1** is the primary visual content, located centrally on the page.

#### 2. **Object Detection and Classification:**
- The image features a detailed layout of a manufacturing line.
  - **Categories**: Industrial machinery, production line equipment, connectors, and pipelines.
  - **Key Features**:
    - **Machinery**: Represented in blue and green, indicating different segments or types of equipment.
    - **Layout**: A schematic with various connected components showing how the machinery is organized on the production floor.

#### 3. **Scene and Activity Analysis:**
- **Scene Description**: A detailed technical blueprint of a manufacturing line for Skoda SSP MGH.
- **Activities**:
  - The illustration shows the stages of production and the placement of machinery.
  - Conveyors and assembly lines are detailed, likely depicting the process of manufacturing.

#### 4. **Text Analysis:**
- **Detected Text**:
  - **Title**: “Manufacturing Line for Skoda SSP MGH Basis - WET - Central coolant filtration”.
  - **Various Labels**: Include machinery types and specifications like "OP 10", "OP 20", "OP 30", and machinery models "SPECHT 500 DUO LIMO".
  - **Footer Text**: Provides detailed specifications including “Workstack / Work part: 024,04x150,18”, “Taktzeit / Cycle Time: 75 s”, and “Stückzahl / Volume: 32,000”.
- **Significance**:
  - The text provides crucial information about the manufacturing process, types of machinery used, and operational specifics.

#### 5. **Diagram and Chart Analysis:**
- **Diagram Description**:
  - The schematic is a layout of the manufacturing line indicating different processing operations (OP 10, OP 20, OP 30).
  - Color Coding: 
    - Blue represents MAG Content and MAG Content extension.
    - Green represents aspects supplied by the customer.
- **Key Insights**:
  - Detailed operational flow of the manufacturing process.
  - Segregation of responsibilities between MAG and customer-supplied components.

#### 8. **Color Analysis:**
- **Dominant Colors**:
  - **Blue**: Indicates MAG Content and its extensions.
  - **Green**: Indicates customer-supplied components.
- **Impact**:
  - The color scheme helps to quickly differentiate between different parts of the manufacturing process and the responsibilities.

#### 9. **Perspective and Composition:**
- **Perspective**:
  - The blueprint is presented from a top-down (bird’s eye) perspective.
- **Composition**:
  - The layout is well-organized into distinct sections, with clear labels and color-coding for easy understanding of the manufacturing process.

#### 11. **Contextual Significance**:
- **Overall Context**:
  - The image is part of a technical document or presentation about Skoda SSP MGH automation.
  - Contributes to the understanding of the overall manufacturing setup, detailing the machinery and workflows involved.

#### 14. **Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows)**:
- **Process Flows Description**:
  - The blueprint outlines an efficient workflow, showing the sequence in which different operations (OP 10 to OP 30) occur.

#### 15. **Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions)**:
- **Detailed Process Descriptions**:
  - Describes the order of operations in the manufacturing line, specifying machinery involved at each stage.

### Conclusion:
The image is a schematic diagram of a manufacturing line for Skoda SSP MGH, providing an in-depth look at the equipment and processes involved. The use of color coding and detailed text descriptions aids in understanding the workflow and the division of responsibilities between the manufacturing company and the customer. This visual content is essential for technical audiences involved in the setup and operation of manufacturing lines.
####################
File: 240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt%281%29.pdf

Page: 6

Context: # Lieferumfang

## MAG Umfang

### Linie 1
- Portal mit H-Lader und 2 Doppelgreifern
  - Greifereinheit im Doppelgreifer einzeln ansteuerbar (Transport 1 Teil möglich)
- Nassbearbeitung
  - Kübelablage vor Ablegen WST auf FT-Band
- 3 SPC-Schubladen mit DMC-Handlser (1 pro OP)
- 2 DMC-Kameras am RT-Band
- Zellensteuerung
  - Schnittstelle zu Kundenleitrechner
- Mobile Wartungsbühne, elektrisch abgeschaltet
- Keine Testteile bei MAG in EIS
- Virtuelle IBN
- **Option**
  - 1 Woche Produktionsbegleitung
  - Schulungspaket

### Linie 2
- Option als Duplikat
- Termin unbekannt

## Skoda Umfang
- RT/FT Paletten-Bänder
- Schutzhause für Bänder

Image Analysis: 

### Analysis of the Visual Content

#### 1. Localization and Attribution:
- **Image Location**: The single image occupies the full page.
- **Image Number**: Image 1.

#### 2. Object Detection and Classification:
- **Objects Identified**:
  - A diagram depicting machinery and operational processes.
  - Text elements detailing various operational aspects and specifications.
- **Key Features**: The machinery in the diagram is detailed with various components and connections, showing an industrial setup likely for manufacturing or automation.

#### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis:
- **Scene Description**: The image displays detailed information about an industrial setup or production line, including machinery layout and operational steps.
- **Main Actors and Actions**: The main actors are likely industrial machines, such as H-loaders, double grippers, and SPC sliding trays. Actions include handling, processing, and transporting materials within an industrial setting.

#### 4. Text Analysis:
- **Extracted Text**:
  - **Header (Larger, Key Information)**
    - "Lieferumfang"
    - "MAG Umfang"
  - **Subsection Titles and Bullets**
    - "Linie 1"
      - "Portal mit H-Lader und 2 Doppelgreifern"
      - "Greiferfenster im Doppelgreifer einzeln ansteuerbar (Transport 1 Teil möglich)"
      - "Nassbearbeitung"
      - "Kübelachse vor Ablegen WST auf FT-Band"
      - Etc. (Continued with detailed operational points)
    - "Linie 2"
      - "Option als Duplikat"
      - "Termin unbekannt"
    - "Skoda Umfang"
      - "RT/FT Paletten-Bänder"
      - "Schutzeinhausung für Bänder"
      - Etc.
- **Significance**: The text outlines the scope of delivery for the machinery setup, detailed by line (Linie 1 & Linie 2) and specific equipment (MAG Umfang, Skoda Umfang), providing a comprehensive overview of components and capabilities.

#### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis:
- **Data and Trends**: The diagram visually represents an operational process flow, highlighting the location and interaction of various machinery components.

#### 10. Contextual Significance:
- **Overall Contribution**: The image contextualizes the operational capabilities and scope of delivery for an industrial manufacturing setup, serving as an informational guide for stakeholders involved in the implementation and operation of the system.

#### 13. Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows):
- **Process Flows Described**: The diagram illustrates the process flows within an industrial setup, notably the transfer of materials via H-loaders, double grippers, and specialized conveyors (RT/FT Paletten-Bänder).

#### 14. Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):
- **Detailed Processes**: The processes encompass material handling (Nassbearbeitung, Kübelachse), operational safety (elektrisch abgesichert), and system features (Schnittstelle zu Kundenleitrechner).

By analyzing the visual content comprehensively, we've captured the industrial setup's scope and functionality as outlined in the diagram and accompanying text. The image mainly serves as an instructional and descriptive guide for operational processes within an industrial context.
####################
File: TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5.pdf

Page: 1

Context: # TECHNICKÉ ZADÁNÍ
## LASTENHEFT

**Předmět TZ**  
**Verze od 23.08.2024**  
**Linka obrábění motorové skříně elektrofonu SSP**

---

**Vypracoval** | **Oddělení** | **Datum** | **Podpis**  
--- | --- | --- | ---  
G. Komarov | PPK-E | |  

**Schválil** | **Oddělení** | **Datum** | **Podpis**  
--- | --- | --- | ---  
R. Taneček | PPK-E | |  
Z. Nekola | PPK | |  
J. Paldus | PKG/1 | |  
R. Schrom | PKG/4 | |  
M. Kargl | PKT/42 | |  
M. Adamec | PKG/3 | |  
J. Johan | PKT/3 | |  
Z. Chytka | PKT/14 | |  
K. Tlášek | PKT/1 | |  
J. Cikler | GQH-1/4 | |  
M. Repš | GQH-3 | |  
J. Beneš | PKT/2 | |  
M. Janata | PSZ/11 | |  
R. Chudoba | PKT | |  
J. Nohej | PSU | |

Image Analysis: 

### Analysis of the Attached Visual Content:

#### Image 1

##### Localization and Attribution:
- **Image Position:** The only image on the page.
- **Image Number:** Image 1.

##### Object Detection and Classification:
- **Objects Identified:**
  - **Logos:** Located at the top left and top right corners.
  - **Text Blocks:** Multiple sections with headings, highlighted text, and a table.
  - **Table:** Located at the bottom half of the page.

##### Scene and Activity Analysis:
- **Scene Description:** The image appears to be an official document.
- **Activity Description:** The document is likely related to technical specifications for a project or product update.

##### Text Analysis:
- **Detected Text:**
  - **Header Text:**
    - "TECHNICKÉ ZADÁNÍ"
    - "LASTENHEFT"
  - **Highlight:**
    - "Verze od 23.08.2024" (Version from 23.08.2024) highlighted in yellow.
  - **Main Subject:**
    - "Linka obrábění motorové skříně elektropohonu SSP" (Line of Machining Motor Housing Electro Drive SSP).
  - **Table Elements:**
    - "Vypracoval" (Created by)
    - "Oddělení" (Department)
    - "Datum" (Date)
    - "Podpis" (Signature)
    - "Schválil" (Approved by)
  - **Names and Departments:**
    - Identified multiple individuals and their respective departments (e.g., G. Komarov in PPK-E).
- **Text Significance:**
  - **Important Dates:** The version date "23.08.2024" is significant for identifying the document's currency.
  - **Roles and Responsibilities:** The table lists various personnel responsible for creating and approving the document.

##### Diagram and Chart Analysis:
- **Table Analysis:**
  - **Content Description:**
    - The table contains columns for employees, their department, date (currently empty), and signature (currently empty).
  - **Insight:**
    - Reflects accountability and responsibility structure within the project.

##### Product Analysis:
- **No specific products depicted; rather, the document outlines specifications likely related to a product or project.

##### Color Analysis:
- **Dominant Colors:**
  - **Black Text:** Used for most of the document.
  - **Yellow Highlight:** Used to emphasize the version date "23.08.2024."
  - **White Background:** The document’s background is white, giving it a clean and formal look.
- **Color Impact:** 
  - The use of black text on a white background ensures readability, while the yellow highlight draws attention to the update date, making it easily noticeable.

##### Perspective and Composition:
- **Perspective:** The perspective is a standard front view to maintain readability and professionalism.
- **Composition:**
  - **Top Section:** Contains logos and header information.
  - **Middle Section:** Contains the highlighted project subject and update date.
  - **Bottom Section:** Features a table listing personnel responsible for different aspects of the document.
- **Element Arrangement:** Structured and organized to easily convey important information.

##### Contextual Significance:
- **Overall Document Context:**
  - The image is part of a larger technical specification document. It establishes accountability and project-update timelines.
- **Contribution to Message:**
  - Provides clear information on roles, dates, and responsibilities.

Overall, the image represents a well-organized project or product update document with clear roles, responsibilities, and significant dates highlighted for easy reference.
####################
File: TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5.pdf

Page: 2

Context: # 1. Předmět zadání
Obráběcí linka motorové skříně elektropohonů SSP.

# 2. Údaje o zpracovávaném dílu

- **Název dílu:** Motorgehäuse SSP HA LK3,4
- **Číslo výkresu:** OQA.901.108
- **Hmotnost obrobeného dílu:** 14,975 kg (z toho Lagerbunsche 0,369 kg)
- **Hmotnost polotvoru:** cca 18 kg
- **Materiál:**
  - Gehäuse OQA 901 108
  - EN AC - 46000 - AI5I93(C)
  - Lagerbunsche OQA 901 261 A
  - DIN 30910-SINT-D-11
- **Základní rozměry:** viz výkres

# 3. Požadované funkce zařízení

3.1 Zajištění zpracování obidvou nástrojů na výkresu OQA_901_108-sstpha_mg.f, viz příloha č. 6.  
3.2 **Vstupní stav dílu – odlitky (vysokotakté lky) – viz 3D data** (příloha č. 7). Výkres odlitku není k dispozici, bude zpracován později. Obecně se dá počítat s tolerancemi dle ISO 8062-3 – DCTG7 – GCTG3.  
3.3 **Vstupní stav dílu – opracovaný díl – viz výkres** (příloha č. 8).  
3.4 **Schéma procesu a rozsah dodávky** viz příloha č. 5.

# 4. Požadavky na provedení zařízení

4.1 Modulární linka obráběcích center zřetězených portálem. **Obráběcí centra (moduly) a portál budou stavěny postupně dle harmonogramu – viz bod č. 7.**  
4.2 Linka má mít SPC místa, která umožní obrobit díl po měně a vložení zpět do toku po každé operaci.  
4.3 Transport dílu je nutné předávat již portál pomoci vysoce možnosti dopravy.  

Rozhraní mezi linkou a zřetězením před a po Škodě:

- **Nákladák** – dodávka dodatečné linky
- **Doprava** – dodávka od Škoda Auto a.s.

![Obrázek rozhraní](obrazek.png)

4.4 Obrábění (celý proces) s chladicí kapalinou (emulze) je preferováno a doporučeno – specifikace emulze dle Škoda.  
4.4.1 Nacení rozhraní s emulzní centrálu (dodávka emulzní centrály ze strany Škoda Auto a.s.).

- **Specifikovat požadované množství emulze (l/min)**

![Specifikace množství emulze](specifikace.png)

Image Analysis: 

### Comprehensive Examination of the Attached Visual Content

#### 1. Localization and Attribution
- There is only one image in the provided document, so it will be referenced as **Image 1**.

#### 2. Object Detection and Classification
- **Image 1** contains:
  - Text blocks
  - A diagram depicting a process flow with labeled components
  - Tables and lists with categorized information
  - Graphical representations with colored areas
  - Arrows indicating direction and flow

#### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis
- **Image 1** appears to be an engineering document or technical specification page primarily focused on the machining line for engine housings for SSP electric propulsion. Specific sections describe preparation, execution, and materials for the parts.

#### 4. Text Analysis
- **Image 1** contains various sections and headings in Czech, which are translated as follows:
  - **Title:** "Technical Specification" for the machining line of the motor housing electric propulsion SSP.
  - **Section 1 (1. Předmět zadání):** Discusses the objectives and purpose of the machining line.
  - **Section 2 (2. Údaje o zpracovávaném dílu):** Provides details on the components to be processed, including dimensions, material specifications, and weights.
    - **Part Name:** Engine housing SSP HA LK3,4
    - **Drawing Number:** OQA.901.108
    - **Material:** Specific component details and dimensions.
  - **Section 3 (3. Požadované funkce zařízení):** Outlines the required functions of the equipment.
    - Verification against specific drawings.
    - Entry and exit states of components.
    - Machining status and process flow.
  - **Section 4 (4. Požadavky na provedení zařízení):** Discusses the requirements for the execution of the equipment.
    - Modular machining centers and their staged assembly.
    - Transport and coolant processes.

#### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis
- **Diagram (Section 4.3 and 4.4):**
  - The diagram illustrates a modular layout for machining centers.
  - Key components are labeled as "KSS," "NAZ," and "Zentrale," with emphasis on logistics and transport interfaces between supplier and Skoda Auto.
  - Color coding (e.g., yellow for supplier delivery and green for Skoda Auto delivery) is used to distinguish roles and responsibilities.
  - The diagram prominently features the integration and harmonization of modules.

#### 6. Product Analysis
- **Components:**
  - Modular machining centers (referred to as modules or portals) are shown to be built gradually to harmonize with the process.
  - Specific dimensions and weights of components (engine housing and bearing bushing) are indicated.
  - Materials are specified with standards such as EN AC, AISiCu3, DIN, 40910-SINT D-11.

#### 7. Anomaly Detection
- No anomalies or unusual elements were detected in **Image 1**. All elements appear consistent with standard technical documentation.

#### 8. Color Analysis
- **Color Composition:**
  - Dominant colors include yellow, green, and blue.
  - Color coding helps differentiate between supplier and Skoda Auto responsibilities and processes.
  - The use of color enhances readability and visual differentiation of elements.

#### 9. Perspective and Composition
- **Perspective:**
  - The diagram is presented from a standard, frontal view to clearly illustrate the modular arrangement and process flow.
- **Composition:**
  - Text sections are aligned in a structured format with clear headings and subheadings.
  - The diagram is situated centrally with supporting text and lists positioned around it for clarity.

#### 11. Metadata Analysis
- No metadata is available in the supplied image. The capture date, camera settings, and other metadata are not included.

#### 13. Graph Numbers
- **Section 4.4.1:**
  - Details on dosing the emulsion central (delivery of the central emulsion by Skoda Auto).
  - Specifies the required quantity of emulsion (liters per minute).

#### Additional Aspects
- **Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows):**
  - The described process flow includes the supply, machining, handling, and transportation of components between supplier and Skoda Auto.
- **Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):**
  - Clear process descriptions are provided for verification, component states, machining, and required equipment functionality.
  
### Conclusion
**Image 1** is a technical specification document detailing the machining line setup for engine housings in SSP electric propulsion, outlining functions, material specifications, and process flows in a structured and visually clear manner. The diagram aids in understanding the modular assembly and transport logistics, while color coding enhances readability and role differentiation.
####################
File: TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5.pdf

Page: 3

Context: # Předmět T2
**Linka obrábění motorové šňůry elektropropotou SSP**  
**SSP**  
**Místo Orb**  
**Liberec Boháč**  
**Cílové číslo:** H235B623/2024  
**Klient:** Škoda Auto a.s.  
**Datum:** 28.03.2023  

## 4.4.2
OPCE nabídnout ke každému stroji zařízení pro filtraci a temperování emulze + transport třísek pomocí dopravníku (výška vynášece třísek 1.500 mm)

![KSS](path-to-image)  
*im Lieferumfang des Lieferanten*  
*im Lieferumfang Škoda Auto a.s.*

## 4.5
OPCE nabídnout variantu kombinace MMS a KSS

![MMS](path-to-image)  
*im Lieferumfang des Lieferanten*  
*im Lieferumfang Škoda Auto a.s.*

### 4.5.1
**Operace předobrábění**
- Bude použita technologie minimálnímu primávání (MMS/MQL)
- Transport třísek pomocí dopravníku (výška vynášece třísek 1.500 mm)

### 4.5.2
**Operace obrábění naisto**
- pod chladicí kapalinou (ke každému centru nabídnout zařízení pro filtraci a temperaci emulze)
- Transport třísek pomocí dopravníku (výška vynášece třísek 1.500 mm)

## 4.6
Stroje mají být připraveny pro napojení z horní strany na zařízení na odsíření a filtraci. Zařízení odsíření a filtraci jde mimo rozsah dodávky a bude dodáno ze strany ŠKODA AUTO a.s. **Specifikovat požadovaný výkon/ množství odsívaného vzduchu (m³/hod)**

## 4.7
**OPCE Nabídnout odsávání a filtrace ve. portubl.**

## 4.8
Přejímka dle TQS O2.09 a VV 101 30 – viz přílohy č. 10 a 11.

## 4.9
**Požadovaná schéma ungt v příloze č. 14**

## 4.10
**Řízení Siemens – požadavky na řízení viz příloha č. 6**

## 4.11
Na začátku linky musí být 2 stacionární kamery na čtení DMC kódů, ale na každém SPC místě jedna ruční čtečka DMC.

Image Analysis: 

### Analysis of Attached Visual Content

#### 1. **Localization and Attribution:**
- The provided visual content appears to contain one page with two main diagrams and several text elements, structured as follows:
  - **Image 1**: Diagram at the top of the page.
  - **Image 2**: Diagram in the middle of the page.

#### 2. **Object Detection and Classification:**
**Image 1:**
- **Objects Detected:**
  - Diagram showing a layout of machine setups.
  - Text descriptions and labels within the diagram.

**Image 2:**
- **Objects Detected:**
  - Diagram showing a combination setup of machines.
  - Text descriptions and labels within the diagram.

#### 3. **Scene and Activity Analysis:**
**Image 1:**
- **Scene Description:** A diagram showing a proposed setup for filtering and transporting chips using a conveyor.
- **Activities:** The arrangement and relationships of machines and systems for chip transport.

**Image 2:**
- **Scene Description:** A diagram illustrating an alternative combination setup for initial processing and fine processing with minimal lubricant technology.
- **Activities:** Detailed operations and configurations of the machines in a combined setup.

#### 4. **Text Analysis:**
- **Text Extracted and Analysis:**
  - Various sections and subsections (e.g., "4.4.2", "4.5", "4.5.1").
  - Specific instructions and descriptions concerning machine configurations, filtering, chip transport, and lubrication technology.
  - Significant points highlighted with bullet points for key actions like "Operace předobrábění" (pre-machining operations) and "Operace obrábění načisto" (final machining operations).

#### 5. **Diagram and Chart Analysis:**
**Image 1:**
- **Diagrams and Charts:**
  - The diagram shows the layout of "KSS" (likely a system or machine setup).
  - Different colors indicate components within the supplier's scope and Škoda Auto's scope.

**Image 2:**
- **Diagrams and Charts:**
  - The diagram shows a setup combining "MMS" and "KSS".
  - Colors also differentiate components within the supplier's scope and Škoda Auto's scope.

#### 6. **Product Analysis:**
- **Products Depicted:**
  - Machines for chip transport and filtering, and the setups using minimal lubricant technologies.
  - Comparison between a standalone chip filtering system and a combined initial and fine machining setup.

#### 7. **Anomaly Detection:**
- No apparent anomalies identified in the diagrams or text.

#### 8. **Color Analysis:**
**Image 1 and Image 2:**
- **Dominant Colors:**
  - Blue and grey are used to indicate different scopes of the delivery, making it easier to identify responsibility areas.

#### 9. **Perspective and Composition:**
**Image 1 and Image 2:**
- **Perspective:**
  - Both images appear to be a top-down view schematic diagram.
- **Composition:**
  - Clearly labeled sections, organized grid layout representing machine setups.

#### 12. **Graph and Trend Analysis:**
**Image 1 and Image 2:**
- **Trends and Insights:**
  - Focus on streamlined chip transport and filtering mechanisms.
  - Emphasis on minimal lubrication and efficient pre and final machining operations.

#### 13. **Graph Numbers:**
**Image 1 and Image 2:**
- Each machine setup is labeled (e.g., “BA1”, “BA2”).
- Text sections numbered according to their sequence (e.g., “4.4.2”, “4.5”).

### Additional Aspects:

#### **Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows):**
- Identified process flows, highlighting chip transport, filtering, and sequential machining operations.

#### **Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):**
- Detailed processes described in the text, e.g., the use of minimal lubrication technology and proper setup for pre and final machining.

#### **Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations):**
- Machine setup types identified in the diagrams: "KSS" for chip transport and filtering, "MMS" and "KSS" combination for comprehensive machining operations.

#### **Trend and Interpretation:**
- Noticeable trend towards efficient machine setup configurations aimed at optimizing chip transport and using advanced lubrication technologies.

### Summary:
The visual content presents a detailed technical diagram and supporting text, focusing on machine setup options for chip transport and filtering, with a combination setup for machining processes. Emphasis is laid on advanced lubrication technologies and distinguishing components under different scopes. The analysis has covered the identified sections, providing insights into the depicted processes and relationships.
####################
File: TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5.pdf

Page: 5

Context: # Návod na základě podkladů od výrobce stroje a vzájemném odsouhlasení zajistít Škoda

- Dokumentace v českém jazyce podle ITS ŠKODA (2 výtisky + 1 digitální forma + Prohlášení o řádném nabytí softwarových licencí).
- Pro získání zakázky je potřeba mít závazek členství (NDA smlouva se ŠKODA AUTO a.s.) a odpovídající TISAX certifikáty.
- Dodací podmínky DDU, DAP *(včetně složení, zaměření a usazení na místě)*

## 9. Přílohy

1. **Interní technický standard (ITS)/Betriebsmitteilungsverordnung ŠKODA AUTO a.s.:**
   [https://lso.volkswagen.de/one-kbp/content/cs/kbp/private/information_1/divisions/procurement/terms_and_conditions_of_purchasin new/_koda_auto_a_s_4/_koda_auto_a_s.jsp](https://lso.volkswagen.de/one-kbp/content/cs/kbp/private/information_1/divisions/procurement/terms_and_conditions_of_purchasin%20new/_koda_auto_a_s_4/_koda_auto_a_s.jsp)

2. **Energie Škoda – separátní příloha**

3. **Umístění v hale**

4. **Evaluace dílce, rozměry**

5. **Schéma technologického procesu**

6. **Technische Unterlage Solutions for Powertrain Volkswagen Group Components Global Differenzbeschreibung – separátní soubor**

7. **3D data odlitku a obrobeného dílu – budoucí zasílání Exobem**

8. **Výkresy obrobeného dílu – separátní soubor**

9. **Interní směrnice komponentů – separátní soubor**

10. **Norma TQS 02.09 – separátní soubor**

11. **Norma VW 101 30**

12. **Norma WSK_016_862_G (Požadavky k technickým plochám)**

13. **Kapacitní požadavky v rocích**

14. **Požadavková schéma unputi – separátní soubor**

## 10. Kontaktní osoba

**Ing. Georgy Komarov, PPK-E – Plánování výroby polotovarů**  
ŠKODA AUTO a.s., tř. Václava Klementa 869, 293 01 Mladá Boleslav, Czech Republic  
M +420 730 865 237  
[Georgy.Komarov@skoda-auto.com](mailto:Georgy.Komarov@skoda-auto.com)  
[www.skoda-auto.com](https://www.skoda-auto.com)

**Ing. Roman Taněček, PPK-E – Plánování výroby polotovarů**  
ŠKODA AUTO a.s., tř. Václava Klementa 869, 293 01 Mladá Boleslav, Czech Republic  
T +420 326 814752, F +420 326 817720, e-f +420 326 845848, M +420 604 292 729  
[Roman.Tanecek@skoda-auto.com](mailto:Roman.Tanecek@skoda-auto.com)  
[www.skoda-auto.com](https://www.skoda-auto.com)

Image Analysis: 

### Image Analysis:

#### 1. Localization and Attribution:
- The image is a single page of a document, with textual content predominantly in Czech.
- Since there is only one image, it will be referred to as **Image 1**.

#### 2. Object Detection and Classification:
- **Objects Detected:** Text blocks, lines, hyperlinks, bullet points, and contact information.
- **Classification:** This is a document, likely an official or technical document, including references and contact details.

#### 4. Text Analysis:
- **Highlighted Sections:**
  - "Nářadí na základě podkladů od výrobce stroje a vzájemném odsouhlaseni zajistí Škoda."
  - "Dokumentace v českém jazyce podle ITS ŠKODA (2 výtisky + 1 digitální forma + Prohlášení o řádném nabytí softwarových licencí)."
  - "Dodací podmínky DDU  DAP (včetně složení, zaměření a ustavení na místě)."
- These highlight specific tasks and requirements related to the Škoda Auto company.
  
- **Main Text:**
    1. **Section 9 - Přílohy (Attachments):**
        - Lists several attachments and references, including technical standards, diagrams, and component outlines.
        - Provides hyperlinks to additional information.
        - Numbered attachments (e.g., "č. 1", "č. 2") and description of contents.

    2. **Section 10 - Kontaktní osoba (Contact Person):**
        - Lists two contact persons with full names, titles, and contact information:
            - Ing. Georgy Komarov
            - Ing. Roman Taneček

#### 9. Perspective and Composition:
- The document is structured with clear headings, subheadings, and bullet points for easy reading.
- The highlighted sections at the top draw immediate attention to critical information.
- Contact information is neatly organized at the bottom for direct access.

#### 11. Metadata Analysis:
- No metadata is provided directly in the image. However, document structure implies it is for internal or technical use at Škoda Auto.

#### 14. Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations):
- Designations referenced in the attachments include:
    - "Interní technický standard"
    - Various norms and technical process descriptions indicated by numbers and referencing specific components or procedures (e.g., "Norma VW 101 30").

#### 15. Trend and Interpretation:
- The document indicates an organized approach to technical process management and compliance within Škoda Auto.
- Emphasis on digital documentation and proper software licensing suggests a modernized, regulated workflow.
- The attachment references show a structured, detailed approach to technical standardization and detailed component management.

#### 16. Tables:
- There is no direct table within the text, but the listed attachment items and structured format give a tabular, organized presentation of information.

### Conclusion:
- **Contextually:** The document appears to be an official internal memo or directive from Škoda Auto, outlining procedures, technical standards, and point of contact for specific activities and documentation.
- **Perceptually:** The yellow highlights and clear formatting help prioritize information, making it easier to locate essential details quickly.
####################
File: TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5.pdf

Page: 7

Context: # Příloha č. 4 – Vizualizace dílů, základní rozměry

## Odlitek

| Rozměr            | Hodnota      |
|-------------------|--------------|
| A                 | 334.500 mm   |
| B                 | 562.686 mm   |
| C                 | 468.490 mm   |

## Opracovaný díl

| Rozměr            | Hodnota      |
|-------------------|--------------|
| D                 | 353.231 mm   |
| E                 | 562.765 mm   |
| F                 | 487.489 mm   |

**Tel.:**  
+420 736 853 237  
+420 1286 14752

Image Analysis: 

### Analysis of the Visual Content

#### 1. Localization and Attribution
- **Image Location**: The page contains two images.
  - **Image 1**: Located at the left side.
  - **Image 2**: Located at the right side.

#### 2. Object Detection and Classification
- **Image 1**: 
  - **Object**: 3D model of a mechanical part, likely a section of an engine or transmission casing.
  - **Key Features**: Multiple intricate geometries including holes and cavities; annotations showing lengths of various edges.

- **Image 2**:
  - **Object**: Processed version of the same mechanical part as in Image 1.
  - **Key Features**: Similar geometry; additional blue highlights indicating machined or processed areas; annotations showing lengths of various edges.

#### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis
- **Image 1**: 
  - **Scene**: Depiction of an unprocessed mechanical part with dimensions annotated.
  - **Activity**: Technical visualization for manufacturing or measurement purposes.

- **Image 2**:
  - **Scene**: Depiction of a processed mechanical part, additional areas highlighted in blue to indicate machining.
  - **Activity**: Technical visualization post-processing to show changes.

#### 4. Text Analysis
- **Image 1 and Image 2**:
  - **Detected Text**:
    - "Příloha č. 4 – Vizualizace dílů, základní rozměry" (Translation: Attachment No. 4 – Visualizations of parts, basic dimensions)
    - "Odlitek" (Translation: Casting)
    - "Opracovaný díl" (Translation: Machined part)
  - **Annotations**:
    - "514.010 mm" (Dimension in Image 1)
    - "369.085 mm" (Dimension in Image 1)
    - "515.211 mm" (Dimension in Image 2)
    - "542.765 mm" (Dimension in Image 2)

#### 7. Anomaly Detection
- No anomalies are detected. Both images seem consistent with technical visualization standards.

#### 8. Color Analysis
- **Image 1**:
  - **Dominant Colors**: Gray (indicative of the raw metallic part), green and red for annotations.
  
- **Image 2**:
  - **Dominant Colors**: Gray (main part), blue (processed/machined areas), green and red for annotations.

#### 9. Perspective and Composition
- Both images are presented from an isometric view, emphasizing the three-dimensional structure of the mechanical part. The composition focuses on the main parts, ensuring key dimensions are clear.

#### 10. Contextual Significance
- The images are likely part of a technical document or a manufacturing process guide. They aid in visualizing key dimensions before and after machining, essential for quality control and manufacturing processes.

#### 13. Graph Numbers
- **Image 1**: "514.010 mm" and "369.085 mm"
- **Image 2**: "515.211 mm" and "542.765 mm"

### Additional Aspects

#### Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows) and Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions)
- The images depict the transition from a raw casting ("Odlitek") to a machined part ("Opracovaný díl"), highlighting the importance of process flows in mechanical part production.

#### Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations)
- **Type Designations**: "Odlitek" (Casting) for Image 1; "Opracovaný díl" (Machined part) for Image 2.

### Summary
The images provide a technical comparison between a raw mechanical part and its processed version, focusing on dimensional changes due to machining. They serve as important visual aids for understanding the manufacturing process and ensuring adherence to design specifications.
####################
File: TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5.pdf

Page: 8

Context: # Příloha č. 5 – Schéma technologického procesu

## Gießen

| Krok | Popis                          |
|------|--------------------------------|
| AF2  | Schmelzen                      |
| AF5  | Gießen inkl. Lagerbuchse       |
| AF20 | Strahlen                       |

## Endoperationen

| Krok | Popis                      |
|------|----------------------------|
| AF50 | Fertigbearbeitung          |
| AF5  | Waschen                    |
| AF80 | Lecken/Stöppen/Diesmontage |
| AF80 | Imprägnierung              |
| AF5  | Endkontrolle               |

> **Poznámka:** Počet obráběcích center je uveden schematicky.

**Mimo rozsah dodávky** | **Rozsah dodávky dle TZ** 

---

**Kontakty:**

- Telefon: +420 736 632 537
- Telefon: +420 123 268 1472

**Projekt:**

- Linka obrábění motorové skříně elektropohonů SSP
- SSP: [link](#)
- PPK: [link](#)

**Číslo dokumentu:** H36BPK/20/2  
**Datum:** 3790  

Image Analysis: 

### Comprehensive Examination of the Provided Visual Content

**1. Localization and Attribution:**
   - **Image Number:** Image 1 (since it is the only image provided)

**2. Object Detection and Classification:**
   - **Objects Detected:**
     - Process Boxes (rectangles)
     - Arrows (indicating the flow direction)
     - Text Labels
     - Legend Boxes
     - Various Symbols (for end operation)
   - **Key Features:**
     - The process boxes are categorized into steps involved in a technological process from "Gießen" (Casting) to "Endoperationen" (End operations).
     - Arrows are used to show the direction of the process flow.
     - Color coding is employed to distinguish between operations within the scope of delivery and outside of it (gray and blue).
     - Text labels describing each step of the process.

**3. Scene and Activity Analysis:**
   - **Scene Description:**
     - The entire image is a schematic representation of a technological process flow.
   - **Activities Taking Place:**
     - The process starts with melting, followed by several operations including casting, blasting, machining, washing, leak testing, impregnation, and final control.

**4. Text Analysis:**
   - **Extracted Text:**
     - "Příloha č. 5 – Schéma technologického procesu"
     - "Projekt: SSB"
     - "Místo Oto: Mladá Boleslav"
     - "Číslo ZN: HBS/SSB/K04/04"
     - "Datum: 30.07.2020"
     - "Linka obrábění motorové skříně oleokompresoru S5B"
     - Various operation names such as "Schmelzen," "Giessen inkl. Lagerbuchse," "Strahlen," "Fertigbearbeitung," "Waschen," "Lecktesten + Stopfen + Demontage," "Endkontrolle," and "Impregnierung."
   - **Significance:**
     - The text provides titles, project details, operation names, and additional metadata, crucial for understanding the specific steps and their order in the process.

**6. Product Analysis:**
   - **Products Depicted:**
     - The process boxes depicted as products or stages are as follows:
       - AF2 Schmelzen (Melting)
       - AF5 Giessen inkl. Lagerbuchse (Casting including bearing bush)
       - AF20 Strahlen (Blasting)
       - AF50 Fertigbearbeitung (Final machining)
       - AF55 Waschen (Washing)
       - AF60 Lecktesten + Stopfen + Demontage (Leak testing + plugging + disassembly)
       - AF85 Endkontrolle (Final control)
       - AF80 Impregnierung (Impregnation)

**7. Anomaly Detection:**
   - **Possible Anomalies:**
     - No noticeable anomalies apparent in the diagram. All process steps are connected logically, and no missing connections or inconsistent steps.

**8. Color Analysis:**
   - **Dominant Colors:**
     - Gray and blue are the primary colors used.
     - Gray indicates operations outside the scope of delivery.
     - Blue denotes operations covered within the scope of delivery.
   - **Impact on Perception:**
     - The use of colors helps distinguish between what is included and excluded in the delivery scope clearly. 

**9. Perspective and Composition:**
   - **Perspective:**
     - The image is a front-view 2D schematic diagram.
   - **Composition:**
     - The elements (process boxes) are arranged linearly from left to right, indicating a sequential process flow. Arrows ensure clarity in direction.

**10. Contextual Significance:**
   - The image is contextualized within a technical document detailing the steps involved in a manufacturing process for the SS5B motor case oil compressor line. It offers a visual overview of the process stages involved, their order, and their scope of delivery.

**12. Graph and Trend Analysis:**
   - **Identification of Trends:**
     - The trend is a linear production flow from raw material (melting) to finished product (final control).
   - **Interpretation of Trends:**
   - This linear schematic shows a step-by-step increase in complexity and refinement of the product as it moves through various stages.

**Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows):**
   - The depicted process flow starts with melting (Schmelzen), followed by casting (Giessen), blasting (Strahlen), final machining (Fertigbearbeitung), and continues through washing (Waschen), leak testing (Lecktesten), impregnation (Impregnierung), and finally ends with final control (Endkontrolle).

**Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):**
   - **Schmelzen (Melting):** Initial stage where raw material is melted.
   - **Giessen (including bearing bush):** Casts the melted material with a bearing bush.
   - **Strahlen (Blasting):** Cleans and smooths the cast parts.
   - **Fertigbearbeitung (Final machining):** Machining to refine parts.
   - **Waschen (Washing):** Cleans parts post-machining.
   - **Lecktesten + Stopfen + Demontage (Leak testing + plugging + disassembly):** Tests for leaks, plugs any issues, and disassembles if necessary.
   - **Impregnierung (Impregnation):** Applies an impregnation process.
   - **Endkontrolle (Final control):** Final inspection and quality control.
####################
File: MGH%20Anlage%2014%281%29.pdf

Page: 4

Context: # Clamping MGH
## OP20 and following

| Item | Description                            |
|------|----------------------------------------|
| 1    | Antriebsteil (Bauform)                |
| 2    | Rohblock bei ST/Gehäuse                |
| 3    | Gerathüchsbasis/Bauform               |
| 4    | Hochdruck-Passstüch                   |
| 5    | G/D Datum Stabilisierung               |
| 6    | Antriebsteil (Rucke)                  |
| 7    | Antriebsteil Pass/Ausbaustelle        |
| 8    | Antriebsteil (Bauform)                |
| 9    | Antriebsteil        |
| 10   | Antriebsteil (Bauform)                |
| 11   | Antriebsteil (Bauform)                |
| 12   | Auswechselbare Bauform                |
| 13   | Antriebsteil (Rucke)                  |
| 14   | Antriebsteil                          |
| 15   | Antriebsteil (Bauform)                |
| 16   | Antriebsteil (Bauform)                |
| 17   | Antriebsteil (Bauform)                |
| 18   | Antriebsteil (Bauform)                |
| 19   | Antriebsteil (Bauform)                |
| 20   | Antriebsteil (Bauform)                |

1. **Detailierte Informationen siehe**  
   - [Technische Informationen]  
   - [Zusatzbibliothek]  

2. **Antriebsteil B**  
   - Ingenieur: Georg Komarov  
   - Datum: 05.08.2024  

Image Analysis: 

### Analysis of Attached Visual Content

#### 1. Localization and Attribution
- **Image Position:** Single image present.
- **Image Number:** Image 1.

#### 2. Object Detection and Classification
- **Objects Detected:**
  1. **Main Object:** Industrial machine part, likely a component of an automotive engine or transmission system.
  2. **Annotations:** Label identifiers marked with alphabets (e.g., E, F, G) pointing to specific features on the object.
- **Classification:** 
  - **Category:** Mechanical component.

#### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis
- **Scene Description:** 
  - The image features a detailed line drawing of a complex mechanical component.
  - Annotations and callouts are used to highlight particular parts and areas of interest.
- **Activity:** 
  - The image appears to be part of an instructional or documentation guide, showcasing the assembly or analysis of the component.

#### 4. Text Analysis
- **Detected Text:**
  - **Header:** "Clamping MGH OP20 and following"
  - **Label:** "SKODA"
  - **Table Content:**
    - Column names: `Datum`, `Description`
    - Rows: Various descriptions in German, including items like "Ausrichtung Bohrem."
  - **Highlighted Text in Table:**
    - "Auflagepunkt Getriebehaus- Seite"
    - "Auflagepunkt Motorblock Seite"
    - "Messpunkt Zahnleigung (Hof BSH)"
- **Content Analysis:**
  - The header indicates the document is about "Clamping MGH."
  - The text associated with "SKODA" suggests that this document is related to a product or process by the car manufacturer SKODA.
  - The highlighted table rows emphasize critical points regarding "Auflagepunkt" (contact points) and "Messpunkt" (measurement points) which likely indicates areas requiring attention during assembly or inspection.

#### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis
- There are no standard diagrams or charts present aside from the annotated mechanical drawing, which is critical for technical reference or documentation.

#### 6. Product Analysis
- **Product Features:** 
  - Complex metallic structure with multiple ports and mount points.
  - Intricate detailing suggests parts where precision in assembly or fitting is critical.
- **Material and Colors:** 
  - The illustration is monochromatic (line drawing), typical for technical drafts.

#### 7. Anomaly Detection
- No anomalies detected in the technical drawing. The highlighted and marked sections appear purposeful and aligned with technical documentation standards.

#### 8. Color Analysis
- **Color Composition:** 
  - Monochrome technical line drawing.
  - Red circles used for emphasizing specific points.

#### 9. Perspective and Composition
- **Perspective:** 
  - Orthographic view, commonly used in technical drawings to provide precise depictions without perspective distortion.
- **Composition:** 
  - The central component is prominently placed with annotations and descriptions aligning to the left and right for clarity.

#### 10. Contextual Significance
- **Image Context:**
  - This image serves as a technical illustration within a document related to the assembly or maintenance of a mechanical component.
  - The detailed annotations imply its use for instructional or training purposes, likely aimed at engineers or technicians.

### Summary
The image is a highly detailed technical drawing of a mechanical component, likely linked to automotive manufacturing, specifically by SKODA. It features key identifiers and annotations to guide assembly or inspection as part of a larger technical document. The highlighted table elements emphasize crucial contact and measurement points essential for accurate component assembly.
####################
File: Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_DE%281%29.pdf

Page: 1

Context: # Škoda Auto a.s.

## Richtlinie für die Vereinheitlichung von Elementen
### Projekt Erneuerung der Produktionsanlagen im Bereich PKG

**Ausgabedatum:** 28.01.2020  
**PSZ/1 - Methodik und Standardisierung**  
**1 - H - 20 DE**

Diese Richtlinie hebt die Gültigkeit von früher erlassenen Richtlinien, Normen, Lastenheft und ITS ŠkodaAuto nicht auf. Bei Komponenten, bei denen mehrere Lieferanten genehmigt sind, wird bei der Vergabe von Lieferungen projektbezogener Anlagen immer nur ein Lieferant vertraglich festgelegt. Potentielle Lieferanten sind Lieferanten, die entweder die Projektfreigabe bereits bekommen haben, oder bei denen davon ausgegangen werden, dass sie nach Erprobung und Erfüllung der Konzernstandards die Projektfreigabe noch bekommen können.

### Bearbeitet von:
- Martin Janata  
  PSZ/12  
  tel.: +420 732 294 691
- Milan vpychraticky  
  PKG/4  
  tel.: +420 732 294 226

### Genehmigt von:
- Aleš Ivanović  
  PSZ/1  
  tel.: +420 730 869 870
- Ing. Ladislav Treml  
  PKG/4  
  tel.: +420 732 294 945
- Ing. Roman Taneček  
  PPK/2  
  tel.: +420 604 292 729

### Übersicht von Änderungen:
| Datum       | Seite     | Anmerkung        |
|-------------|-----------|------------------|
| 28.01.2020  | Erste Ausgabe |                  |

**Seite 1 von 4**

Image Analysis: 

### Analysis of Attached Visual Content

#### 1. Localization and Attribution:
- **Image 1** is the sole image on the page.

#### 2. Object Detection and Classification:
- **Objects Identified:**
  - Logo of the company on the top right.
  - Text blocks.
  - Table at the bottom.
  - Signatures and stamps in the middle section.

#### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis:
- **Scene Description:**
  - The image is a formal document, likely a guideline or standardization directive from Škoda Auto a.s.
  - The document includes text, signatures, stamps, and a table.
- **Activities:**
  - It appears to be an official document describing processes and approvals with multiple individuals involved.

#### 4. Text Analysis:
- **Text Extracted:**
  - Company name: Škoda Auto a.s.
  - Document title: "Richtlinie für die Vereinheitlichung von Elementen Projekt Erneuerung der Produktionsanlagen im Bereich PKG"
  - Issue date: "Ausgabedatum: 28.01.2020"
  - Internal Reference: "PSZ/1 - Methodik und Standardisierung"
  - Document ID: "1 - H - 20 DE"
  - Details of people involved with contact information:
    - Bearbeitet von: Martin Janata, Milan Vypratchicky
    - Genehmigt von: Aleš Ivanovic, Ladislav Treml, Ing. Roman Taneček
  - Text on process validity and supplier selection.

- **Significance:**
  - The document establishes guidelines for the standardization of elements in a project related to the renewal of production facilities.
  - The dates and contact details provide insight into the document’s time frame and responsible individuals.
  - The signatures and stamps indicate formal approval and verification.

#### 7. Anomaly Detection:
- **Possible Anomalies:**
  - None detected. Every element appears to be standard for an official document, including signatures, stamps, text content, and layout.

#### 9. Perspective and Composition:
- **Perspective:**
  - The image is presented from a straight-on perspective, typical for document scanning or digital reproduction.
- **Composition:**
  - The elements are neatly organized, with the title and critical information at the top, followed by the main body text and contact information. Signatures and stamps occupy the middle, and a table for amendments is at the bottom.

#### 12. Graph and Trend Analysis:
- **Tables:**
  - One table is included, titled "Übersicht von änderungen" which translates to "Overview of changes".
  - **Columns:**
    - Datum (Date)
    - Seite (Page)
    - Anmerkung (Comment)
  - Only one row is filled, indicating the date "28.01.2020", referencing the first issue of the document.

#### Contextual Significance:
- **Context Analysis:**
  - The document is likely part of a series of formal corporate guidelines for operational procedures.
  - It represents a step toward structured and standardized operational enhancements within the company's production domains.

By analyzing this document, one can infer the formal and systematic approach taken by Škoda Auto to ensure compliance with internal standards and improve production facilities, underscoring the importance of standardized directives in corporate operations.
####################
File: Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_DE%281%29.pdf

Page: 2

Context: # Škoda Auto a.s.

**Richtlinie für die Vereinheitlichung von Elementen**  
**Projekt Erneuerung der Produktionsanlagen im Bereich PKG**  
**Ausgabedatum: 28.01.2020**  
**PSZ/1 - Methodik und Standardisierung**  

## I. Teil: Standards für Produktionsanlagen und Komponenten

Die untenstehenden Standards für den Bereich der Aggregaterfertigung im VW-Konzern sind verbindlich:

1. Lastenheft Mechanik (im Weiteren KLH Mechanik)
2. Lastenheft Elektrik (im Weiteren KLH Elektrik)
3. ITS ŠkodaAuto, viz.: [CZ version](#) | [DE version](#)

| Nr. | Produktionsanlagen/Komponenten | Freigegebene Lieferanten            | Potentielle Lieferanten            | Anmerkungen                        |
|-----|----------------------------------|-------------------------------------|-------------------------------------|------------------------------------|
| 1   | Elektrik, Steuerungstechnik      | s. Teile Elektro, S. 3-4            | ITS: 1.11, 5.13                    |
| 0.1 | Dokumentation Elektrik und Steuerungstechnik | Eplan P8 ver. 2.2 oder höher |                                     |                                    |
| 2   | Mechanik                         | Festo, SMC                          | Norgren                             | ITS: 1.10                          |
| 3   | Pneumatik                       |                                     |                                     | ITS: 1.13                          |
| 4   | Schmieren                       | SKF Lubrikation                     |                                     | ITS: 1.17                          |
| 5   | Hydraulik                      | Bosch Rexroth, Parker               |                                     | ITS: 1.12                          |
| 6   | Filtertechnik                   | Hydac, Mahle, Bosch Rexroth        |                                     | ITS: 1.12                          |
| 0.6 | Pumpen                          | KSB, Knoll, Grundfos               | Viz KLH Mechanik                   |                                    |
| 7   | Schraubtechnik                  | Bosch Rexroth                      |                                     | Bosch Rexroth system BS350        |

## II. Teil: Elektrik, Steuerungssysteme

Seite 2 von 4

Image Analysis: 

### Localization and Attribution:

- **Image Position**: Single image on the page.
- **Image Number**: Image 1.

### Text Analysis:
- **Header Text**: "Richtlinie für die Vereinheitlichung von Elementen Projekt Erneuerung der Produktionsanlagen im Bereich PKG."
  - **Translation**: "Guideline for the Standardization of Elements Project Renewal of Production Plants in the PKG Area."
- **Issued Date**: "Ausgabedatum: 28.01.2020"
  - **Translation**: "Issue Date: 28.01.2020"
- **Publisher**: "Škoda Auto a.s. PSZ/1 - Methodik und Standardisierung"
  - **Translation**: "Škoda Auto a.s. PSZ/1 - Methodology and Standardization"
- **Title**: "Standards für Produktionsanlagen und Komponenten"
  - **Translation**: "Standards for Production Plants and Components."
  
#### Section I:
- **Main Title**: "Die untenstehenden Standards für den Bereich der Aggregatfertigung im VW-Konzern sind verbindlich:"
  - **Translation**: "The following standards for the area of aggregate production in the VW Group are binding:"

  - **Subsections**: 
    1. "Lastenheft Mechanik (im Weiteren KLH Mechanik)" - "Mechanical Specifications (hereinafter KLH Mechanik)"
    2. "Lastenheft Elektrik (im Weiteren KLH Elektrik)" - "Electrical Specifications (hereinafter KLH Elektrik)"
    3. "ITS ŠkodaAuto, viz.:" - "ITS ŠkodaAuto, namely:"

      - Links: "CZ version" and "DE version"

#### Table:
- **Table Content**:
  - **Headers**: 
    - **Columns**: Nr., Produktionsanlagen/Komponenten (Production Plants/Components), Freigegebene Lieferanten (Approved Suppliers), Potentielle Lieferanten (Potential Suppliers), Anmerkungen (Remarks).
  
- **Table Data**:
  - **Rows**: 
    1. Elektrik, Steuerungstechnik
      - **Freigegebene Lieferanten**: s. Teile Elektro, S. 3-4
      - **Anmerkungen**: ITS: 1.11, 5.13
    2. Dokumentation Elektrik und Steuerungstechnik
      - **Freigegebene Lieferanten**: Eplan P8 ver. 2.2 oder höher
      - **Anmerkungen**: ITS: 1.10
    3. Mechanik
      - **Freigegebene Lieferanten**: Festo, SMC
      - **Potentielle Lieferanten**: Norgren
      - **Anmerkungen**: ITS: 1.13
    4. Pneumatik
      - **Freigegebene Lieferanten**: SKF Lubrikation
      - **Anmerkungen**: ITS: 1.17
    5. Hydraulik
      - **Freigegebene Lieferanten**: Bosch Rexroth, Parker
      - **Anmerkungen**: ITS: 1.12
    6. Filtertechnik
      - **Freigegebene Lieferanten**: Hydac, Mahle, Bosch Rexroth
      - **Anmerkungen**: ITS: 1.12
    7. Pumpen
      - **Freigegebene Lieferanten**: KSB, Knoll, Grundfos
      - **Anmerkungen**: Viz KLH Mechanik
    8. Schraubtechnik
      - **Freigegebene Lieferanten**: Bosch Rexroth
      - **Potentielle Lieferanten**: Bosch Rexroth system BS350

#### Footer:
- **Section II Title**: "II. Teil: Elektrik, Steuerungssysteme"
  - **Translation**: "Part II: Electrical, Control Systems."
- **Page Number**: "Seite 2 von 4" 
  - **Translation**: "Page 2 of 4."

### Object Detection and Classification:
- **Document Type**: This is a technical document outlining standards for production plants and components.
- **Logo**: The Škoda logo is present in the top-right corner of the document.

### Scene and Activity Analysis:
- **Activity**: The document is a guideline for the standardization of elements in the production plants of Škoda Auto, detailing approved suppliers, potential suppliers, and relevant remarks for various components and systems.

### Color Analysis:
- **Color Composition**: 
  - Dominant colors are white (background) and black (text).
  - The Škoda logo is green.
  - The table headers are shaded in green.

### Perspective and Composition:
- **Perspective**: The document seems to be a scanned image of a printed page, taken from a top-down perspective.
- **Composition**: The text is organized in a standard document layout with headers, body text, and tables for clear and easy reading.

### Contextual Significance:
- **Significance**: 
  - The document provides important standards and guidelines necessary for ensuring consistency and quality in the production processes within the VW Group, specifically for Škoda Auto.

### Metadata Analysis:
- **Available Metadata**: Issued date, authoring body, document type, and page number. 
- **Contributing Information**: Helps in understanding the document's official nature, issuance context, and page indexing for reference.
####################
File: Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_DE%281%29.pdf

Page: 4

Context: # Škoda Auto a.s.

## Richtlinie für die Vereinheitlichung von Elementen
### Projekt Erneuerung der Produktionsanlagen im Bereich PKG

**Ausgabedatum:** 28.01.2020  
**PSZ/1 - Methodik und Standardisierung**  
**1 - H - 20 DE**

| Nr. | Produktionsanlagen/Komponenten                               | Lieferanteneinfreigabe       | Potenzielle Lieferanten                   | Anmerkungen                           |
|-----|------------------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------|-------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------|
| 21  | Induktionssensoren, Positionsschalter und                  | Balluff, IFM Electronic      | Sick                                      | Spezifikation Škoda Auto a.s.       |
| 22  | Klemme und Klemmenzubehör                                   | Phoenix Contact, Wago        | Siemens                                   | Spezifikation Škoda Auto a.s.       |
| 23  | Durchflussmesser und Thermometer                            | IFM Electronic, Hydac        | Parker, Bosch Rexroth                    | Spezifikation Škoda Auto a.s.       |
| 24  | Sensoren- und Endschaltinstallation                         | Balluff - Lumberg            | Pepper+Fuchs                             | Spezifikation Škoda Auto a.s.       |
|     | Kabel, Stecker und Sensorenzubehör                          | Mur elektronik                |                                           |                                       |
| 25  | Stecker – schwer und leicht                                  | Harting, Phoenix Contact, Weidmüller | Murrelektronik                           |                                       |
| 26  | Lichtsignaliserung – Blau­leuchte und                       | Murrelektronik               | Siemens                                   |                                       |
| 27  | Nockensicherheits-schalter                                   | Schmersal                    | Balluff                                   |                                       |
| 28  | Sicherheitsschalter an Schutzzäunen, Fenster usw.           | Pilz, Schmersal              |                                           | Spezifikation Škoda Auto a.s.       |
| 29  | Sicherheitssysteme und Sicherheitsmodule                     | Pilz, Siemens                 | Schneider Electric                        | Pilz (PNOZsigma), Siemens (S7 3xxF)  |
| 30  | Mechanisches Ende­schalter                                   | Balluff, Siemens             | Euchner                                   | Spezifikation Škoda Auto a.s.       |
| 31  | Installationskabel                                         | LAPP Kabel                   | Hellukabel                                |                                       |
| 32  | Hochfrequenzkabel                                          | LAPP Kabel                   | Hellukabel                                |                                       |
| 33  | Überspannungsschutzelemente                                | Hakel                        | ABB                                       |                                       |
| 34  | Kabelkanäle und -rinnen                                     | OBO-Bettermann, Niedax      | Kopos Kolin                               |                                       |
| 35  | Energieschiene bewegliche Kabelbieten                        | Murrelektronik             | Brevetti                                  |                                       |
| 36  | Optische Sensoren                                           | IFM, Keyence                 | Sick                                      | Spezifikation Škoda Auto a.s.       |
| 37  | Kamerasysteme, lineare, Winkel                              | Cognex, Keyence              | Sick                                      |                                       |
| 38  | Wege­messsysteme, linear, Winkels                          | HEIDENHAIN                  | Siemens, APC, Murrelektronik             | Phoenix Contact                       |
| 40  | Drucksensoren                                               | Rexroth, Parker, IFM        | Hydac                                     |                                       |

Seite 4 von 4

Image Analysis: 

### Localization and Attribution

- **Image Number:** 1.
- **Location:** The single image occupies the entire page.

### Text Analysis

**Text Detected:**

- **Title:** "Škoda Auto a.s."
- **Subheading:** "Richtlinie für die Vereinheitlichung von Elementen Projekt Erneuerung der Produktionsanlagen im Bereich PKG"
- **Date:** "Ausgabedatum: 28.01.2020"
- **Section:** "PSZ/1 - Methodik und Standardisierung"
- **Document Number:** "1 - H - 20 DE"
- **Table Header Columns:**
  - "Nr."
  - "Produktionsanlagen/Komponenten"
  - "Lieferantenfreigabe"
  - "Potentielle Lieferanten"
  - "Anmerkungen"
- **Numbered Entries:** 21 to 40.

**Content Analysis:**

The document appears to be a standardized guideline for Škoda Auto a.s., relating to the unification of elements in the project for renewing production facilities in the PKG area. The table organizes specific components and systems, listing approved suppliers (Lieferantenfreigabe), potential suppliers (Potentielle Lieferanten), and specific notes or remarks (Anmerkungen).

### Table Analysis

**Table Content Description:**

- **Table Rows:** The table consists of 20 rows, each representing a different production system or component, numbered from 21 to 40.
- **Columns:**
  - **Nr.:** Number identifier for each row.
  - **Produktionsanlagen/Komponenten:** Identifies the industrial equipment or component needed.
  - **Lieferantenfreigabe:** Lists the approved suppliers for each component.
  - **Potentielle Lieferanten:** Lists potential future suppliers.
  - **Anmerkungen:** Includes notes or specifications relevant to each component.

### Color Analysis

- **Dominant Colors:**
  - **Green:** Used for highlighting the header row (Nr. 21 column header, and rest of the header row).
  - **Yellow:** Used for the sub-headers (Lieferantenfreigabe, Potentielle Lieferanten, and Anmerkungen).
  - **White:** Main background of the table cells.
- **Impact on Perception:** The green and yellow highlights make the table more navigable, drawing attention to the different categories of content.

### Perspective and Composition

- **Perspective:** The image is taken from a straight-ahead view, ensuring readability and clarity.
- **Composition:** The document is neatly structured with a centered table taking the majority of space. Text blocks above and below the table provide context and additional information.

### Contextual Significance

- **Document Purpose:** The document’s purpose is to provide a standardized framework for updating and maintaining production systems and elements.
- **Contribution to Overall Message:** The table aids in clear communication regarding approved and potential suppliers, ensuring that project stakeholders are aligned on procurement and specification details.

### Metadata Analysis

- **Date:** The metadata provides the publication date of the document as 28.01.2020, which is crucial for understanding the timeframe of the guidelines.
- **Publisher/Issuer:** Škoda Auto a.s., situating the document within the automotive manufacturing industry.

### Gesamtprozesse (Overall Processes) and Interpretation

- **Processes Described:**
  - The table highlights elements required for production system renewal, traversing various steps from selecting suppliers to ensuring compliance with the specified standards.
  
- **Significance:** Ensuring streamlined, efficient, and standardized processes for renewing production systems, ultimately contributing to operational efficiency and quality control in manufacturing.

### Tables Structured Data Points

- **Entries:**
  - Row 21: Induktionssensoren, Positionsschalter und Lichtschranken.
  - Row 22: Klemme und Klemmenzubehör.
  - Row 23: Durchflussmesser und Thermometer.
  - Row 24: Sensoren- und Endschalterinstallation, Kabel, Stecker und Sensorenzubehör.
  - Row 25: Stecker - schwer und leicht.
  - Row 26: Lichtsignalisierung - Baulichter und Signalleuchten.
  - Row 27: Nockensicherheitsschalter.
  - Row 28: Sicherheitsschalter an Schutztüren, Fenstern usw.
  - Row 29: Sicherheitssystem und Sicherheitsmodule.
  - Row 30: Mechanische Endschalter.
  - Row 31: Installationskabel.
  - Row 32: Hochflexible Kabel.
  - Row 33: Überspannungsschutzelemente.
  - Row 34: Kabelkanäle und -rinnen.
  - Row 35: Energiebwegliche Kabelketten.
  - Row 36: Optische Sensoren.
  - Row 37: Kamerasysteme.
  - Row 38: Wegmesssysteme, linear, Winkel.
  - Row 39: Reserveeinspeisungsquellen.
  - Row 40: Drucksensoren.

This comprehensive analysis provides a detailed look at the structure, content, and significance of the presented document.
####################
File: TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5%281%29.pdf

Page: 4

Context: # 5. Další požadavky
5.1 Stanoví nejkratší možný termín dodání 50 obrobených a proměnných vzorků, odpovídajících technické dokumentaci, od okamžiku objednání předmětu zadání. Zpracovat termínový plán na dodání vzorků a nacenit samostatné položky.

5.2 OPCE nářadí na 1 stroj/OP dle ITS 3.10.

5.3 OPCE nabídnout podporu po předání do provozu v rozsahu 1 pracovník/1 týden.

5.4 OPCE nabídnout školení.

5.5 Odhadnout životnost nástrojů a náklady na kus pro nástroje na obrábění Lagerbuchs.

# 6. Požadavky na výkon zařízení
| Parametr                        | Hodnota                |
|----------------------------------|-----------------------|
| Kapacita                        | 232 000 ks/rok        |
| Takt linky                      | 75 s                  |
| Denní pracovní doba             | 22,5 h                |
| Pracovních dnů za rok          | 250 dnů               |
| Technické výstupy               |                       |
| Zmetkovitost                    |                       |
| Stabilita procesu – hodnocené parametry: | Viz standard ITS ŠKODA Auto |

OPCE - 2. linka se stejnou kapacitou viz layout v příloze č.3

# 7. Harmonogram
| Aktivita                                               | 2024         |
|-------------------------------------------------------|--------------|
| Bestellungen                                          | 0/1/25      |
| Lieferung, Inbetriebnahme und Übergabe                | A/14/26     |
| 1TBAZ PRO + komplette Automatisierung                  | A/18/26     |
| TBT-PVS                                              | 0/7/26      |
| PVS                                                  | 0/7/26      |
| Nullserien                                            | 4/7/26      |
| Lieferung, Inbetriebnahme und Übergabe                | 11/27       |
| technische BAZ für erforderliche Kapazität           |              |
| 2 Tage Produktion                                     |              |
| SOP                                                  |              |

# 8. Ostatní
- Veškeré technicko-provozní parametry musí splňovat ITS Škoda Auto a bezpečnostní normy ČSN.
- Veškeré konstrukce a technická řešení je dodavatel povinen konzultovat a nechat schválit před zahájením výroby odbornými útvary ŠKODA AUTO a.s.
- Záruka minimálně 24 měsíců s změnným provozu.
- S nabídkou předložit layout 2D ve formátech PDF a DWG.
- Stavební základ, energetické přípojky k hlavním uzávěrům na hranici pracoviště Škoda, ostatní rozvody zajistí dodavatel.
- Kompletní projektní podklady dodá dodavatel 1 měsíc po uzavření smlouvy.
- První návrh prostředků pro mazání stroje zajistí dodavatel.

Image Analysis: 

### Image Analysis

#### Localization and Attribution:
- **Image Location**: There is a single composite image on the page.
- **Image Number**: Image 1.

#### Text Analysis:
The image contains several sections with distinct text. Below is the extracted and analyzed text:

1. **Header Information**:
   - **Title**: Produkt TZ
   - **Subtitle**: Linka obrábění motorové skříně elektroposopnou SSP
   - **Identifiers**:
     - Firma: ŠKODA AUTO a.s.
     - Hauptabteilung: SSP
     - Datum: [Blank]

2. **Section 5: Další požadavky (Additional Requirements)**:
   - 5.1: Stanovite nejkkatší možny termín dodání 50ubrobených and proměřených vzorků...
        - Summary: Set the shortest possible delivery time for 50 machined and measured samples.
   - 5.2: OPCE nářadí na 1 stroj/OP dle ITS 3.10.
        - Summary: OPCE tooling for 1 machine/OP according to ITS 3.10.
   - 5.3: OPCE nabídnout podporu...
        - Summary: OPCE offer support...
   - 5.4: OPCE nabídnout školeni.
        - Summary: OPCE offer training.
   - 5.5: Odnadknout životnosti nástrojů...
        - Summary: Estimate the life of tools and costs for new tools for machining Lagerbuchse.

3. **Section 6: Požadavky na výkon zařízení (Performance Requirements for Equipment)**:
   - **Table**:
     - **Kapacita**: 232 000 ks/rok
     - **Takt linky**: 75 s
     - **Denní pracovní doba**: 225,8 h
     - **Pracovných dnů za rok**: 250 dní
     - **Technlcke vytížení**: 85 %
     - **Zmetkovitost**: 2 %:
     - **Stabilita procesu - hodnocené parametry**: Viz standardy ITS ŠKODA Auto

4. **Section 7: Harmonogram (Schedule)**:

   **Table**:
   - **Activity**: Sequence of activities from 2024 to 2027, including:
       - Bestellung
       - Lieferung, Inbetriebnahme und Übergabe
       - 1BAZ pro OP + komplette Automatisierung
       - TBT-PVS
       - PVS
       - Nullserie
       - Lieferung, Inbetriebnahme und Übergabe restliche BAZ für erforderliche Kapazität
       - 2 Tage Produktion
       - SOP

5. **Section 8: Ostatní (Others)**:
   Details operational and construction standards and requirements:
   - Compliance with ITŠ ŠKODA Auto and safety standards ČSN.
   - Coordination and approval requirements for technical solutions.
   - Warranty period of at least 24 months with 3-shift operation.
   - Layout requirements in PDF and DWG formats.
   - Supplier responsibilities for construction and technical connections.
   - Provision of project documentation within 1 month of contract conclusion.
   - Supplier's responsibility for machine lubrication.

#### Diagram and Chart Analysis:
- **Chart in Section 7**:
  - **Axes**: 
    - Horizontal Axis: Years (2024-2027).
    - Vertical Axis: Activities related to Bestellung and commissioning for 1BAZ and other machines.
  - **Legend**:
    - Specific milestones and tasks for each year.
  - **Key Insights**:
    - Shows the timeline for activities ranging from ordering to production and SOP.
    - Specific action points are designated by red markings.

#### Tables:
- **Tables in Section 6 & 7**:
  - **Section 6**: Performance requirements for equipment, including capacity, operational pace, and quality metrics.
  - **Section 7**: Activities and milestones chart, displaying a timeline of key events and their intended dates.

#### Trends and Interpretation:
- **Operational Efficiency**:
  There is a focus on having high operational efficiency and minimized downtime, emphasized by parameters like takt time, daily working hours, and defect rate.
- **Scheduling and Milestones**:
  The scheduled milestones signify a detailed plan for project management, focusing on achieving specific targets in defined timelines.

Overall, the image portrays a structured overview relating to the planning and implementation of motor housing machining lines, including performance metrics, schedule, and additional requirements.
####################
File: TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5%281%29.pdf

Page: 5

Context: # Návod na základě podkladů od výrobce stroje a vzájemném odsouhlasení zajistit Škoda

- Dokumentace v českém jazyce podle ITS ŠKODA (2 výtisky + 1 digitální forma + Prohlášení o řádném nabytí softwarových licencí).
  
- Pro získání zakázky je potřebné mít závazek členitosti (NDA smlouva se ŠKODA AUTO a.s.) a odpovídající TISAX certifikáty.

- Dodací podmínky DDU DAP (včetně složení, zaměření a ustavení na místě)

## 9. Přílohy

1. **Interní technický standard (ITS)/Betriebsmitteilungsverordnung ŠKODA AUTO a.s.:**  
   [https://lso.volkswagen.de/one-kbp/content/cs/kbp/private/information_1/divisions/procurement/terms_and_conditions_of_purchasin g_new/_koda_auto_a_s_4/_koda_auto_a_s.jsp](https://lso.volkswagen.de/one-kbp/content/cs/kbp/private/information_1/divisions/procurement/terms_and_conditions_of_purchasin g_new/_koda_auto_a_s_4/_koda_auto_a_s.jsp)

2. **Energie Škoda – separátní příloha**

3. **Umístění v hale**

4. **Evaluace dt. Čísel a rozměry**

5. **Schéma technologického procesu**

6. **Technische Unterlage Solutions for Powertrain Volkswagen Group Components Global Differenzbeschreibung – separátní soubor**

7. **3D data odtisku a obrobeného dílu – budou zaslány Eboxem**

8. **Výkresy obrobeného dílu – separátní soubor**

9. **Interní směrnice komponentů – separátní soubor**

10. **Norma TQS 02.09 – separátní soubor**

11. **Norma VW 101 30**

12. **Norma WSK_016_862_G (Požadavky k technickým plochám)**

13. **Kapacitní požadavky v rocích**

14. **Požadovací schéma upnutí – separátní soubor**

## 10. Kontaktní osoba

**Ing. Georgy Komarov, PPK-E – Plánování výroby polotovarů**  
ŠKODA AUTO a.s., třída Václava Klementa 869, 293 01 Mladá Boleslav, Czech Republic  
M +420 730 865 237  
[Georgy.Komarov@skoda-auto.com](mailto:Georgy.Komarov@skoda-auto.com)  
[www.skoda-auto.com](https://www.skoda-auto.com)

**Ing. Roman Tančev, PPK-E – Plánování výroby polotovarů**  
ŠKODA AUTO a.s., třída Václava Klementa 869, 293 01 Mladá Boleslav, Czech Republic  
T +420 326 814 752, F +420 326 8 17720, e-f +420 326 8 45848, M +420 604 292 729  
[Roman.Tancek@skoda-auto.com](mailto:Roman.Tancek@skoda-auto.com)  
[www.skoda-auto.com](https://www.skoda-auto.com)

Image Analysis: 

### 1. Localization and Attribution

- This is a single-page document with text content throughout.

### 4. Text Analysis

#### Image Description
- **Title:** The text at the very top-left corner appears to relate to "Product TZ", "Line for treating the internal surface of the electrical component SSP".
- **Key Sections:** The document is composed of numbered sections and highlighted statements.

#### Sections Breakdown
1. **Highlighted Texts:**
   - "Nářadí na základé podkladů od výrobce stroje a vzájemném odsouhlasení zajistí Škoda."
   - "Dokumentace v českém jazyce podle ITS ŠKODA (2 výtisky + 1 digitální forma + Prohlášení o řádném nabytí softwarových licencí)."
   - "Pro získání zakázky je potřeba mít závazek mlčenlivosti (NDA smlouva se ŠKODA AUTO a.s.) a odpovídající TISAX certifikát."
   - "Dodací podmínky DDU DAP (včetně složení, zaměření a ustavení na místě)"

2. **Section 9: Přílohy (Attachments):**
   - Listed attachments (each marked by a bullet point) with references to specific standards and documentation:
     - "Interní technický standard (ITS)/Betriebsmittelvorschriften ŠKODA AUTO a.s."
     - URLs provided for more detailed documentation.
     - Various norms and technical documents are referenced (e.g., ISO VW 101 30, Norma TQS 02.09, etc.).

3. **Section 10: Kontaktní osoba (Contact Person):**
   - Contact information for two individuals:
     - Georgy Komarov: Email, phone numbers, and titles.
     - Roman Taneček: Email, phone numbers, and titles.
 
#### Analysis:
- **Highlights:** The highlighted sections provide essential instructions and requirements for Skoda-related documentation and compliance.
- **Attachments (Section 9):** Detailed technical and standard documents are referenced, suggesting the context is highly technical and adheres to specific industry standards.
- **Contact Information (Section 10):** This section lists important contact details, facilitating communication regarding the document's content.

### 9. Perspective and Composition

- **Perspective:** The document is viewed from a straight, eye-level angle, typical for reading documents.
- **Composition:** The text is organized in a structured manner with sections numbered explicitly, highlighted key points, URL links, and contacts at the end.

### 10. Contextual Significance

- This page is likely part of a larger technical or procedural document, perhaps aimed at compliance, legal or tender-related processes for Skoda Auto.
- The document's format suggests it is used for formal communication, providing necessary guidelines and contact information for executing specific tasks.

### 13. Graph Numbers

- No graphs or numeric data points are present in this image to analyze.

### Additional Aspects

**Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows):** There are references to technological processes in the attachments, indicating process flow documentation.

**Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):** Several norms and standards are mentioned, which likely detail various processes in their respective documents.

**Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations):** Specific norms and documents (like Norma TQS 02.09) denote types and technical specifications.
####################
File: 22121726223700_lah___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_11.pdf

Page: 5

Context: # Anforderung Dichtflächen  
**WSK 016 862 AE**  
**Version 1.0**

## 3. Dichtflächenbereiche  

Für Dichtflächen, welche mit Flüssigdichtmitteln abgedichtet werden, gelten besondere Anforderungen hinsichtlich der Oberflächenbeschaffenheit. Mit dieser Prüfvorschrift werden die speziellen Anforderungen im Detail beschrieben. Um den hierfür notwendigen Bearbeitungsaufwand einzugrenzen, werden die Dichtflächen in zwei Bereiche unterteilt: kritisch = Bereich 1 und unkritisch = Bereich 2. Diese Bereiche werden auf der Zeichnung oder in einem zusätzlich, dem jeweiligen Bauteil zugeordneten technischen Dokument (TDO) beschrieben (Bsp.: Abbildung 1). Sofern die Bereiche nicht gesondert beschrieben sind, gelten für alle Dichtflächen die Anforderungen des Bereichs 1. Im Bereich 2 dürfen nach Rücksprache mit der TE Abweichungen zu nachfolgend genannten Anforderungen vorliegen.

![Abbildung 1: Beispiel für Bereich 1 u. 2](path/to/image)  
Bereich 1: Flüssigdichtmittelverlauf  
Bereich 2: Flanschfläche außerhalb Flüssigdichtmittelspurbreite  

---

**F. Röthlingshöfer, /IEM-514**  
**Version 1.0 vom 02.03.2023**  
**Anforderung Dichtflächen**  
**Seite 5 von 13**

Image Analysis: 

### 1. Localization and Attribution:
- There is one image on the page.
- The image is located at the bottom, below a block of text.
- The image will be referred to as **Image 1**.

### 2. Object Detection and Classification:
- **Image 1**: 
  - Objects identified include various mechanical parts and components.
  - Key features:
    - The image highlights distinct areas designated by different colored lines and shapes.
    - Yellow and blue lines outline particular sections on a mechanical part.

### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis:
- **Image 1**:
  - The scene appears to be a technical diagram of a mechanical component, likely a part of an engine or machinery.
  - There are colored regions that likely correspond to different functional or inspection areas.
  - No human actors are depicted.

### 4. Text Analysis:
- **Text in Image 1**:
  - The text below the image reads:
    - "Bereich 1: Flüssigdichtmittelverlauf"
    - "Bereich 2: Flanschfläche außerhalb Flüssigdichtmittelspurbreite"
  - Captions indicate different functional areas or zones in the mechanical part marked by the colors.
  - The text above the image provides instructions and specifications for sealant surfaces in a technical context.

### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis:
- **Image 1**:
  - The image serves as a diagram illustrating specific zones on a mechanical part.
  - Key insights:
    - The diagram aims to categorize different areas that need attention regarding sealants.
    - "Bereich 1" refers to the path of liquid sealant, and "Bereich 2" pertains to the flange area outside the sealant’s path.

### 6. Product Analysis:
- **Image 1**:
  - The depicted product is a mechanical component.
  - Main features:
    - It includes various circular and geometric openings.
    - Highlighted regions presumably indicate where sealants are to be applied.
  - Materials and colors include the use of blue, yellow, and red outlines on a gray underlying component image.

### 8. Color Analysis:
- **Image 1**:
  - Dominant colors: Gray background with blue, yellow, and red outlined sections.
  - The colors help distinguish various areas and likely correspond to different functionalities or inspection criteria.

### 9. Perspective and Composition:
- **Image 1**:
  - The diagram is presented in a top-down perspective.
  - The composition includes color-coded sections and labels that clarify the areas of interest.

### 10. Contextual Significance:
- **Image 1**:
  - The image contributes by illustrating the specific zones relevant to sealing requirements as per the described technical document.
  - It aids in understanding the specific demands placed on different parts of the component for accurate and effective application of sealants.

### 12. Graph and Trend Analysis:
- **Image 1**:
  - No quantitative graph or trend but a schematic understanding of the areas requiring different handling.

### Additional Aspects:

#### Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows):
- Depicted process flows show the applications of sealants and the differentiation between critical and non-critical areas.

#### Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):
- Describes the required procedures for inspecting and applying sealants to specific areas of mechanical components.

#### Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations):
- Type categories identified as "Bereich 1" and "Bereich 2" based on their requirements for liquid sealant application and surrounding areas, respectively.

### Conclusion:
This analysis comprehensively describes the mechanical component, highlighting the critical and non-critical areas for sealant application through color-coded diagrammatic representation. This visual and contextual information is significant for technical processes in mechanical assembly and maintenance.
####################
File: 22121726223700_lah___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_11.pdf

Page: 7

Context: # Anforderung Dichtflächen  
WSK 016 862 AE  
Version 1.0  

- Ebenheitsabweichung kleiner / gleich 0,03mm auf Fläche 60mmx60mm;  
- Ebenheitsabweichung kleiner / gleich 0,1mm auf Gesamtflansch  

### III. Oberflächen axial kombinierter Dichtverbände (Teilbereiche elastomer- bzw. flüssigkeitsdicht):  

Die Angaben sind ausschließlich für axiale Dichtflächen relevant.  

- **Rz (8–25)/Wrt < Rz**  
- **Kreuzschnittbearbeitung:**  
  - zulässige Tiefendifferenz der sich kreuzenden Bearbeitungsrichtungen: 3 µm  
  - Kreuzschnittwinkel: 90° ± 15°  
  - Maschenweite Kreuzschnittstruktur (RSm): 0,4 mm – 0,7 mm  
- **oberflächenfehler gemäß VW 01133**  
- zulässiger Profilstufensprung gemäß PV 5111 ≤ 0.010 mm (Abweichend von den Vorgaben der PV 5111 ist die Ermittlung der Profilstufensprunghöhe auch unter Nutzung eines optischen (Konfokal-) Messsystems/-verfahrens zulässig.)  
- Ebenheitsabweichung kleiner / gleich 0,03mm auf Fläche 60mmx60mm;  
- Ebenheitsabweichung kleiner / gleich 0,1mm auf Gesamtflansch  

Zur Vermeidung von Kreuzschnittstrukturdefiziten im Bereich der Werkzeugein-/ -auspasspositionen (im Falle eines lateralen Ein-/ Auspassens) hat das Ein-/ Auspassen des Fräswerkzeuges vorzugsweise frontal zur zu bearbeitenden Flanschfläche zu erfolgen. Zudem sind die Werkzeugein-/ -auspasspositionen für die Fräserbearbeitungen der Flanschflächen in Abstimmung mit der zuständigen Fachabteilung Konstruktion des Auftraggebers jeweils in einen Bereich zu legen,  

a. möglichst unkritisch in Bezug auf korrosive Unterwanderungen sowie  
b. möglichst gut gegen die Beaufschlagung mit korrosiven Medien abgeschirmt ist sowie  
c. aus dem korrosive Medien schnell wieder ablaufen können und derfolgedessen am schnellsten wieder abtrocknet.

Image Analysis: 

### 1. **Localization and Attribution:**
- **Image Number:** Image 1

### 2. **Object Detection and Classification:**
- **Objects:**
  - Document header with company logo ("VOLKSWAGEN") and document title.
  - Text blocks and bullet points.
  - Footer with additional details.
- **Categories:**
  - Formal Document
  - Technical Specifications
  
### 3. **Scene and Activity Analysis:**
- **Scene Description:**
  - A technical document focusing on specific requirements related to surface flatness for axial seals.
- **Activities:**
  - Specification of measurement tolerances.
  - Recommendations for avoiding structural deficits.
  
### 4. **Text Analysis:**
- **Detected Text:**
  - **Header:** "VOLKSWAGEN", "Anforderung Dichtflächen", "WSK 016 862 AE", "Version 1.0"
  - **Content:**
    - Specifications of surface flatness deviations: "Ebeneheitsabweichung kleiner / gleich 0,03mm auf Fläche 60mmx60mm;"
    - Details on surface processing: "Oberflächen axial kombinierter Dichtverbände..."
    - Specification details: "Rz (8 - 25) / Wtt < Rz; Kreuzschnittbearbeitung..."
  - **Footer:**
    - Document control details: "F. Röthlingshöfer, I/EM-514", "Version 1.0 vom 02.03.2023"
- **Significance:**
  - This text specifies technical requirements and guidelines for surface flatness and processing to ensure adherence to standards.

### 13. **Graph Numbers:**
- Not applicable. No graphs detected in the document.

### 14. **Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows):**
- **Description:**
  - Recommendations are provided to avoid structural deficits in processing. For example:
    - Position adjustments for cutting tools to avoid undercutting.
    - Suggestions for treatment of cutting surfaces in relation to corrosion.

### 15. **Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):**
- **Detailed Descriptions:**
  - Specifications for measurement tolerances:
    - E.g., "zulässige Tiefendifferenz der sich kreuzenden Bearbeitungsrilien: 3 µm".
  - Steps to mitigate corrosion and ensure proper functionality of components.

### 19. **Perspective and Composition:**
- **Perspective:**
  - The document is presented as a standard view, as would be typical for printed or digital documents.
- **Composition:**
  - Structured with a clear header, body, and footer.
  - Bullet points for clarity.

### 23. **Contextual Significance:**
- **Overall Contribution:**
  - This image is a part of a technical specification document likely used in manufacturing or engineering contexts within the automotive industry.
  - It communicates essential guidelines for ensuring the quality and reliability of axial seals through precise specifications and recommendations for treatment processes.

Overall, this document is highly technical, aimed at professionals involved in manufacturing or quality assurance within an industrial or engineering context, providing them with specific guidelines to follow.
####################
File: VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf

Page: 1

Context: # Volkswagen AG
## Maschinenfähigkeitsuntersuchung für messbare Merkmale
### VW 101 30

**Konzernnorm**  
Schlagwörter: Maschinenfähigkeitsuntersuchung, Fähigkeitskennwert, Qualitätsfähigkeit, Maschinenfähigkeit  

---

## Inhalt  

1. Zweck und Anwendungsbereich ....................................................................... 2  
2. Prinzip der Maschinenfähigkeitsuntersuchung ........................................... 3  
3. Theoretische Grundlagen .................................................................................. 4  
   3.1 Verteilungsmodelle .................................................................................... 4  
   3.1.1 Normalverteilung ................................................................................. 4  
   3.1.2 Betragsverteilung 1. Art ..................................................................... 5  
   3.2 Betragsverteilung 2. Art (Rayleigh-Verteilung) ..................................... 5  
   3.3 Fähigkeitsmittlung .................................................................................... 6  
      3.2.1 Fähigkeitsmittlung bei definierten Verteilungsmodellen ............ 16  
      3.2.2 Fähigkeitsmittlung bei nicht definierten Verteilungsmodellen ... 16  
   3.3 Grenzwert zur Maschinenfähigkeit ......................................................... 18  
4. Statistische Tests ............................................................................................ 18  
5. Durchführung einer Maschinenfähigkeitsuntersuchung .......................... 21  
6. Prüfmittelanwendung .................................................................................... 22  
7. Stichprobenahme ............................................................................................. 22  
8. Sonderregelung für eingeschränkte MFU ..................................................... 24  
9. Datenauswertung ............................................................................................... 25  
   9.1 Auswahl des zu erwartenden Verteilungsmodells ................................. 25  
   9.2 Test auf Ausreißer ....................................................................................... 26  
   9.3 Ausreißer aus der Berechnung der statistischen Kennwerte nehmen ... 26  
   9.4 Test auf Änderung der Fertigungslage .................................................... 26  
   9.5 Test auf Abweichung von festgelegten Verteilungsmodellen .............. 26  
   9.6 Auswertung nach Normalverteilung ...................................................... 26  
   9.7 Auswertung nach festgelegtem Modell ................................................ 26  
   9.8 Verteilungsfreie Auswertung ................................................................. 27  
10. Dokumentation ............................................................................................... 28  
11. Ergebnisberichterstattung ............................................................................ 28  
12. Maschinenprüfung ........................................................................................ 29  
13. Behandlung nicht fähiger Maschinen ......................................................... 29  
14. Beispiele ........................................................................................................... 30  
15. Mitgelieferte Unterlagen ................................................................................ 32  
16. Literaturhinweise ........................................................................................... 33  
17. Stichwortverzeichnis ..................................................................................... 34  

Image Analysis: 

### Image Analysis

---

**Localization and Attribution:**

- **Image Number:** 1

---

**Text Analysis:**

- **Detected Text:**

```
Klass-Nr. 11 00 5                Februar 2005
                    VW     101 30

Volkswagen AG 
Maschinenfähigkeituntersuchung 
für messbare Merkmale
                    Inhalt

1  Zweck und Anwendungsbereich…………………………                  2
2  Prinzip der Maschinenfähigkeituntersuchung…………                  3
3  Theoretische Grundlagen……………………………………                 4
3.1 Verteilungsmodelle……………………………………                   4
3.1.1 Normalverteilung……………………………………                   4
3.1.2 Betragsverteilung 1. Art………………………………            5
3.1.3 Betragsverteilung 2. Art (Rayleigh-Verteilung)…        5
3.2  Fähigkeitsermittlung…………………………………                6
3.2.1 Fähigkeitsermittlung bei definierten Verteilungsmodellen...6
3.2.2 Fähigkeitsermittlung bei nicht definierten Verteilungsmodellen..16
3.3  Grenzwerte zur Maschinenfähigkeit………………………           18
3.4  Statistische Tests………………………………………………                     20
4.  Durchführung einer Maschinenfähigkeituntersuchung………           21
4.1 Prüfmittelanwendung………………………………………                  22
4.2 Stichprobenannahme………………………………………                    24
4.3 Sonderregelung für eingeschränkte MFU……………………           25
4.4 Datenauswertung……………………………………………                 25
4.4.1 Auswahl des zu erwartenden Verteilungsmodells……       25
4.4.2 Test auf Ausreißer………………………………………                 25
4.4.3 Ausreißer aus der Berechnung der statistischen Kennwerte nehmen…26
4.4.4 Test auf Änderung der Fertigungslage……………………           26
4.4.5 Test auf Abweichung vom festgelegten Verteilungsmodell……26
4.4.6 Auswertung nach Normalverteilung………………………            26
4.4.7 Auswertung nach festgelegtem Modell……………………            26
4.4.8 Verteilungsfreie Auswertung………………………………              27
4.5 Dokumentation………………………………………………                  28
4.6 Ergebnisbeurteilung…………………………………………              28
4.7 Maschinenoptimierung………………………………………                29
4.8 Behandlung nicht fähiger Maschinen………………………          29
5  Beispiele…………………………………………………………                 30
6  Mitgeltende Unterlagen………………………………………              31
7  Literaturhinweise……………………………………………                  33
8  Stichwortverzeichnis………………………………………                34
```

- **Text Analysis:**
   - **Document Title and Subject:**
     - Title: *Maschinenfähigkeituntersuchung für messbare Merkmale* (Machine Capability Investigation for Measurable Characteristics).
     - The document belongs to a standard issued by Volkswagen AG, signifying a structured guideline or manual.
   - **Table of Contents:**
     - The document contains various sections, likely addressing:
       - The purpose and application area of machine capability investigation.
       - Principles and theoretical foundations of the capability investigation.
       - Various methods and models (e.g., Normal distribution, Rayleigh distribution).
       - Capability determination with specified and unspecified distribution models.
       - Limit values, statistical tests, and execution procedures for machine capability investigation.
       - Sampling, data evaluation, and documentation methods.
       - Special regulations for limited machine function units (MFU).
       - Procedures for outlier tests and handling, data analysis methods.
       - Result evaluation, machine optimization techniques.
       - Examples, supplementary documents, references, and an index.
   - **Key Sections and Pages:**
     - The document is detailed, covering various important aspects such as theoretical knowledge, application procedures, statistical methods, and data handling techniques specifically for machine capability investigation.
     - Highlights the importance of accurate and detailed documentation and result assessment.

---

**Contextual Significance:**

- **Purpose and Audience:**
   - **Purpose:** The document appears to be a comprehensive manual meant for technical personnel involved in quality assurance and machine capability investigations in manufacturing environments.
   - **Audience:** Likely intended for engineers, quality assurance professionals, and technical auditors working within an organization such as Volkswagen AG, focusing on machine performance evaluation and optimization.

- **Contribution to Overall Message:**
   - **Document Function:** The document provides a detailed roadmap for standardized procedures ensuring machine functionality aligns with quality standards, thereby contributing to process consistency and reliability in production environments.

---

**Conclusion:**
The analyzed image is a structured manual from Volkswagen AG detailing procedures and theoretical foundations for machine capability investigation. It systematically covers important aspects required for executing and assessing machine performance regarding measurable characteristics. This serves as an essential guide for technical staff involved in maintaining and improving machine efficiency within the manufacturing setup.
####################
File: VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf

Page: 20

Context: # 3.4 Statistische Tests

Die Messwerte einer Maschinenfähigkeitsuntersuchung dürfen in der Regel keine

- unerwartet große Abweichung einzelner Messwerte (Ausreißer) gegenüber der Streuung der anderen Messwerte,
- signifikante Änderung der Fertigungshäufigkeiten während der Stichprobenentnahme und
- signifikante Abweichung vom erwarteten Verteilungsmodell

aufweisen. Andernfalls ist mit zusätzlichen systematischen Einflüssen auf die Fertigung zu rechnen. Für dieses Verhalten sollten dann die Ursachen bekannt und deren Wirkung akzeptabel sein, um die Voraussetzungen eines sicheren Fertigungsprozesses zu erfüllen.

Zur Überprüfung der oben genannten Kriterien sind daher bei einer Maschinenfähigkeitsuntersuchung entsprechende statistische Tests anzuwenden. Da diese Tests in Normen und Standardwerken der Statistikliteratur ausführlich beschrieben sind, werden sie im Folgenden nur mit Verweisen angegeben:

Folgende Tests sind im Rahmen einer Maschinenfähigkeitsuntersuchung durchzuführen:

- **Test auf Ausreißer** mittels verlustunabhängigen Test nach Hampel in modifizierter Form (siehe VW 10133)
- **Test auf Änderung der Fertigungsgüte** mittels verlustunabhängigem Run-Test nach Swed-Eisenhärd (siehe [1])
- **Test auf Abweichung von der Normalverteilung** nach Epps-Pulley (siehe ISO 5479)
- **Test auf Abweichung von einem beliebigen festgelegten Verteilungsmodell** mittels Chi-Quadrat-Test (siehe [1])

Die statistischen Tests laufen alle nach dem folgenden Schema ab:

1. **Aufstellen der Nullhypothese** \( H_0 \) und der Alternativhypothese \( H_1 \)
   - \( H_0 \): Die Grundsamtheit der Messwerte des betrachteten Merkmals ist nicht normalverteil
   - \( H_1 \): Die Grundsamtheit der Messwerte des betrachteten Merkmals ist normalverteilt

2. **Festlegen der Aussagewahrscheinlichkeit** \( \alpha = 1 - \beta \) oder Irrtumswahrscheinlichkeit \( \alpha \)

3. **Aufstellen der Form für die Prüfgröße**

4. **Berechnen des Prüfwertes** aus den Stichprobenwerten nach der Prüfgröße/Senorformel

5. **Ermitteln des Schwellenwertes** der Testverteilung

6. **Vergleich des Prüfwertes mit dem Schwellenwert zur Entscheidung**, ob ein Widerspruch zur Nullhypothese vorliegt und damit die Alternativhypothese gilt

Zu beachten ist, dass bei einem statistischen Test mit der angegebenen Aussagewahrscheinlichkeit \( \alpha \) gegebenenfalls nur ein Mittelanspruch zur Nullhypothese nachgewiesen werden kann, z.B. dass eine signifikante Abweichung der Messwerte von einer normalverteilten Grundsamtheit vorliegt. Ergibt sich aus dem Testergebnis kein Widerspruch zur Nullhypothese, so ist dies keine Bestätigung der Gültigkeit der Nullhypothese. Es lässt sich also in diesem Fall mit der gegen einen Aussagewahrscheinlichkeitswert \( \alpha \) nicht nachweisen, dass eine normalverteilte Grundsamtheit nicht vorliegt. Man entscheidet sich dann in Analogie zum Rechtssprinzip \( 2 \) im Zweifelsfall für den Angeklagten" lediglich für die Annahme der Nullhypothese.

Durch die Irrtumswahrscheinlichkeit \( \alpha \) wird das Risiko angegeben, aufgrund des Testergebnisses die Nullhypothese zu verwerfen, obwohl sie zutrifft (\( \alpha\)-Risiko). Für die Irrtumswahrscheinlichkeit kann nun aber nicht einfach eine beliebig kleine „Wert“ festgelegt werden, denn dadurch würde z.B. das Risiko steigen, eine tatsächliche Abweichung von einer Normalverteilung nicht zu entdecken (\( \beta \)-Risiko).

Image Analysis: 

### Comprehensive Examination of the Visual Content

#### Localization and Attribution:
- **Document Layout:**
  - The page contains a single image, positioned centrally on the page.
  - The image will be referred to as **Image 1** for this analysis.

#### Text Analysis:
- **Text Content:**
  - The document appears to be a technical manual or study, written in German.
  - The section referenced is **3.4 Statistische Tests** (Statistical Tests).
  - **Page Number:** Seite 20
  - **Document Identification:** VW 101 30: 2005-02

- **Main Content Analysis:**
  - The text discusses statistical tests used in the context of machine capability investigations.
  - Key points include:
    - Avoidance of unexpected large deviations of individual measurements.
    - Significant changes in production quality during sampling phases.
    - Significant deviations from the expected distribution model.
  - Types of statistical tests mentioned:
    - **Test auf Ausreißer** - Test for outliers using Hampel's modified method. Reference: [VW 10133].
    - **Test auf Änderung der Fertigungslage** - Test for changes in production position using the Run-Test by Swed-Eisenhart.
    - **Test auf Abweichung von der Normalverteilung** - Test for deviation from normal distribution using the Epps-Pulley test. Reference: [ISO 5479].
    - **Test auf Abweichung von einem beliebig festgelegten Verteilungsmodell** - Test for deviation from a predefined distribution model using Chi-square test.

- **Testing Methodology:**
  - Establishing null hypothesis (H0) and alternative hypothesis (H1).
  - Determining significance level (γ = 1 - α or error probability α).
  - Formulating the test statistic.
  - Extracting the test value from sample data to determine the level of confidence or decision-making threshold.

- **Risk Analysis:**
  - **Alpha Risk (α-Risiko):** Probability of erroneously rejecting the null hypothesis.
  - **Beta Risk (β-Risiko):** Failing to detect a deviation from normal distribution.

#### Contextual Significance:
- **Document Context:**
  - The document appears to be a technical manual or guideline, likely related to quality control or engineering processes.
  - It focuses on statistical methodologies to analyze and ensure machine capability and production consistency.

#### Process Descriptions:
- **Statistical Test Process:**
  - Descriptions include the step-by-step process for conducting various statistical tests to ensure production quality and detect deviations or outliers.

#### Typen Bezeichnung:
- **Type Designations:**
  - Different types of statistical tests are designated, specifying the methodologies used and their applicable standards or references.

### Conclusion:
The document is a technical guideline on statistical tests pertinent to machine capability investigations, providing detailed descriptions of the test types, methodologies, and associated risks. The content is highly focused on precision and reliability in production, emphasizing the importance of statistical validation in quality control processes.
####################
File: VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf

Page: 25

Context: # 4.3 Sonderregelung für eingeschränkte MFU

Lassen sich die in 4.2 genannten Bedingungen zur Stichprobennahme nicht vollständig erfüllen, so kann in begründeten Fällen eine eingeschränkte MFU durchgeführt werden, für die Sonderregelungen zwischen Lieferanten und Abnehmer zu vereinbaren sind und unter dem Vermerk „Eingeschränkte MFU“ zu dokumentieren sind.

# 4.4 Datenauswertung

## 4.4.1 Auswahl des zu erwartenden Verteilungsmodells

Das zu erwartende Verteilungsmodell hängt von der Merkmalsart ab. Für die wichtigsten Arten von Merkmalen (siehe auch VW 01056) sind die zugeordneten Verteilungsmodelle aus Tabelle 2 zu entnehmen.

| Merkmalsart                  | Verteilungsmodell |
|------------------------------|-------------------|
| Längenmaß                    | N                 |
| Durchmesser, Radius          | N                 |
| Geradheit                    | B1                |
| Ebenheit                     | B1                |
| Rundheit                     | B1                |
| Zylinderform                 | B1                |
| Linienform                   | B1                |
| Flächenform                  | B1                |
| Parallelität                 | B1                |
| Rechtwinkligkeit             | B1                |
| Neigung (Winkligkeit)        | B1                |
| Position                     | B2                |
| Koaxialität / Konzentrizität | B2                |
| Symmetrie                    | B1                |
| Rundlauf                     | B2                |
| Planlauf                     | B2                |
| Rauheit                      | B1                |
| Unwucht                      | B2                |
| Drehmoment                   | N                 |

**Legende:**  
N: Normalverteilung  
B1: Betragsverteilung 1. Art  
B2: Betragsverteilung 2. Art (Rayleigh-Verteilung)

Für nicht aufgeführte Merkmalsarten kann in den meisten Fällen eine Zuordnung einer Verteilung nach der folgenden Regel erfolgen:
- bei zweiseitiger oder einseitiger nach unten tolerierten Merkmalen eine Normalverteilung
- und bei einseitig nach oben tolerierten Merkmalen eine Betragsverteilung 1. oder 2. Art

Image Analysis: 

### Comprehensive Examination of the Provided Visual Content

**Localization and Attribution:**
- There is a single page to analyze, containing one image. Hence, it will be referred to as **Image 1**.

#### Image 1 Analysis:

**Text Analysis:**
1. **Heading and Subheadings:**
   - **"4.3 Sonderregelung für eingeschränkte MFU"**
     - Special regulation for limited MFU.
   - **"4.4 Datenauswertung"**
     - Data Analysis.
   - **"4.4.1 Auswahl des zu erwartenden Verteilungsmodells"**
     - Selection of the expected distribution model.

2. **Main Text:**
   - **4.3:** This section indicates that if the conditions mentioned in section 4.2 for random sampling are not fully met, a limited MFU (Measurement for Uncertainty) can be conducted. This requires agreement between suppliers and customers and needs to be documented under the note "Eingeschränkte MFU."
   
   - **4.4.1:** This section explains that the selected distribution model depends on the type of feature. The distribution models for the most critical types of features (as per VW 01056) are provided in Table 2.

3. **Table 2 - Zuordnung von Merkmalsarten und Verteilungsmodellen (Assignment of Feature Types and Distribution Models):**
   - This table categorizes various feature types and assigns corresponding distribution models:
     - **Längenmaße:** Length measures - Normalverteilung (N)
     - **Durchmesser, Radius:** Diameter, radius - Normalverteilung (N)
     - **Geradheit:** Straightness - Betragsverteilung 1. Art (B1)
     - **Ebenheit:** Flatness - B1
     - **Rundheit:** Roundness - B1
     - **Zylinderform:** Cylindrical shape - B1
     - **Linienform:** Line form - B1
     - Additional attributes such as **Flächenform**, **Parallelität**, etc. with corresponding distribution models B1, B2, or N.
   
4. **Legende (Legend):**
   - **N:** Normalverteilung (Normal distribution)
   - **B1:** Betragsverteilung 1. Art (Distribution of the 1st type)
   - **B2:** Betragsverteilung 2. Art (Rayleigh distribution).

5. **Footnotes:**
   - Provides details on scenarios where features not listed can follow either normal distribution (N) or distribution type 1 or 2 based on the given rules.

**Diagram and Chart Analysis:**
- **Table 2:** This table is a key aspect containing a list of feature types and their corresponding distribution models. It is structured with feature types on the left and their distribution models on the right.
- **Trends and Insights:** The table showcases the different distribution models based on the feature types, predominantly using normal and first-type distributions, with a smaller portion utilizing second-type distribution.

**Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):**
- The text on the page delineates the process for selecting distribution models based on feature types. It highlights the importance of document agreements for certain deviations in sampling conditions and provides a systematic approach to categorize these feature types with appropriate distribution models.

**Trend and Interpretation:**
- A clear trend in the table is that many geometric and structural characteristics (e.g., straightness, flatness, roundness) align with the first-type distribution model (B1), suggesting a preference or norm for this method in process quality management.
- The selection criteria for features not listed indicate a flexible, yet controlled approach to data analysis and measurement uncertainty.

The presented information provides a structured approach to managing and documenting measurement uncertainties and distribution models for different feature types in quality management processes.
####################
File: VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf

Page: 33

Context: # 6 Mitgelte Unterlagen

- VW 010 56 Zeichnungen; Form- und Lagetoleranzen
- VW 010 57 Statistische Toleranzrechnung von Maßketten
- VW 101 33 Test auf Außerßer
- DIN 55319 Qualitätsfähigkeitskenngrößen
- ISO 5479 Statistical interpretation of data – Tests for departure from the normal distribution

# 7 Literaturnhinweise

[1] Graf, Henning; Stange, Willich, Formeln und Tabellen der angewandten mathematischen Statistik, Springer-Verlag, Dritte Auflage, 1987  
[2] Kühlmeyer M., Statistische Auswertungsmethoden für Ingenieure, Springer-Verlag, 2001

Image Analysis: 

### Image Analysis

#### Localization and Attribution
- **Image 1**: There is a single image present on the page.

#### Text Analysis
- **Detected Text**:

    **Section 6: Mitgeltende Unterlagen**
    - VW 010 56: Zeichnungen; Form- und Lagetoleranzen
    - VW 010 57: Statistische Toleranzrechnung von Maßketten
    - VW 101 33: Test auf Ausreißer
    - DIN 55319: Qualitätsfähigkeitskenngrößen
    - ISO 5479: Statistical interpretation of data – Tests for departure from the normal distribution
    
    **Section 7: Literaturhinweise**
    - [1] Graf, Henning, Stange, Wilrlich, Formeln und Tabellen der angewandten mathematischen Statistik, Springer-Verlag, Dritte Auflage, 1987
    - [2] Kühlmeyer M., Statistische Auswertungsmethoden für Ingenieure, Springer-Verlag, 2001

- **Text Analysis and Significance**:
  - **Section 6: Mitgeltende Unterlagen**: This section lists relevant reference documents and standards.
    - **VW 010 56**: Relates to drawings and form and position tolerances, suggesting the importance of precision in measurements.
    - **VW 010 57**: Refers to statistical tolerance calculations of dimension chains, indicating the application of statistics in quality control.
    - **VW 101 33**: Pertains to the testing of outliers, likely in quality assessments.
    - **DIN 55319**: Discusses quality capability indices, which are crucial for determining the quality performance of processes.
    - **ISO 5479**: Focuses on statistical interpretation of data and tests for deviations from the normal distribution, which is essential for verifying process stability and capability.
    
  - **Section 7: Literaturhinweise**: Provides literature references.
    - **Reference [1]**: A book on formulas and tables used in applied mathematical statistics, useful for methodological and procedural reference.
    - **Reference [2]**: A book on statistical evaluation methods for engineers, essential for statistical analysis in engineering contexts.

#### Contextual Significance
- This image appears to be the 33rd page from a document titled "VW 101 30: 2005-02," suggesting it is part of a comprehensive standards or guidelines document used in an engineering or quality assurance context within the automotive industry (considering the use of "VW," likely referring to Volkswagen).

#### Color Analysis
- The image is predominantly composed of text in black on a white background which suggests a formal document and ensures readability and clarity.

#### Perspective and Composition
- The image is a direct scan or digital rendition of a document page. The text is centrally aligned with headings clearly demarcated in bold and sections numbered for easy navigation, indicating an organized and professional layout.

### No other aspects from the given list, including Object Detection and Classification, Scene and Activity Analysis, Diagram and Chart Analysis, Product Analysis, Anomaly Detection, Metadata Analysis, Graph and Trend Analysis, Graph Numbers, Ablaufprozesse, Prozessbeschreibungen, Typen Bezeichnung, Trend and Interpretation, or Tables, are applicable or present in this image.
####################
File: VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf

Page: 34

Context: # 8 Stichwortverzeichnis

| Stichwort                                      | Seite | Stichwort                            | Seite |
|------------------------------------------------|-------|-------------------------------------|-------|
| A                                              |       | I                                   |       |
| absolute Häufigkeit a                          | 10    | Irrtumswahrscheinlichkeit α         | 20    |
| absolute Summenhäufigkeit A                    | 17    | K                                   | 17    |
| α-Risiko                                       | 20    | Klassenbreite Δx                    | 17    |
| Alternativhypothese                             | 20    | klassischer Messwerte               | 10, 17|
| angepasste Fähigkeitengrenzwerte                | 19, 28| Korrekturfaktor k                   | 17    |
| Ausreißer                                       | 20, 26| L                                   |       |
| Aussagewahrscheinlichkeit γ                     | 20, 26| Lage                                 | 3     |
| B                                              |       | M                                   |       |
| Bedingungen zur MFU                            | 24    | Maschinenoptimierung                | 29    |
| β-Risiko                                       |       | Maschinenstörungen                  | 24    |
| Betragsverteilung 1. Art                        | 5, 11 | Medianwert                          | 16    |
| Betragsverteilung 2. Art                        | 7, 13 | Merkmalart                          | 4, 25 |
| betriebswarme Maschine                          | 24    | Merkmalwert                         | 3     |
| C                                              |       | Messmethode                         | 24    |
| Capability                                      | 3     | Mindestmaß Gu                       | 3, 9  |
| Chiquadratl-Verteilung                          | 18    | Mischverteilung                     | 26, 32|
| D                                              |       | Mittelwert μ                        | 4, 10 |
| Datenauswertung                                 | 25    | N                                   |       |
| Dichtefunktion f(x)                            | 4     | Normalverteilung                    | 4, 10 |
| Dokumentation                                   | 27    | Nullhypothese                       | 20    |
| E                                              |       | Nullpunktverschiebung              | 6     |
| eingeschränkte MFU                             | 25    | P                                   |       |
| effektiver Stichprobenumfang nₑ                | 10, 24| Parameter einer Verteilung          | 3     |
| Epps-Pulley-Test                               | 20, 26| Prüfgröße                           | 20    |
| Ergebnisbeurteilung                            | 28    | Prüfwert                            |       |
| Erwartungswert der w-Verteilung dₙ              | 17    | Prüfmittelanwendung                 | 24    |
| Exzentristizität z                              | 7     | Q                                   |       |
| F                                              |       | Quantil                             | 9     |
| Fähigkeitsermittlung                            | 8     | - der standardisierten Normalverteilung| 18  |
| Fähigkeitenkennwerte cₙ und cₘₖ                | 3, 9  | - der Chiquadratverteilung          | 18    |
| Fähigkeitenzerwerte                             | 18, 28| R                                   |       |
| Fertigungslage                                 | 3, 28 | Rayleigh-Verteilung                 | 7     |
| Fertigungsressourcen                            | 3, 6  | radiale Abweichung                  | 24    |
| Fertigungsreihenfolge                           | 24    | Rohlgleichung                       | 24    |
| Fertigungsgrad                                  | 18    | Rundung von Fähigkeitswerten        | 20    |
| G                                              |       | Run-Test                            | 20    |
| H                                              |       | Hampel-Test                         | 20    |
| Häufigkeitsverteilung                           | 10, 17| Höchstmaß G₀                        | 3, 9  |

Image Analysis: 

### 1. **Localization and Attribution:**
There is only one image in the provided visual content.

### 4. **Text Analysis:**
- **Detected Text:**

    **Title/Menu Section:**
    - Page number: "Seite 34"
    - Standard reference: "VW 101 30: 2005-02"
    - Section: "8 Stichwortverzeichnis" which translates to "8 Keyword Index".

    **Column Headers:**
    - "Stichwort" (Keyword)
    - "Seite" (Page)

    **Column Content:**
    - **Left Column:**
        - Keywords and page numbers listed alphabetically under the header "Stichwort" (Keywords) starting with letters A to H.
    - **Middle Column:**
        - Keywords and page numbers listed alphabetically under the header "Stichwort" (Keywords) starting with letters I to N.
    - **Right Column:**
        - Keywords and page numbers listed alphabetically under the header "Stichwort" (Keywords) starting with letters N to Z.

- **Significance:**
  - This image appears to be a section of a technical or academic document, providing an index of keywords along with their respective page numbers.
  
### 13. **Graph Numbers (Tabular Data):**
   
- **Left Column (A to H):**

| Stichwort                           | Seite(s)      |
|--------------------------------|-------------|
| absolute Häufigkeit α           | 10, 17      |
| absolute Summenhäufigkeit A     | 17          |
| α-Risiko                        | 20          |
| Alternativhypothese             | 20          |
| angepasste Fähigkeitsgrenzwerte | 19, 28      |
| Ausreißer                       | 20, 26      |
| Aussagewahrscheinlichkeit γ     | 20, 26      |
| Bedingungen zur MFU             | 24          |
| β-Risiko                        | 20          |
| Betragsverteilung 1. Art        | 5, 11       |
| Betragsverteilung 2. Art        | 7, 13       |
| betriebswarme Maschine          | 24          |
| Capability                      | 3           |
| Chiquadrat-Verteilung           | 18          |
| Datenauswertung                 | 25 N        |
| Dichtenfunktion f(x)            | 4           |
| Dokumentation                   | 27          |
| eingeschränkte MFU              | 25 P        |
| effektiver Stichprobenumfang ne | 10, 24      |
| Epps-Pulley-Test                | 20, 26      |
| Ergebnisbeurteilung             | 28          |
| Erwartungswert der v-Verteilung d_n | 17      |
| Exzentrizität z                 | 7           |
| Fähigkeitsbestimmung            | 24          |
| Fähigkeitskennwerte c_n und c_sink  | 3, 9  |
| Fähigkeitskennwerte             | 18, 28      |
| Fertigungslage                  | 3, 28       |
| Fertigungsausrichtung           | 3, 8        |
| Fertigungsreihenfolge           | 24          |
| Fertigrad                       | 18          |

- **Middle Column (I to N):**
####################
File: VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf

Page: 35

Context: # Stichwortverzeichnis

| Stichwort                                   | Seite |
|---------------------------------------------|-------|
| S                                           |       |
| Schätzung / Schätzwert                      | 8, 9  |
| Schwellenwert                               | 20    |
| Serienbedingungen                           | 24    |
| signifikante Änderung / Abweichung         | 17    |
| Spannweite R                               |       |
| Standardabweichung σ                       | 4, 10 |
| standardisierte Normalverteilung            | 5     |
| - U-Transformation                         |       |
| - Verteilungsfunktion Φ(μ)                 |       |
| - Wahrscheinlichkeitsdichtefunktion f(x)   |       |
| statistische Tests                          |       |
| statistische Toleranzrechnung               |       |
| statistischer Anteilsbereich                |       |
| Stichprobenahme                             | 24    |
| Stichprobenumfang                           | 24    |
| Streuungsgrenzen                           | 3, 10 |
| Swed-Eisenhard-Test                        | 20    |
| T                                           |       |
| Test                                        |       |
| - auf Ausreißer                             | 20, 26 |
| - auf festgelegtes Verteilungsmodell        | 20, 26 |
| - auf Änderung der Fertigungslage           | 20, 26 |
| Toleranzerweiterung                        | 29    |
| Toleranzintervall                          | 3, 8  |
| toleriertes Merkmal                         | 4     |
| - einseitig nach oben                       | 9, 16 |
| - einseitig nach unten                      | 9, 16 |
| - zweiseitig                                | 9, 16 |
| Trendverlauf                                | 26    |
| V                                           |       |
| Varianz σ²                                 | 4     |
| Verteilung                                  | 4     |
| Verteilungsfreie Schätzung                  | 16, 27 |
| Verteilungsfunktion F(x)                    |       |
| Verteilungsmodell                           | 4     |
| Vertrauensbereichsgrenze                    | 18    |
| Verbesserungsgüte                          |       |
| W                                           |       |
| Wahrscheinlichkeit p                       | 5     |
| Wahrscheinlichkeitsdichtefunktion f         |       |
| Wahrscheinlichkeitnetz                      | 27    |
| Publizitätverteilung                        | 28    |
| Werkzeugwechsel / -verstellung              | 24    |
| Z                                           |       |
| Zufallseinflüsse                           | 3     |

Image Analysis: 

## Comprehensive Examination Report:

### 1. Localization and Attribution
- **Image 1:** This is the single image provided for analysis. It spans the entire page.

### 2. Object Detection and Classification
- **Detected Objects:** 
  - The image contains text, which appears to be an index or a list.
  - Objects: Columns of text.

### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis
- **Scene Description:**
  - The scene consists of a neatly organized document page featuring an index or table of contents.
- **Activities:**
  - No human activity is depicted. The action here is the informational purpose of the index.

### 4. Text Analysis
- **Text Extraction:**
  - The page contains several keywords and their corresponding page numbers.
  - Column Headers: "Stichwort" (Keyword), "Seite" (Page).
  - Keywords: Various terms listed alphabetically with their page numbers.
  - Keywords span letters S to Z, with different associated numerical entries.
- **Content Significance:**
  - The text appears to be from an index of a document or book, helping users find specific topics or terms. It's part of a larger document identified by "VW 101 30: 2005-02" on page 35.

### 7. Anomaly Detection
- **Possible Anomalies:**
  - None detected. The index appears standard and formatted correctly.

### 8. Color Analysis
- **Color Composition:**
  - Dominant Color: Black text on a white background.
  - The lack of other colors ensures clear readability and high contrast, aiding user navigation.

### 9. Perspective and Composition
- **Perspective:**
  - The image is taken from a direct, head-on perspective typical for a document scan.
- **Composition:**
  - The text is organized in two main columns with keywords on the left and corresponding page numbers on the right. The format is clean and structured, allowing easy navigation.

### 13. Graph Numbers
- **Data Points:**
  - Keywords and page numbers are listed as follows:
    - **S:**
      - Schätzung: 8, 9
      - Schätzwert: 8, 9
      - Schwellenwert: 20
      - Serienbedingungen: 24
      - signifikante Änderung / Abweichung: 16
      - Spannweite R: 17
      - Standardabweichung: 4, 10
      - standardisierte Normalverteilung: 5
      - U-Transformation: 20
      - Verteilungsfunktion: 16, 27
      - Wahrscheinlichkeit: 4, 5
      - statistische Toleranzrechnung: 29
      - Werkzeugwechsel - verstellung: 24
      - Zufalls einflüsse: 3

### Additional Aspects
- **Process Flows and Descriptions:**
  - Not applicable. This index page does not depict specific process flows or detailed process descriptions.
- **Trend and Interpretation:**
  - Trends are not applicable because the image is an index page, not presenting trends or data variations.

### Summary
- The image consists of page 35 from a larger document, labeled "VW 101 30: 2005-02."
- It provides an alphabetical index of terms starting from "S" to "Z" and their associated page numbers.
- The clean layout is functional, enhancing the ease with which users can locate topics within the document.
####################
File: 0qa_901_108-sspha_mg_ftz.pdf

Page: 1

Context: # Allgemeine Informationen
- Ersatzteilnummer: **VW 025 115 105**
- Varianten: **1.0L, 1.1L, 1.4L, 1.6L, 1.8L**
- Motoren: Audi, SEAT, Skoda, VW

Zur Verwendung dieser Teile benötigen Sie eine spezifische Motornummer:  
**Motoren für Typ 1.6 L (SR), 1.8 L (PL)**

## Anwendungsbereich
### Teile:
- Motor-Block
- Informationen zur Verwendung

### Hinweise
- Bei nachträglicher Verwendung beachten Sie bitte die entsprechenden Service-Richtlinien.

---

## Legende
#### Geometrische Referenzen für die Lieferung:
| Geometrie | Beschreibung                           |
|-----------|----------------------------------------|
| A         | Achse Längsrichtung                    |
| B         | Achse Querrichtung                     |
| C         | Mittelachse                           |
| D         | Höhe                                  |

### Technische Informationen
- **Gemessen an**: An den angegebenen Punkten.
- Toleranzen: ± 0.05 mm
- Symbole zur Identifikation: ▲, ▼, ◄, ►

| Bezeichnung     | Wert   |
|-----------------|--------|
| Gewicht         | 150 kg |
| Länge           | 900 mm |
| Breite          | 600 mm |
| Höhe            | 500 mm |

---

## Montageteile
### Komponenten:
- Zylinderkopf: **NW 1341**
- Zylinderlaufbuchsen: **EE 3012**
  
| Teile-Nr   | Bezeichnung    | Menge |
|------------|----------------|-------|
| 045 115 105| Motorblock     | 1     |
| 021 115 234| Zylinderkopf    | 1     |
| 045 101 103| Zylinderlaufbuchse | 4 |

### Merkmale
- Einbaulage: **EG 034**
- Montageanleitung siehe **Kapitel B.3 von 123456**.

---

## Wartungshinweise
- **Betriebsdruck:** 1.2 bar bis 1.6 bar
- Regelmäßige Kontrolle des Ölstands
- Wartungsintervalle: **10.000 km**

---

## Technische Daten
### Motorleitungstempel
- **TYP:** **ABF**
- **Version:** **1.8L**

| Wert             | Einheit     |
|------------------|-------------|
| Max. Drehzahl    | 6000 U/min  |
| Max. Leistung     | 100 PS      |
| Einspritzsystem   | Bosch Motronic |
| Abgasnorm        | Euro 2      |

---

## Diagramme und Grafiken
1. **Motorblock Diagramm**
   ![Motorblock Diagramm](link-zum-bild)

2. **Teileaufzeichnung**
   - Siehe Skizzen *Seite 1-4*.

### Hinweise
- Veränderungen nach Montage berücksichtigen.
- Alle Änderungen und Modifikationen sind von einem Fachmann auszuführen.

---

## Kontakt
Für weitere Informationen besuchen Sie bitte unsere Website: [www.ihrefirma.de](http://www.ihrefirma.de)  

**Hinweis**:Bitte beachten Sie, dass die Abbildungen und Informationen Eigentum der Firma sind. Jegliche Vervielfältigung oder Nutzung ist ohne Genehmigung nicht gestattet.
####################
File: Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_CZ.pdf

Page: 5

Context: # Škoda Auto a.s.

**Směrnice pro sjednocení prvků**  
**Projekt Obnova výrobních zařízení provozu PKG**  
**Datum vydání:** 28.01.2020  

| PSZ/1 - Metodika a standardizace | 1 - H - 20 CZ |
|-----------------------------------|---------------|
| 39. Záložní zdroje napájení       | Siemens, APC, Murrelektronik | Phoenix Contact |
| 40. Tlakové snímače               | Rexroth, Parker, IFM         | Hydac          |
|                                   |                               | Specifikace Škoda Auto a.s. |  

**Stránka 5 z 5**

Image Analysis: 

### Localization and Attribution
1. **Localization and Attribution:**
   - There is only one image located on the page.
   - This image will be referred to as **Image 1**.

### Object Detection and Classification
2. **Object Detection and Classification:**
   - The image contains a table embedded within a document.
   - Key features include text rows, columns, logos, and boxed sections.

### Text Analysis
4. **Text Analysis:**
   - **Title:** "Škoda Auto a.s."
   - **Sub-Title:** "PSZ/1 - Metodika a standardizace"
   - **Additional Text:**
     - "Směrnice pro sjednocení prvků"
     - "Projekt Obnova výrobních zařízení provozu PKG"
     - **Date:** "Datum vydání: 28.01.2020"
   - **Table Content:**
     - **Header:** "1 - H - 20 CZ"
     - **Row 1:** 
       - Column 1: "39. Záložní zdroje napájení"
       - Column 2: "Siemens, APC, Murrelektronik"
       - Column 3: "Phoenix Contact"
     - **Row 2:** 
       - Column 1: "40. Tlakové snímače"
       - Column 2: "Rexroth, Parker, IFM"
       - Column 3: "Hydac"
       - **Additional Note:** "Specifikace Škoda Auto a.s."

### Color and Composition Analysis
8. **Color Analysis:**
   - The dominant colors are white and black with teal (a shade of green) used in the logo and the header.
   - The simplicity of the color scheme lends itself to a clean and professional look, suitable for official corporate documentation.

9. **Perspective and Composition:**
   - The image is a head-on view of the document, captured from a standard 'document scan' perspective.
   - The composition is structured with clear horizontal and vertical delineations defining the sections and rows of the table.

### Contextual Significance
10. **Contextual Significance:**
    - This document appears to be a technical specification or directive for standardized procedures and components related to Škoda Auto a.s.
    - It suggests a focus on unifying parts and procedures within the company’s operations, likely aimed at consistency and efficiency in production.

### Tables
13. **Tables:**
    - The table outlines specific components and their respective suppliers for two different categories:
      - **Row 1 (Záložní zdroje napájení):** Siemens, APC, Murrelektronik with Phoenix Contact as an additional note.
      - **Row 2 (Tlakové snímače):** Rexroth, Parker, IFM with Hydac as an additional note.

### Key Insights
- The document is likely a page out of a technical or procedural manual from Škoda Auto a.s. focused on guiding the standardization of various components used within their operations. The table lists essential components and their recommended suppliers, providing specific information crucial for maintaining uniformity in production. The detailed breakdown into categories and specific supplier lists indicates a well-organized approach to procurement and standardization.

This analysis covers the requested aspects: localization, object detection, text analysis, color analysis, perspective and composition, contextual significance, and the tables provided in the document.
####################
File: Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_CZ%281%29.pdf

Page: 2

Context: # Škoda Auto a.s.

**Směrnice pro sjednocení prvků**  
**Projekt Obnova výrobních zařízení provozu PKG**  
**Datum vydání:** 28.01.2020  
**PSZ/1 - Metodika a standardizace**  
**1 - H - 20 CZ**  

## I. Část: Standardy výrobních zařízení a komponentů  

Závazné jsou níže uvedené standardy v oblasti výroby agregátů koncernu VW:  
1. Lastenheft Mechanik (dále jen KLH Mechanik)  
2. Lastenheft Elektrik (dále jen KLH Elektrik)  
3. ITS ŠkodaAuto, viz.: [CZ verze](#) | [DE version](#)  

| Poř. | Výrobní zařízení/komponenty        | Uvolnění dodavatelé                      | Potenciální dodavatelé   | Poznámky                   |
|------|------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------|-------------------------|---------------------------|
| 1.   | Elektrika                          | Viz. část elektro, str.3-4              |                         |                           |
| 0.1  | Dokumentace elektrika a řídicí technika | Eplan P8 ver. 2.2 nebo vyšší            |                         | ITS: 1.11, 5.13          |
| 2.   | Mechanika                          | Festo, SMC                             |                         | ITS: 1.10                |
| 3.   | Pneumatika                        | Norgren                                 |                         | ITS: 1.13                |
| 4.   | Mazání                             | SKF Lubrikation                         |                         | ITS: 1.17                |
| 5.   | Hydraulika                         | Bosch Rexroth, Parker                  |                         | ITS: 1.12                |
| 6.   | Filtrační technika                | Hydac, Mahle, Bosch Rexroth            |                         | ITS: 1.12                |
| 0.6  | Čerpadla                          | KSB, Knoll, Grundfos                    | Viz KLH Mechanik        |                           |
| 7.   | Šroubová technika                 | Bosch Rexroth                          |                         | Bosch Rexroth systém BS350|

## II. Část: Elektrika, řídicí systémy  

**Stránka 2 z 5**  

Image Analysis: 

### Comprehensive Examination of the Visual Content

**1. Localization and Attribution:**
- There is only one image on the page.

**4. Text Analysis:**
- **Header:** 
  - "Škoda Auto a.s."
  - "PSZ/1 - Metodika a standardizace"
  - "Směrnice pro sjednocení prvků"
  - "Projekt Obnova výrobních zařízení provozu PKG"
  - "Datum vydání: 28.01.2020"

- **Main Section:** 
  - "I. Část: Standardy výrobních zařízení a komponentů"
  - "Závazné jsou níže uvedené standardy v oblasti výroby agregátu koncernu VW:"
    - "1. Lastenheft Mechanik (dále jen KLH Mechanik)"
    - "2. Lastenheft Elektrik (dále jen KLH Elektrik)"
    - "3. ITS ŠkodaAuto, viz.: CZ verze DE version"
  - **Table:**
    - | Poř. | Výrobní zařízení/komponenty             | Uvolnění dodavatelem            | Potenciální dodavatelé | Poznámky     |
      |-----|-------------------------------------------|---------------------------------|------------------------|--------------|
      | 1.  | Elektrika                                | Viz část elektro, str.3-4       |                        | ITS: 1.11, 5.13  |
      | 01.1| Dokumentace elektrika a řídicí technika  | Eplan P8 ver. 2.2 nebo vyšší    |                        | ITS: 1.10          |
      | 2.  | Mechanika                                |                                 |                        | ITS: 1.10          |
      | 3.  | Pneumatika                               | Festo, SMC                      | Norgren                | ITS 1.13         |
      | 4.  | Mazání                                   | SKF Lurbrikation                |                        | ITS 1.17         |
      | 5.  | Hydraulika                               | Bosch Rexroth, Parker           |                        | ITS 1.12         |
      | 6.  | Filtrační technika                       | Hydac, Mahle, Bosch Rexroth     |                        | ITS 1.12         |
      | 06.1| Čerpadla                                 | KSB, Knoll, Grundfos            |                        | Viz KLH Mechanik     |
      | 7.  | Šroubovací technika                      | Bosch Rexroth                   | Bosch Rexroth system BS350| |

- **Footer:**
  - "II. Část: Elektrika, řídicí systémy"
  - "Stránka 2 z 5"

**5. Diagram and Chart Analysis:**
- The table categorizes various components and systems used in automotive manufacturing, along with their suppliers and potential notes or specifications.

**8. Color Analysis:**
- Dominant colors in the table used for categorization:
  - Green (for headers)
  - White (for cells)
  - Yellow (for notes/details)

**13. Graph Numbers:**
- The table structure outlines various production components, their suppliers, potential suppliers, and notes.

### Insights
- **Text Analysis Insights:**
  - The content is focused on standardizing manufacturing components for Škoda Auto, presenting mandatory standards for VW group's production aggregate.
  - Lists suppliers released for certain components and identifies potential suppliers and specific notes for technical compliance.

- **Diagram and Chart Analysis Insights:**
  - The chart provides an organized view of suppliers and potential suppliers for various automotive components, useful for procurement and compliance documentation.

- **Color Analysis Insights:**
  - The use of distinct colors helps in differentiating between headers and content; green for headers, which draws attention to classification and breaks, and white/yellow for detailed specifications and notes.

### Overall Contextual Significance
- This document page likely serves as part of a larger manual or guideline focusing on the technique and standardization processes in Škoda Auto's manufacturing, particularly for electrical and mechanical components within the VW group.
- It contributes to ensuring consistency, quality control, and streamlined processes in their production lines.

This concise analysis aligns with the document's objective to standardize and document essential suppliers and their associated components according to specified technical standards.
####################
File: Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_CZ%281%29.pdf

Page: 3

Context: #### 13. Graph Numbers
- **List of Data Points:**
  - **Row Data:**
    | Poř. č. | Výrobní zařízení/komponenty                                  | Uvolnění dodavatelé                                | Potenciální dodavatelé                            | Poznámky                                   |
    |--------|-------------------------------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------|
    | 1      | Řídící systémy SPS/PLC                                      | Siemens                                          |                                                  | Siemens Simatic S7 řada 1500 - TIA V14 a vyšší |
    | 2      | CNC Řízení                                                  | Siemens                                          |                                                  | Siemens (Sinumerik 840D sl)                |
    | 3      | Řídící systémy na bázi PC a panelové PC Nadřazené řízení - Komunikační modul | Siemens                                          |                                                  | Systém - Simatic S7 (HW SPS) Profinet     |
    | 4      | Vizualizace                                                 | Siemens WinCC Flexible                           |                                                  | WinCC Flexible 2008                        |
    | 5      | Ovládací panely                                             | Siemens                                          |                                                  | Simatic Optic Series                       |
    | 6      | Decentrální sběrnice                                        | Profinet                                         |                                                  | Profibus, IO-link                          |
    | 6.II   | Konektorové pasivní slučovače (snímač,e ventil)             | Balluff, Murrelektronik                          |                                                  |                                            |
    | 6.III  | Konektorové aktivní slučovače (snímač,ventil)               | Balluff, IO-link                                 |                                                  |                                            |
    | 7      | Decentrální periferie                                       | Siemens                                          | Siemens (ET 200 PRO)                            | Turck BL67                                |
    | 8      | Robot                                                       | ABB                                              | Kuka                                             | Kuka s řízením VKRC 4                     |
    | 9      | Elektrické frekvenční pohony - měniče                       | SEW Eurodrive                                    | Siemens                                          | VW Konzern Freigabeliste                  |
    | 10     | Elektrické servo pohony                                     | Siemens, Bosch Rexroth                           |                                                  |                                            |
    | 11     | Ovládací prvky - tlačítka, kontrolky                        | Schneider Electric                               | Siemens                                          | Specifikace Škoda Auto a.s.                  |
    | 12     | Dvouruční ovladač                                           | Schneider Electric                               | Schmersal-Elan                                  | Specifikace Škoda Auto a.s.                  |
    | 13     | Elektro skříně (rozvaděče)                                  | Rittal                                           |                                                  | VW Konzern Freigabeliste                  |
    | 14     | Svorkové skříně                                             | Rittal                                           | Pfannenberg                                     | VW Konzern Freigabeliste                  |
    | 15     | Chlazení rozváděcových skříní (klimatizace)                 | Rittal                                           |                                                  | Specifikace Škoda Auto a.s.                  |
    | 16     | Svíteleí zavovy/lasery/scanner                              | Sick                                             |                                                  | Specifikace Škoda Auto a.s.                  |
    | 17     | Ochranné rohože, bezpečnostní relé                          | ASO - Contra, Pilz, Schneider Electric           |                                                  | Specifikace Škoda Auto a.s.                  |
    | 18     | Čtecí zařízení čárového a DMC kódu                          | IOSS                                             | Cognex, Keyence, Balluff         | Specifikace Škoda Auto a.s.                  |
    | 19     | Identifikační systémy                                       | Balluff, Turck-Banner                            | Siemens, Murrelektronik                         | Specifikace Škoda Auto a.s.                  |
    | 20     | Optický senzor                                              | Sick, IFM Electronic, Balluff                    |                                                  | Specifikace Škoda Auto a.s.                  |

This detailed analysis provides a comprehensive breakdown and interpretation of the image content provided.
####################
File: 240911_Skoda_Automation_GGH_Portal_direkt.pdf

Page: 3

Context: # Werkstück

## 2. Angaben über das zu bearbeitende Bauteil

| Bauteil                | Getriebegehäuse SSP HA LK3.4 |
|------------------------|------------------------------|
| Gewindebnummer         | 0A 951 193                   |
| Zeichnung des bearbeiteten Teils | 4-480 019              |
| Gewicht                | 6,630 kg                     |
| Material               | EN 1706 (ZAlSi9Cu3 [Al])    |
| Grundsätze             | siehe Zeichnung              |

Image Analysis: 

### Detailed Examination of the Provided Visual Content

#### 1. **Localization and Attribution:**
- **Image 1:** Located at the top-left of the page, showing a three-dimensional model of a mechanical part.
- **Image 2:** Positioned directly below Image 1, displaying another three-dimensional view of the same or similar mechanical part but from a different angle.
- **Image 3:** Found at the right side of the page, presenting a detailed line drawing of the mechanical part seen in the first two images.
- **Table Image:** Situated below Images 1 and 2, presenting specific details about the part.

#### 2. **Object Detection and Classification:**
- **Image 1:** 
  - **Objects:** A mechanical part with distinct circular openings, bolts, and a complex surface structure.
  - **Key Features:** Multiple purple and orange highlighted areas, indicating key points or sections.
- **Image 2:**
  - **Objects:** Another view of the same or similar mechanical part with several prominent circular regions.
  - **Key Features:** Red outline around the edge, purple highlighted inner sections.
- **Image 3:**
  - **Objects:** Line drawing of the mechanical part.
  - **Key Features:** Labels and arrows pointing to different sections.

#### 3. **Scene and Activity Analysis:**
- **Image 1:** Depicts a close-up of a gear housing's internal structure, likely highlighting critical points for machining or assembly.
- **Image 2:** Provides an alternate view focusing on the interior surface of the housing, fulfilling similar purposes as Image 1.
- **Image 3:** Presents technical documentation with detailed annotations and labels, likely to be used for engineering or manufacturing purposes.

#### 4. **Text Analysis:**
- **Detected Text:**
  - Title: "Werkstück"
  - Table Title: "2. Angaben über das zu bearbeitende Bauteil" (Translation: 2. Information about the part to be processed)
  - Table Contents:
    - **Bauteil:** Getriebegehäuse SSP HA L/K3.4
    - **Gewichtausführung:** 5,430 kg
    - **Zeichnungsnummer:** 5,430 kg
    - **Zeichnungsnummer des bearbeitenden Teils:** 6400.136
    - **Material:** EN 1706 (226-DIN AC-45500-G AlSiCu3 Fe)
    - **Grundmässig:** Siehe Zeichnung
- **Significance:** The table provides crucial specifications and part numbers necessary for manufacturing and quality control.

#### 5. **Diagram and Chart Analysis:**
- **Image 3:** The line drawing acts as a schematic to understand the part's assembly, including the direction for viewing on different sides (Seite 1, Seite 2, etc.).

#### 7. **Anomaly Detection:**
- No anomalies detected. All elements appear consistent with technical documentation standards.

#### 8. **Color Analysis:**
- **Dominant Colors:** 
  - Image 1: Black (part base), Purple (highlighted points), Orange (highlighted section)
  - Image 2: Grey (part base), Purple (highlighted interior sections), Red (outline)
  - Image 3: Black (line drawing on white background)
- **Impact on Perception:** The colors highlight essential features and areas, guiding the user's focus to critical points.

#### 9. **Perspective and Composition:**
- **Image 1 and Image 2:** Isometric views showing different angles of a mechanical part, providing a comprehensive understanding of its geometry.
- **Image 3:** Orthogonal projection with annotations, offering a clear technical perspective.

#### 10. **Contextual Significance:**
- The images and accompanying table seem to be part of a technical manual or a presentation for an engineering project, specifically focused on the gearbox housing part. They illustrate necessary details for manufacturing, assembly, and inspection processes.

#### 11. **Metadata Analysis:**
- **Footer Information:** 
  - "Skoda SSP GGH Automation"
  - Date: "13.09.2024"

### Summary:
The visual content consists of detailed technical illustrations and specifications for a mechanical part, specifically a gearbox housing (Getriebegehäuse SSP HA L/K3.4). It serves as a key resource for engineers and manufacturers, providing necessary information for the part's production and quality assurance. The use of different perspectives and color-coded highlights aids in understanding the intricate details of the part.
####################
File: Standardanschreiben%281%29.pdf

Page: 1

Context: # Skoda AUTO a.s., Václava Klementa 869,  
293 60 Mladá Boleslav  

**Einkäufer:** Michala Senkyróva  
**Abteilung:** Beschaffung Aggregatfertigung und Infrastruktur  
**Telefon:**  
**E-Mail:** Michala.Senkyrova@skoda-auto.cz  
**Datum:** 26.06.2024  

---

**Anfrage-Nr.: SK 2024 001598**

Sehr geehrte Damen und Herren,

wir bitten Sie um Ihr für uns unverbindliches und kostenloses Angebot unter Zugrundelegung unserer nachstehenden aufgeführten Geschäftsbedingungen und unter Verwendung der beigefügten Unterlagen für:

**Obráběcí linka motorové skříně MGH SSP/Machining line of the SSP E-drive motor box**

Wir bitten um Einreichung Ihres Angebots über die Konzernbusinessplattform.

Zuständig für technische Rückfragen ist  
**<Vorname> <Nachname> <OE-Name> <OE-Kürzel>**  
**<Telefonnummer>** Georgy.Komarov@skoda-auto.cz  

Es gelten die nachfolgend aufgeführten Geschäftsbedingungen:

- Einkaufsbedingungen ŠKODA AUTO a.s. - Allgemeine Beschaffung (04/2024)  

Die aktuelle Fassung der Geschäftsbedingungen finden Sie auf [http://www.vwgroupsupply.com](http://www.vwgroupsupply.com) unter folgendem Pfad: Zusammenarbeit / Geschäftsbedingungen  

Nicht fristgerecht eingereichte Angebote bleiben unbe berücksichtigt.  

Mit freundlichen Grüßen  

i.V. Jiří Kulich  
i.V. Michala Senkyróva  

---

Dieses Schreiben wurde maschinell erstellt und ist ohne Unterschrift gültig.  

**ŠKODA AUTO a.s.**  
T: Václava Klementa 869, 293 60 Mladá Boleslav, Czech Republic  
IČO: 00177041, Městský soud v Praze B 332  
T +420228241111  

---  

26.06.2024 | SK BA/2 | KSU 6.1 - 15 Jahre | vertraulich

Image Analysis: 

**Image Analysis Results:**

### Localization and Attribution:
- **Image 1**: The entire content is a single page document. No other images are present on the page.

### Text Analysis:
- **Detected Text**: 

```
Škoda AUTO a.s., Václava Klementa 869, 293 60 Mladá Boleslav

**Einkäufer:** Michala Senkyrova
**Abteilung:** Beschaffung Aggregatenfertigung und Infrastruktur
**Telefon:** 
**E-Mail:** Michala.Senkyrova@skoda-auto.cz
**Datum:** 26.06.2024

**Anfrage-Nr: SK2024 001598**

Sehr geehrte Damen und Herren,

wir bitten Sie um Ihr für uns unverbindliches und kostenloses Angebot unter Zugrundelegung unserer 
nachstehenden aufgeführten Geschäftsbedingungen und unter Verwendung der beigefügten Unterlagen
für:

Obráběcí linka motorové skříně MGH SSP/Machining line of the SSP E-drive motor box

Wir bitten um Einreichung Ihres Angebots über die Konzernbusinessplattform.

Zuständig für technische Rückfragen ist Vorname <Nachname> <OE-Name> <OE-Kürzel>
Georgy.Komarov@skoda-auto.cz

Es gelten die nachfolgend aufgeführten Geschäftsbedingungen:
- Einkaufsbedingungen ŠKODA AUTO a.s.- Allgemeine Beschaffung (04/2024)
Die aktuelle Fassung der Geschäftsbedingungen finden Sie auf http://www.vwgroupsupply.com unter 
folgendem Pfad: Zusammenarbeit / Geschäftsbedingungen

Nicht fristgerecht eingereichte Angebote bleiben unberücksichtigt.

Mit freundlichen Grüßen
i.V. Jiří Kulich       i.V. Michala Senkyrova

Dieses Schreiben wurde maschinell erstellt und ist ohne Unterschrift gültig.

**ŠKODA AUTO a.s.**
TE: Václava Klementa 869, 293 60 Mladá Boleslav, Czech Republic
IČO: 00177041, Městský soud v Praze B 332
T +4203268-1111

26.06.2024 | SK BA/2 | KSU 6.1 - 15 Jahre | vertraulich
```

### Text Content Analysis:
- **Context and Significance**:
  - The document appears to be an official request for quotation (RFQ) from Škoda AUTO a.s., a prominent automobile manufacturer.
  - It is addressed by Michala Senkyrova and dated 26.06.2024, aiming to gather a non-binding and free quotation.
  - The document requests an offer for "Obráběcí linka motorové skříně MGH SSP/Machining line of the SSP E-drive motor box."
  - It also outlines the designated point of contact for technical queries and directs submissions to the company's business platform.
  - Emphasis is given to the adherence to specific terms and conditions, with references to relevant documentation that can be found online.
  - It is noted that offers not submitted within the specified timeframe will not be considered.
  - The formality is underscored by the automated nature of the document, which does not require a signature to be valid.

### Object Detection and Classification:
- **Logos and Symbols**: 
  - The company’s logo (Škoda) is depicted along with associated contact information.
  - The header includes the official address and other contact details of Škoda AUTO a.s.

### Color Analysis:
- **Color Composition**:
  - Dominant colors include black and white text on a white background.
  - The Škoda logo comprises green and black colors.
- **Impact on Perception**:
  - The color scheme provides a professional and corporate appearance, enhancing readability and focusing attention on the textual content.

### Perspective and Composition:
- **Perspective**: 
  - The document presents straight-on, as typical of a scanned or digital document.
- **Composition**:
  - Structured with clear sections including header, body, and footer, making it easy to follow and locate specific information within the text.

### Contextual Significance:
- **Document's Contribution**:
  - This image serves as an official communication tool within the procurement processes of Škoda AUTO a.s., ensuring standardized requests for supplier quotations and clarity in business dealings.

### Anomaly Detection:
- **Unusual Elements**:
  - There are no notable anomalies in the document; it follows a standard layout expected for corporate communications of this nature.

By adhering to structured text and clear headings, the document effectively communicates its purpose and requirements to its intended recipients.
##########

"""QUERY: You are a super intelligent assistant. Please answer all my questions precisely and comprehensively.

Through our system KIOS you have a Knowledge Base named MAG SKODA +WB with all the informations that the user requests. In this knowledge base are following Documents 2024-07-25%20Wo%CC%88rterbuch_extern-update%20%281%29.docx, Anlage%202%20_%20Medienversorgung%20Skoda%20CZ-DE%281%29.docx, Anlage%202%20_%20Medienversorgung%20Skoda%20CZ-DE.docx, 22121726223700_lah___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_11%281%29.pdf, 22121726223700_lah___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_11.pdf, 12533161829500_tra___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_1%281%29.pdf, 12533161829500_tra___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_1.pdf, Standardanschreiben%281%29.pdf, Standardanschreiben.pdf, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5%281%29.pdf, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5.pdf, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE%281%29.pdf, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE.pdf, 240911_Skoda_Automation_GGH_Portal_direkt.pdf, 240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt%281%29.pdf, 240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt.pdf, Anfrage%20Mail.pdf, Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_DE%281%29.pdf, Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_DE.pdf, Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_CZ%281%29.pdf, Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_CZ.pdf, MGH%20Anlage%2014%281%29.pdf, MGH%20Anlage%2014.pdf, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE%281%29.pdf, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf, VW%2010130_CS%281%29.pdf, VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf, VW%2010130_EN.pdf, VW%2010130_CS.pdf, 240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt.pptx, 0qa_901_108-sspha_mg_ftz.pdf, VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf, 240911_Skoda_Automation_GGH_Portal_direkt.pptx, 0qa_901_108-sspha_mg_ftz%281%29.pdf, VW%2010130_DE.pdf

This is the initial message to start the chat. Based on the following summary/context you should formulate an initial message greeting the user with the following user name male lance+flt@digirift.com lance+flt@digirift.com tell them that you are the AI Chatbot Simon using the Large Language Model gemini-1.5-flash to answer all questions.

Formulate the initial message in the Usersettings Language German

Please use the following context to suggest some questions or topics to chat about this knowledge base. List at least 3-10 possible topics or suggestions up and use emojis. The chat should be professional and in business terms.  At the end ask an open question what the user would like to check on the list 

 Here is a summary of the provided context, including each file:

**File: 0qa_901_108-sspha_mg_ftz%281%29.pdf**

This document is a technical manual for engines 026 and 028, specifically for testing and inspection purposes. It outlines general information, including operating requirements, a summary of the engine's features, technical specifications, and a list of materials needed for maintenance. The document emphasizes the use of Volkswagen-developed tests and original parts for optimal performance.

**File: 240911_Skoda_Automation_GGH_Portal_direkt.pptx**

This presentation focuses on automation solutions for Skoda SSP Getriebegehäuse (GGH) production, provided by FFG. It highlights the key features of the automation system, including high precision, scalability, and user-friendly interface. The presentation outlines the benefits of implementing this automation, such as increased efficiency, reduced downtime, cost savings, and enhanced quality control. It also includes technical specifications, contact information, and a project timeline.

**File: VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf**

This document is a comprehensive standard or guideline for evaluating machine capabilities within Volkswagen AG. It aims to ensure consistent and reliable results across the company's production processes. The document covers various aspects, including:

- **Introduction:** Explains the importance of machine capability evaluation and the need for standardized procedures.
- **Purpose and Scope:** Outlines the goal of machine capability investigations and their applicability.
- **Theoretical Principles:** Discusses distribution models, including normal distribution, absolute value distributions (Type I and II), and the Weibull distribution.
- **Determination of Capability:** Explains how to determine capability indexes for different types of characteristics and distribution models.
- **Limit Values of Machine Capability:** Defines the acceptable limits for capability indexes based on sample size and tolerance zones.
- **Statistical Tests:** Describes various statistical tests used to ensure data quality and identify anomalies.
- **Carrying Out a Machine Capability Investigation:** Provides a structured flowchart outlining the steps involved in conducting a machine capability investigation.
- **Documentation:** Specifies the required documentation for a machine capability investigation.
- **Results Evaluation:** Outlines the process for evaluating results and determining machine capability.
- **Machine Optimization:** Discusses measures for machine optimization when capability is not met.
- **Handling Incapable Machines:** Provides guidelines for dealing with machines that cannot achieve capability through optimization.
- **Examples:** Includes practical examples illustrating the application of statistical methods for evaluating machine capability.
- **Referenced Standards:** Lists relevant standards used in the document.
- **Referenced Literature:** Provides references to relevant books and publications.
- **Keyword Index:** Offers a comprehensive index of key terms and their corresponding page numbers.

**File: Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_CZ.pdf**

This document is a set of internal guidelines for standardizing components and procedures within Škoda Auto a.s. It focuses on the "Projekt Obnova výrobních zařízení provozu PKG" (Project for Renewal of Production Equipment in PKG). The document outlines:

- **General Information:** Provides an overview of the project and its objectives.
- **Standards and Components:** Lists the mandatory standards for production equipment and components, including approved and potential suppliers.
- **Electrical Systems:** Details the specific standards and suppliers for electrical components and control systems.
- **Documentation:** Specifies the required documentation for the project.

**File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf**

This document is a technical manual for Siemens powertrain solutions for Volkswagen Group Components. It outlines:

- **Introduction:** Provides an overview of Siemens' powertrain solutions for the automotive industry.
- **Project-Specific Documentation:** Details the history and status of the document.
- **Contact Information:** Lists key contact persons and support channels.
- **Project Handbook:** Provides detailed guidelines for using Siemens components and software in Volkswagen projects, including:
    - **SINUMERIK Software Versions and VW Startup Sets:** Specifies the required software versions and startup sets for SINUMERIK ONE and SINUMERIK 840D sl.
    - **Licensing:** Outlines licensing requirements for Siemens software.
    - **S7-1500 Runtime Licenses:** Lists the necessary runtime licenses for specific functionalities.
    - **Registration of Siemens Components:** Explains the process for registering machines with Siemens.
    - **Languages of User Interfaces:** Specifies the required languages for user interfaces.
    - **Documentation:** Provides information on accessing Siemens documentation.
    - **Networking:** Outlines networking requirements and configurations.
    - **Authorization Level Concept:** Details the authorization levels for accessing and controlling machines.
    - **Time Synchronization:** Explains the process for synchronizing time across different components.
    - **SINAMICS S120:** Provides specific guidelines for using SINAMICS S120 drives.
    - **Robot Integration:** Discusses the integration of robots into the system.
    - **Energy Efficiency:** Outlines energy efficiency requirements and the use of EE@TRANSLINE.
- **Overview:** Provides a summary of the document's content.
- **Application Examples:** Includes examples of how Siemens components can be used in different applications.
- **Software Guide:** Provides detailed instructions for programming and configuring Siemens software.
- **Visualization, Operation, and Diagnosis:** Discusses the user interface and diagnostic tools.
- **Data Backup:** Explains the process for backing up data.
- **SINUMERIK 840D SI Safety Integrated:** Provides information on safety features and requirements.
- **Parameterization of the Plant Network:** Outlines the process for configuring the plant network.
- **Operational Data Acquisition:** Discusses data acquisition using TRANSLINE Collect and OPC UA.
- **Appendix:** Includes an index of changes made to the document.

This summary provides a comprehensive overview of the content within each file. 
"""

Consider the chat history for relevant information. Use all information included. Use as much tokens as needed. If you find information separated by a | in the context, it is a table formatted in Markdown - the whole context is formatted as md structure.

Important: Take a look at the QUERY and only the QUERY. Please try always to answer the query question. If the client ask for a formatting structure follow his advise. But if the questions is vague or unclear ask a follow-up question based on the context.  Try to support the customer give him also suggestions as a list of multiple suggestions at least 3-6 what he can also ask as related questions or follow-up questions.


Final Files Sources: TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE%281%29.pdf - Page 2, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE%281%29.pdf - Page 3, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE%281%29.pdf - Page 4, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE%281%29.pdf - Page 5, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE%281%29.pdf - Page 7, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 1, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 3, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 5, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 6, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 7, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 8, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 9, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 10, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 11, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 16, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 18, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 23, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 24, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 26, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 30, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 37, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 39, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 46, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 47, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 54, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 70, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 75, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 76, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 84, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 91, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 98, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 102, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 106, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 107, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 108, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 109, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 118, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 122, 2024-07-25%20Wo%CC%88rterbuch_extern-update%20%281%29.docx - Page 1, 0qa_901_108-sspha_mg_ftz%281%29.pdf - Page 1, Anfrage%20Mail.pdf - Page 1, Anlage%202%20_%20Medienversorgung%20Skoda%20CZ-DE%281%29.docx - Page 2, Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_DE.pdf - Page 4, VW%2010130_DE.pdf - Page 1, VW%2010130_DE.pdf - Page 2, VW%2010130_DE.pdf - Page 16, VW%2010130_DE.pdf - Page 27, VW%2010130_DE.pdf - Page 29, VW%2010130_DE.pdf - Page 34, Standardanschreiben.pdf - Page 2, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE.pdf - Page 2, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE.pdf - Page 3, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE.pdf - Page 4, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE.pdf - Page 5, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE.pdf - Page 6, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE.pdf - Page 8, 12533161829500_tra___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_1%281%29.pdf - Page 3, 240911_Skoda_Automation_GGH_Portal_direkt.pptx - Page 1, 22121726223700_lah___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_11%281%29.pdf - Page 3, 22121726223700_lah___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_11%281%29.pdf - Page 11, 22121726223700_lah___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_11%281%29.pdf - Page 12, VW%2010130_CS.pdf - Page 1, VW%2010130_CS.pdf - Page 18, VW%2010130_CS.pdf - Page 33, 240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt.pptx - Page 3, 240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt.pptx - Page 4, 240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt.pptx - Page 7, 240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt.pptx - Page 8, 240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt%281%29.pdf - Page 2, 240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt%281%29.pdf - Page 5, 240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt%281%29.pdf - Page 6, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5.pdf - Page 1, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5.pdf - Page 2, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5.pdf - Page 3, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5.pdf - Page 5, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5.pdf - Page 7, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5.pdf - Page 8, MGH%20Anlage%2014%281%29.pdf - Page 4, Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_DE%281%29.pdf - Page 1, Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_DE%281%29.pdf - Page 2, Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_DE%281%29.pdf - Page 4, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5%281%29.pdf - Page 4, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5%281%29.pdf - Page 5, 22121726223700_lah___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_11.pdf - Page 5, 22121726223700_lah___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_11.pdf - Page 7, VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf - Page 1, VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf - Page 20, VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf - Page 25, VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf - Page 33, VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf - Page 34, VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf - Page 35, 0qa_901_108-sspha_mg_ftz.pdf - Page 1, Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_CZ.pdf - Page 5, Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_CZ%281%29.pdf - Page 2, Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_CZ%281%29.pdf - Page 3, 240911_Skoda_Automation_GGH_Portal_direkt.pdf - Page 3, Standardanschreiben%281%29.pdf - Page 1
==================================================
**Elapsed Time: 0.51 seconds**
==================================================


FINAL ANSWER 
Answer: test
==================================================
**Elapsed Time: 1.83 seconds**
==================================================